Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAbout2024-390-E-AMS-Brady Services-WCOB Server Room HVACRevised 01/24 1 [Departmental Use Only] TITLE WCOB Server HVAC RFQ5411 FY 2023-2024 NORTH CAROLINA CONSTRUCTION AGREEMENT UNDER $250,000.00 ORANGE COUNTY THIS CONSTRUCTION AGREEMENT (hereinafter called “Agreement”), made as of the 15th day of July, 2024, by and between Brady, Services, Inc, (hereinafter called the “Contractor”), and Orange County, a political subdivision of the State of North Carolina, (hereinafter called the “County,” “Orange County,” or “Owner”). W I T N E S S E T H: That the Contractor and the Owner, for the consideration herein named, agree as follows: 1. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS; PRIORITY The Contract Documents consist of this Agreement, the Request for Proposals, Proposal, Construction Drawings, and Written Specifications. The Contract Documents form the Contract. In the event of any inconsistency between or among the Contract Documents the Contract Documents shall be interpreted in the following order of priority: a. This Agreement. b. Designer Approved Bulletins and Field Orders. c. Request for Proposals and addenda thereto. d. Proposal. 2. SCOPE OF WORK The Contractor shall furnish and deliver all of the materials, and perform all of the work required by this Agreement within the time period stipulated in a written Notice-to-Proceed to be executed by the Contractor and Owner and in accordance with the following enumerated documents, which are made a part hereof as if fully contained herein: a. Construction Drawings prepared by Progressive Design Collaborative, LTD (Sheet G0.01, M0.00, M01.01, M2.01, M2.02, M5.01, M5.02, M7.01, E0.00, E2.01, E2.02, E2.03, E5.01, E5.02, E6.01 dated February 20, 2024) b. Written specifications prepared by the project engineer. c. Brady, Services, Inc proposal dated June 20, 2024 which fully describes the work to be performed. Such work will hereafter be called the “Work”. d. Related documents listed under Section 1 above. 3. TERM AND SCHEDULING a. The Contractor agrees to commence work pursuant to the written Notice to Proceed. Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Revised 01/24 2 b. The Contractor agrees to complete substantially all Work by May 11, 2025. c. Time is of the essence with respect to all dates specified in the Contract Documents as Completion Dates. d. The Contractor shall perform the Work in the time, manner, and form required by the Contract Documents and as stipulated in a written Notice-to-Proceed to be executed by the Contractor and Owner. e. It is expressly understood that the Owner will employ other contractors to perform work as a part of the Project whose work will be performed simultaneously and sequentially with the performance of the Work by the Contractor. It shall be necessary for the Contractor to coordinate its activities with such other contractors, particularly with respect to access to work areas, storage of materials and other common facilities. f. Should the Owner determine that the Contractor is behind schedule Owner may require, at no additional cost to the Owner, the Contractor to expedite and accelerate its efforts, including providing additional resources and working overtime, as necessary, to perform the Work in accordance with the approved project schedule. 4. STANDARD OF CARE a. The Contractor shall exercise reasonable care and diligence in performing the Work in accordance with the highest generally accepted standards of this type of Contractor practice throughout the United States and in accordance with applicable federal, state and local laws and regulations applicable to the performance of these services. Contractor is solely responsible for the professional quality, accuracy and timely completion and submission of all work. b. The Contractor shall not load or permit any part of the Work to be loaded with a weight that will endanger its safety, intended performance or configuration. c. Contractor shall be responsible for all errors or omissions caused by its employees, agents, contractors, or assigns in the performance of the Agreement. Contractor shall correct any and all errors, omissions, discrepancies, ambiguities, mistakes or conflicts at no additional cost to the Owner. d. Contractor is an independent contractor of Owner. Any and all employees of the Contractor engaged by the Contractor in the performance of any work or services required of the Contractor under this Agreement, shall be considered employees or agents of the Contractor only and not of the Owner, and any and all claims that may or might arise under any workers compensation or other law or contract on behalf of said employees while so engaged shall be the sole obligation and responsibility of the Contractor. e. If activities related to the performance of this Agreement require specific licenses, certifications, or related credentials Contractor represents that it or its employees, agents and subcontractors engaged in such activities possess such licenses, certifications, or credentials and that such licenses certifications, or credentials are current, active, and not in Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Revised 01/24 3 a state of suspension or revocation. f. The Contractor is responsible for all physical damage to owned or rented machinery, tools, equipment, forms, and other items owned, rented or used by the Contractor and Subcontractor(s) in the performance of the Work including all of Owner’s property in Contractor’s care, custody, or control, and all such property while it is in transit. g. The Contractor is solely responsible for obtaining all permits necessary to complete the Work in compliance with all local, state, and federal laws. 5. PAYMENT & TAXES a. The Owner hereby agrees to pay to the Contractor for the faithful performance of this Agreement and the Contractor hereby agrees to perform all of the Work for a sum not-to- exceed One Hundred Forty-Six Thousand, Two Hundred Nine Dollars ($146,209.00). Not later than the fifth (5th) day of each calendar month the Contractor shall submit to the Owner’s Representative, generally the architect if an architect is retained on the Work, a Request for Payment for work done during the previous calendar month. i. The Request for Payment shall be in form of a standardized invoice or AIA Document G702-703 appropriately addressed to Owner’s Representative at PO Box 8181, Hillsborough, NC 27278 and shall show substantially the value of work done during the previous calendar month. ii. The amount due for payment shall be ninety-five percent (95%) of the value of work completed since the last Request for Payment and this amount shall be paid by the Owner on or before the last business day of the month. Owner shall retain five percent (5%). 1. Upon Owner’s Representative’s certification that ninety percent (90%) of the Work has been satisfactorily completed retainage may be discontinued. Retainage may be discontinued, at Owner’s Discretion, so long as work continues to be completed satisfactorily and on schedule. iii. Final payment shall not be due to the Contractor until thirty (30) days after one hundred percent (100%) of the Work, including punch list work, has been satisfactorily (as determined by the County) completed and an appropriate affidavit as required in Section 7(c) below has been received by Owner. b. Should Owner reasonably determine that Contractor has failed to perform the Work related to a Request for Payment, Owner, at its discretion may provide the Contractor ten (10) days to cure the breach. Owner may withhold the accompanying payment without penalty until such time as Contractor cures the breach. i. Should Contractor or its representatives fail to cure the breach within ten (10) days, or fail to reasonably agree to such modified schedule, Owner may immediately terminate this Agreement in writing, without penalty or incurring further obligation to Contractor. ii. This section shall not be interpreted to limit the definition of breach to the failure to perform the Work related to a Request for Payment. c. The Contractor has included in the Contract Price and shall pay all taxes assessed by any authority on the Work or the labor and materials used therein. It shall be the Contractor's Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Revised 01/24 4 responsibility to furnish the Owner documentary evidence showing the materials used and sales and use tax paid by the Contractor and each of its subcontractors. 6. INSURANCE AND BONDS a. Minimum requirements – Contractor shall obtain, at its sole expense, Commercial General Liability Insurance, Automobile Insurance, Workers’ Compensation Insurance, and any additional insurance as may be required by Owner’s Risk Manager as such insurance requirements are described in the Orange County Risk Transfer Policy and Orange County Minimum Insurance Coverage Requirements (each document is incorporated herein by reference and may be viewed at http://www.orangecountync.gov/departments/purchasing_division/contracts.php). If Owner’s Risk Manager determines additional insurance coverage is required such additional insurance shall be designated here NA (if no additional insurance required mark N/A as being not applicable). Contractor shall not commence construction work until such insurance is in effect and certification thereof has been received by the Owner's Risk Manager. b. Performance Bonds – Contractor shall furnish bonds covering the faithful performance of the Contract and payment of all obligations arising under any of the Contract Documents or related in any way to the Work. Contractor shall immediately furnish a copy of such bonds to any requesting person who appears to be a potential beneficiary of bonds covering payment obligations arising under any of the Contract Documents. This subsection 6(b) applies only to Contracts of fifty thousand dollars ($50,000.00) or more where the total cost for the project is three hundred thousand dollars ($300,000.00) or more. 7. INDEMNITY a. To the extent authorized by North Carolina law the Contractor shall indemnify, without limitation, and hold harmless to the maximum extent permitted by law the Owner and its agents and employees from and against any and all claims, damages, losses and expenses, including attorney's fees, arising out of or resulting from the performance or nonperformance of the Work, provided that any such claim, damages, loss or expense (A) is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death or injury to, or destruction of, property, including the loss of use resulting therefrom; and (B) is caused in whole or in part by any breach of any provision of the Agreement or by any negligent or wrongful act or omission of the Contractor, any Subcontractor, or supplier of the Contractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable. The indemnification obligation under this paragraph shall not be limited in any way by any limitation of the amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for the Contractor or any subcontractor under workers' compensation acts, disability benefits acts or other employee benefit acts. It is the intent of this section that the Contractor shall indemnify the County to the maximum extent allowed by law. b. The Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner from any lien of whatever type through the purchase of appropriate bonds and insurance as designated in Section 6 above. In the event any such lien is filed against Owner’s property Contractor shall, through such bonds and insurance or at Contractors expense, defend Owner against all such claims of lien. Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Revised 01/24 5 c. Upon completion of the Work the Contractor shall execute an affidavit stating there are no unpaid debts for any work that has been done or materials that have been furnished to the project prior to and as of the date of substantial completion and further stating that Contractor shall indemnify, save and protect Owner and Owner’s lender, if any, harmless from and against any and all claims, liabilities, losses, damages, causes of action, and expenses (including court costs and reasonable attorney’s fees related thereto) arising out of, in connection with, or resulting from any such debts and liens. Such indemnification shall be in a form and substance acceptable to Owner. d. By executing this Agreement Contractor agrees to abide by and be bound by the indemnification provisions herein. 8. DISPUTE RESOLUTION AND GOVERNING LAW a. Any dispute with respect to any provision of, or the performance or non-performance of, this Agreement shall be subject to the Dispute Resolution Rules and Procedures for Orange County Design, Building Construction, Renovation, and Repair Projects. The policy is incorporated herein by reference and may be viewed at http://www.orangecountync.gov/departments/purchasing_division/contracts.php). b. The laws of the State of North Carolina shall apply to the interpretation and enforcement of this Agreement. Any and all suits or actions to enforce, interpret or seek damages with respect to any provision of, or the performance or nonperformance of, this Agreement or the Contract shall be brought in the General Court of Justice of North Carolina sitting in Orange County, North Carolina and it is agreed by the parties that no other court shall have jurisdiction or venue with respect to such suits or actions. c. Notice of any claim by Owner or Contractor must be initiated by written notice to the other Party within thirty (30) days of the occurrence of the event giving rise to the claim or within thirty (30) days of the discovery of the event or condition giving rise to the claim, whichever is later. i. Should any claim be made, regardless of whether such claim is made by Owner or Contractor, Contractor shall continue to faithfully and diligently perform the Work in such a manner as to meet all scheduled timelines. Any failure to faithfully and diligently perform the Work may be deemed, by the Owner, a breach of the Contract. ii. If a claim is made such claim shall be made to the initial decision maker, if applicable, who may request more supporting data, reject the claim in whole or in part, approve the claim in whole or in part or advise the parties the claim is unable to be resolved. iii. If a claim is made by the Owner the Owner may, but is not obligated to, notify the surety. 9. NON–APPROPRIATION a. Contractor acknowledges that Owner is a governmental entity, and the validity of this Agreement is based upon the availability of public funding under the authority of its statutory mandate. Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Revised 01/24 6 b. In the event that public funds are unavailable or not appropriated for the performance of Owner’s obligations under this Agreement, then this Agreement shall automatically expire without penalty to Owner immediately upon written notice to Contractor of the unavailability or non-appropriation of public funds. It is expressly agreed that Owner shall not activate this non-appropriation provision for its convenience or to circumvent the requirements of this Agreement. c. In the event of a change in the Owner’s statutory authority, mandate or mandated functions, by state or federal legislative or regulatory action, which adversely affects Owner’s authority to continue its obligations under this Agreement, then this Agreement shall automatically terminate without penalty to Owner upon written notice to Contractor of such limitation or change in Owner’s legal authority. 10. NOTICES Any notice required by this Agreement shall be in writing and delivered by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested to the following: Owner: Contractor: Orange County Brady Services, Inc Attn: A. Barnes Attn: Jason Patterson P.O. Box 8181 2025 16th Street Hillsborough, NC 27278 Greensboro, NC 27405 11. MISCELLANEOUS a. Duties and Obligations imposed by the Contract Documents shall be in addition to any Duties and Obligations imposed by state, federal or local law, rules, regulations and ordinances. b. No act or failure to act by the Owner or Contractor shall constitute a waiver of any right or duty granted them under the Contract Documents, nor shall any act or failure to act constitute any approval except as specifically agreed in writing. c. The Work shall be tested and inspected as required by the Contract Documents and as required by law. Unless prohibited by law the costs of all such tests and inspections related to state and federal codes such as ADA, Administrative, Electrical, Plumbing, Mechanical and Building Codes shall be borne by the Contractor. The costs for material and structural testing shall be conducted by an independent third party at the expense of the Owner. Delays related to any of the aforementioned tests and inspections shall not be grounds for delaying the completion of the work. If any such tests and inspections reveal deficiencies in the Work such that the Work does not comply with terms or requirements of the Contract Documents and the requirements of any code or law the Contractor is solely responsible for the cost of bringing such deficiencies into compliance with the terms of the Contract Documents and any code or law. d. Should the Architect, if an architect is retained for the project involving the Work, or Owner reject any portion of the Work for failing to comply with the Contract Documents Contractor shall immediately, at Contractor’s expense, correct the Work. Any such rejection may be made before or after substantial completion. If applicable, any additional Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Revised 01/24 7 expense borne by the Architect under this section shall be paid at Contractor’s expense. e. The Contractor shall not assign any portion of this Agreement nor subcontract the Work in its entirety without the prior written consent of the Owner. f. By executing this Agreement Contractor affirms that Contractor and any subcontractors of Contractor are and shall remain in compliance with Article 2 of Chapter 64 of the North Carolina General Statutes. g. By executing this Agreement Contractor certifies that Contractor has not been identified, and has not utilized the services of any agent or subcontractor identified, on the list created by the State Treasurer pursuant to G.S. 147-86.58. h. By executing this Agreement Contractor certifies that Contractor has not been identified, and has not utilized the services of any agent or subcontractor identified, on the list created by the State Treasurer pursuant to G.S. 147-86.81. i. The County has designated (Angel Barnes) to act as the County's representative with respect to the Work and shall have the authority to render decisions within guidelines established by the County Manager or the County Board of Commissioners and shall be available during working hours as often as may be reasonably required to render decisions and to furnish information. j. Contractor shall at all times remain in compliance with all applicable local, state, and federal laws, rules, and regulations including but not limited to all state and federal non- discrimination laws, policies, rules, and regulations and the Orange County Non- Discrimination Policy and Orange County Living Wage Policy (each Orange County policy is incorporated herein by reference and may be viewed at http://www.orangecountync.gov/departments/purchasing_division/contracts.php). Any violation of the Orange County Non-Discrimination Policy is a breach of this Agreement and County may immediately terminate this Agreement without further obligation on the part of the County. This paragraph is not intended to limit and does not limit the definition of breach to discrimination. k. This Agreement together with any amendments or modifications may be executed electronically. All electronic signatures affixed hereto evidence the consent of the Parties to utilize electronic signatures and intent of the Parties to comply with Article 11A and Article 40 of North Carolina General Statute Chapter 66. l. In the event of a breach by Contractor Owner has sole authority to determine the reasonableness of Contractor’s actions to remedy such breach or complete the performance of its obligations. m. Upon request of the Owner, the Contractor shall submit to County all relevant documentation, including but not limited to, job cost records, to support its claims for final compensation and if such request is made final compensation shall not be due until all relevant documentation is received, reviewed, and approved by Owner. Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Revised 01/24 8 n. There are no third-party beneficiaries of this Agreement and nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer on any person other than the parties hereto (and their respective successors, heirs and permitted assigns), any rights, remedies, or obligations. 12. CONSEQUENTIAL AND LIQUIDATED DAMAGES a. Owner and Contractor mutually waive any claim against each other for consequential damages. Consequential Damages include: i. Damages incurred by Owner for loss of use, income, financing, or business. ii. Damages incurred by Contractor for office expenses, including personnel, loss of financing, profit, income, business, damage to reputation, or any other non-direct damages. b. Liquidated damages shall be in accord with the Contract Documents. If the Contract Documents do not otherwise address liquidated damages, such damages shall be in the amount of five hundred dollars ($500.00) per day. 13. TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION a. The Owner may, without cause, order the Contractor to terminate, suspend, delay or interrupt the Work in whole or in part for such period of time as the Owner may determine. i. If Owner issues a written order to delay, suspend, or interrupt the Work, and such order is not due to or as a result of any fault on the part of the Contractor or any subcontractor, the Contractor may recover a per diem amount of five hundred dollars ($500.00) per day with a not-to-exceed limit of ten thousand dollars ($10,000.00). ii. In the event of termination by the Owner under this Agreement, the Contractor shall be entitled to receive its reasonable and documented direct costs incurred prior to the date Owner mails the notice of termination, including the cost of materials purchased for the Work, but only if such purchases cannot be canceled, or materials returned, or which material cannot reasonably be used by the Contractor on other work, and the cost of closing down the work in a safe and efficient manner. iii. If Owner elects to suspend or terminate the contract pursuant to subparagraphs 13.a.i. or 13 a.ii. the sole remedy available to the Contractor are those listed in said subparagraphs and Contractor is not entitled to any right to further claims for any amount owed or disputed or for payment of damages alleged to have been sustained as a result of Owner’s order to delay, suspend, or interrupt the Work. b. The Owner may, with cause, order the Contractor to suspend, delay or interrupt the Work in whole or in part for such period of time as the cause remains. i. If Owner issues a written order to delay, suspend, or interrupt the Work, and such order is due to or as a result of any fault on the part of the Contractor or any subcontractor, the Owner may reduce payment at a per diem amount of five Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Revised 01/24 9 hundred dollars ($500.00) per day for the full duration of the delay, suspension, or interruption. c. Contractor may terminate the Contract if, at the Owner’s written direction, the Work is stopped for thirty (30) consecutive days through no act or fault of the Contractor, their agents or employees, or a subcontractor or their agents or employees or any other person performing work pursuant to the Contract Documents. Contractor may terminate the Contract if a Court or other Public authority having jurisdiction enters a lawful order that requires all work to be stopped and such stoppage lasts for thirty (30) consecutive days. d. Either party may terminate this Agreement upon notice to the other party that obligations pursuant to this Agreement are made impossible due to declarations of emergency by Orange County or by North Carolina due to events directly impacting Orange County. Both parties shall remain responsible for all payment and performance due up to the receipt of such notice, but shall have no further obligation or responsibility beyond that date provided the terminating party has taken all reasonable steps to complete the performance of its obligations. 14. ENTIRE AGREEMENT All of the documents listed, referenced or described in this Agreement, the written Notice-to- Proceed, together with Modifications made or issued in accordance herewith are the Contract Documents, and the work, labor, materials and completed construction required by the Contract Documents and all parts thereof is the Work. The Contract Documents constitute the entire agreement between Owner and Contractor. This Agreement may be amended only by written instrument signed by both parties. Modifications may be evidenced by facsimile signatures. If any provision of the Agreement shall be declared invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of the Agreement shall continue in full force and effect. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and date first above written wholly or in a number of counterparts each of which shall, without proof or accounting for other counterparts, be deemed an original contract. ORANGE COUNTY CONTRACTOR ____________________________________ ________________________________________ Signature Signature County Manager ________________________________________ Printed Name and Title Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Jason Patterson Asst. Corporate Secretary 7/9/20247/15/2024 Revised 01/24 10 ORANGE COUNTY—INTERNAL USE ONLY ______________________________________________________________________________ Finance Information Vendor Name: Brady Services, Inc Vendor Contact Person: Samantha Bailey (Samantha.Bailey@bradyservices.com) Scott Small (scott.small@bradyservices.com) Phone: 336.378.0670 Address: 2025 16th Street City Greensboro State: NC Zip: 27405 Department: AMS Amount: $146,209.00 Purpose: WCOB Server Room HVAC per RFQ5411 Budget Code(s): 61370035-800000-11002 Vendor # 35152 Vendor Status with NCSOS: Current - Active Vendor is a BOCC consultant: Yes No Contract Details Contract Type: New Amendment (Original Contract: ) (Most Recent Amendment ) Effective Date 07/15/2024 End Date 05/11/2025 Notice Date (Notice Purpose ) Award Approved by Board (Agenda Date: ); Made or Administered by AMS Signature Authority - BOCC Express Delegation (Agenda Date: ) - Policy 9.4: Under $5,000; Service Under $90,000; Construction Under $250,000 - Budget Policy Section XV (Capital Improvement Project: 11002) Bidding Informal Bidding ($30k-$90k); Formal RFP ($90k+); Other (<$30k); Exception(# ) Department Affirmation This agreement is approved as to technical form and content and I as Department Director affirmatively state work on this project has not been initiated prior to execution of the agreement; OR This agreement is approved as to technical form and content. Services related to this agreement have already begun or been completed. Description of the nature of the emergency condition that was addressed: Department Director’s Signature ________________________________________ Date: ________ Information Technologies This agreement has been reviewed and is approved as to information technology content and specifications: Office of the Chief Information Officer___________________________________ Date: ________ Inapplicable because no hardware/software purchases or related services Risk Management This agreement is approved for sufficiency of insurance standards, specifications, and requirements: Office of the Risk Management Officer___________________________________ Date: _________ Financial Services This instrument has been pre-audited in the manner required by the Local Government Budget and Fiscal Control Act: Office of the Chief Financial Officer ____________________________________ Date: _________ Legal Services This agreement is approved as to legal form and sufficiency: Office of the County Attorney __________________________________________Date: ________ Clerk to the Board All Docusign contracts must be copied to the Clerk upon completion: occlerkdocs@orangecountync.gov The following signature block is for hard copies only and is not required for Docusign contracts: Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D 7/10/2024 7/11/2024 7/12/2024 7/15/2024 Revised 01/24 11 Received for record retention: Office of the Clerk to the Board __________________________________________Date:_________ Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D PROJECT: PROJECT LOCATION:INDEX OF DRAWINGS: OWNER: THESE DRAWINGS ARE INSTRUMENTS OF SERVICE AND AS SUCH SHALL REMAIN THE PROPERTY OF PROGRESSIVE DESIGN COLLABORATIVE, LTD. THEY SHALL NOT BE USED FOR ANY OTHER WORK OTHER THAN THAT AUTHORIZED BY PROGRESSIVE DESIGN COLLABORATIVE, LTD. UPON COMPLETION OF THE WORK, ALL COPIES, EXCEPT THE OWNER'S, SHALL BE RETURNED TO PROGRESSIVE DESIGN COLLABORATIVE, LTD. ORANGE COUNTY WEST OFFICE BUILDING HVAC UPGRADE WEST OFFICE BUILDING 131 W Margaret Ln. Hillsborough, NC 27278 ORANGE COUNTY 300 WEST TRYON STREET HILLSBOROUGH, NC 27278 PDC# 23020 G0.01 VICINITY CAMPUS SHEET INDEX Sheet Number Sheet Name G0.01 COVER SHEET M0.00 LEAD SHEET M1.01 DEMOLITION PLAN - THIRD FLOOR M2.01 DUCTWORK AND PIPING PLAN - THIRD FLOOR M2.02 ROOF PLAN M5.01 DETAILS M5.02 UL DETAILS M7.01 MECHANICAL SCHEDULES E0.00 ELECTRICAL LEAD SHEET E2.01 GROUND FLOOR POWER PLAN E2.02 THIRD FLOOR POWER PLAN E2.03 ROOF POWER PLAN E5.01 RISER E5.02 SCHEDULES E6.01 DETAILS Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D GENERAL NOTES SYMBOL LEGEND SYMBOL DESCRIPTION ABBREVIATIONS MECHANICAL SUMMARY MECHANICAL SYSTEMS, SERVICE SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT CODE 2018 NC ENERGY CODE: PRESCRIPTIVE ___X___ PERFORMANCE _______ ASHRAE 90.1-2013: PRESCRIPTIVE _______ PERFORMANCE _______ ADDITIONAL PRESCRIPTIVE COMPLIANCE: N/A _____ 506.2.1 MORE EFFICIENT MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT _____ 506.2.2 REDUCED LIGHTING POWER DENSITY _____ 506.2.3 ENERGY RECOVERY VENTILATION SYSTEMS _____ 506.2.4 HIGHER EFFICIENCY SERVICE WATER HEATING _____ 506.2.5 ON-SITE SUPPLY OF RENEWABLE ENERGY _____ 506.2.6 AUTOMATIC DAYLIGHTING CONTROLS THERMAL ZONE: 4A WINTER DRY BULB: 20.0 DEGREES F SUMMER DRY BULB: 94.6 DEGREES F SUMMER WET BULB: 74.3 DEGREES F SUMMER HR/MCDB: 129.5 / 81.2 DEGREES F INTERIOR DESIGN CONDITIONS WINTER DRY BULB: 70 DEGREES F SUMMER DRY BULB: 75 DEGREES F RELATIVE HUMIDITY: 55 % BUILDING HEATING LOAD: EXISTING BUILDING COOLING LOAD: EXISTING (ADDING CRAC UNIT FOR REDUNDANCY ONLY) MECHANICAL SPACING CONDITIONING SYSTEM UNITARY DESCRIPTION OF UNIT: REFER TO SCHEDULE ON DRAWINGS HEATING EFFICIENCY: REFER TO SCHEDULE ON DRAWINGS COOLING EFFICIENCY: REFER TO SCHEDULE ON DRAWINGS SIZE CATEGORY OF UNIT: REFER TO SCHEDULE ON DRAWINGS BOILER: TOTAL BOILER OUTPUT. IF OVERSIZED, STATE REASON. EXISTING CHILLER: TOTAL CHILLER CAPACITY. IF OVERSIZED, STATE REASON. EXISTING REFER TO EQUIPMENT SCHEDULES FOR UNIT EFFICIENCIES. DESIGNER STATEMENT: TO THE BEST OF MY KNOWLEDGE AND BELIEF, THE DESIGN OF THIS BUILDING COMPLIES WITH THE MECHANICAL SYSTEMS, SERVICE SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS OF THE NORTH CAROLINA STATE ENERGY CODE SUPPLY DUCT RETURN DUCT BALANCING DAMPER OUTSIDE AIR INTAKE DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR R R C C T# TEMPERATURE SENSOR. LABEL INDICATES UNIT CONTROLLED. REFRIGERANT PIPING CONDENSATE PIPING _ x _ _ x _ _ x _ FIRE DAMPER. 1.5 HOUR FOR 1 HR AND 2HR CONSTRUCTION, 3 HOUR FOR 3 HR CONSTRUCTION. TYPE B WITH BLADES OUT OF AIR STREAM. UL 555 LISTED. PROVIDE FACTORY SLEEVE. PROVIDE MULTI-SECTION ASSEMBLY AS REQUIRED FOR DUCT DIMENSIONS. PROVIDE THIN-LINE MODEL OR OUT OF WALL MODEL WHERE APPROPRIATE. FD SD POINT OF DISCONNECTION / DEMOLITION POINT OF CONNECTION MECHANICAL ABBREVIATIONS ACCU AIR COOLED CONDENSING UNIT ACU AIR CONDITIONING UNIT AD ACCESS DOOR AF AIR FILTER AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR AHU AIR HANDLING UNIT ALUM ALUMINUM AMP AMPERE AP ACCESS PANEL ARCH ARCHITECTURAL AVG AVERAGE CC AIR COLLED CONDENSER B BOILER B.I. BLACK IRON BB BASEBOARD RADIATION BDD BACKDRAFT DAMPER BHP BRAKE HORSEPOWER BO BLANK OFF BTU BRITISH THERMAL UNIT BTUH BRITISH THERMAL UNITS PER HOUR CA COMPRESSED AIR CAP CAPACITY CAU COMPRESSED AIR CC COOLING COIL CFM CUBIC FEET PER MINUTE CH CHILLER CI CAST IRON CL CENTER LINE CO CARBON MONOXIDE CO CLEAN OUT CONC CONCRETE CT COOLI NG TOWER CU CONDENSING UNIT CUH CABINET UNIT HEATER CV CONSTANT VOLUME CY CYCLE DB DRY BULB TEMPERATURE DELF DEFLECTION DIFF DIFFUSER DN DOWN DWG DRAWING DX DIRECT EXPANSION EA EACH EAT ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE EF EXHAUST FAN EFF EFFICIENCY EHC ELECTRIC HEAT COIL ESP EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE ET EXPANSION TANK EUH ELECTRIC UNIT HEATER EWT ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE EXH EXHAUST F.D. FLOOR DRAIN FA FREE AREA FCU FAN COIL UNIT FD FIRE DAMPER FLEX FLEXIBLE FM FLOW METER FP FAN POWERED BOX FPM FEET PER MINUTE FT FEET FT2 SQUARE FEET FT3 CUBIC FEET °F DEGREES FARENHEIT GA GAUGE GC GENERAL CONTRACTOR GE GENERAL EXHAUST GPM GALLONS PER MINUTE GR GRILLE *H ENTHAPLY DIFFERENCE HC HEATING COIL HORIZ HORIZONTAL HP HORSEPOWER HR HOUR HU HUMIDIFIER HVAC HEATING VENTILATION & AIR CONDITIONING HX HEAT EXCHANGER SHEET INDEX - MECHANICAL Sheet Number Sheet Name Current Revision Current Revision Date M0.00 LEAD SHEET M1.01 DEMOLITION PLAN - THIRD FLOOR M2.01 DUCTWORK AND PIPING PLAN - THIRD FLOOR M2.02 ROOF PLAN M5.01 DETAILS M5.02 UL DETAILS M7.01 MECHANICAL SCHEDULES 1. THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ARE COMPLIMENTARY AND WHAT IS REQUIRED BY ONE SHALL BE AS BINDING AS IF REQUIRED BY ALL. IN THE CASE OF A CONFLICT, DISAGREEMENT, OR AMBIGUITY, PROVIDE THE BETTER QUALITY. IN THE CASE OF A CONFLICT, DISAGREEMENT, OR AMBIGUITY, PROVIDE THE GREATER QUANTITY OF WORK. 2. COORDINATE ALL WORK WITH THAT OF THE OTHER DISCIPLINES PRIOR TO THE INSTALLATION OF ANY PIPING, DUCTWORK, OR EQUIPMENT. 3. PERFORM A COMPLETE REVIEW OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF THE MECHANICAL SYSTEMS AND REVIEW ANY CONFLICTS WITH THE ENGINEER. 4. DURING THE CONSTRUCTION PROCESS, PROTECT ALL EQUIPMENT, DEVICES, DUCTWORK, PIPING, AND APPURTENANCES FROM DIRT, DEBRIS, AND RAIN. STORE IN A COVERED LOCATION OFF OF THE FLOOR AND ABOVE STANDING WATER. ITEMS FOUND LYING IN STANDING WATER ON THE JOB SITE WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED FOR INSTALLATION. 5. ENSURE THAT ITEMS TO BE FURNISHED OR PROVIDED WILL FIT IN THE SPACE AVAILABLE. MAKE NECESSARY FIELD MEASUREMENTS TO ASCERTAIN SPACE REQUIREMENTS, INCLUDING THOSE FOR CONNECTIONS, AND PROVIDE SUCH SIZES AND SHAPES OF EQUIPMENT THAT ARE THE TRUE INTENT AND MEANING OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. PROVIDE THE ENGINEER WITH SCALED COORDINATION DRAWINGS OF ALL MECHANICAL SPACES AND ABOVE CEILING INSTALLATIONS. 6. LOCATE ALL EQUIPMENT TO PROVIDE MAXIMUM SPACE FOR MAINTENANCE AND SERVICE. 7. PROVIDE ALL ELECTRICAL AND CONTROL CONNECTIONS TO THE EQUIPMENT PROVIDED. REFER TO THE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR LOCATIONS OF JUNCTION BOXES, DISCONNECTS, CIRCUIT BREAKERS (PANELBOARDS). TYPE, SIZE, AND NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS AND CONDUITS TO EQUIPMENT SHALL BE EQUIVALENT TO THE CONDUCTORS AND CONDUITS PROVIDED BY DIVISION 26. IN CASE OF MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT CONNECTION TO A CIRCUIT BREAKER, THE NUMBER AND SIZE OF THE CONDUCTORS AND CONDUITS SHALL CONFORM TO THE LATEST NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE REGULATIONS. ALL MOTOR STARTERS, SWITCHES, CONTROL DEVICES, ETC., PROVIDED BY DIVISION 23 SHALL BE RECESSED IN THE WALLS, EXCEPT WHEN THESE ITEMS ARE LOCATED IN MECHANICAL SPACES. PROVIDE A NAMEPLATE FOR ALL EQUIPMENT, SWITCHES, CONTROL DEVICES, ETC. REFER TO THE GENERAL PROVISIONS SECTION OF THE DIVISION 23 SPECIFICATIONS. 8. PROVIDE ALL SUPPORT DEVICES NECESSARY FOR THE WORK. COORDINATE ALL LOCATIONS WITH OTHER DISCIPLINES PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 9. DO NOT SCALE THESE DRAWINGS. FIELD CONFIRM ALL DIMENSIONS. 10. PROVIDE ALL PENETRATIONS PERTAINING TO THE WORK THROUGH THE ROOF, WALLS, AND FLOORS. PROVIDE THE WATERPROOFING AROUND THE OPENINGS. 11. COORDINATE THE SIZE AND LOCATION OF ALL PENETRATIONS THROUGH THE ROOF WITH EXISTING CONDITIONS AND THE AUTHORIZED ROOFER TO MAINTAIN WARRANTIES. 12. FIRE SEAL ALL FLOOR AND FIRE WALL PIPE AND CONDUIT PENETRATIONS WITH A UL APPROVED METHOD. 13. PROVIDE ALL CUTTING AND PATCHING OF FLOORS AND WALLS FOR THE WORK UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. 14. ALL WALL AND FLOOR PENETRATIONS SHALL BE SEALED. SEAL ALL RATED FLOOR AND WALL PENETRATIONS WITH A UL APPOVED METHOD. FOR NON-RATE WALLS AND FLOORS, THE ANNULAR SPACE SHALL BE PACKED WITH MINERAL WOOL, OR ANOTHER SUITABLE NON-COMBUSTIBLE MATERIAL, AND CAULKED AIR RIGHT. 15. CONDENSATE DRAINS SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 1"∅COPPER, INSULATED WITH A 25/50 RATED CLOSED CELL RUBBER TUBING HAVING A NOMINAL WALL THICKNESS OF 1". PROVIDE A P-TRAP WITH VENT AND CLEANOUT PLUG AT THE UNIT. ALL CONDENSATE LINES SHALL BE ROUTED TO A FLOOR DRAIN OR AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. 16. DUCT DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE INSIDE CLEAR UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. 17. PROVIDE FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTORS AT SUPPLY, RETURN, AND EXHAUST DUCTWORK CONNECTIONS TO ALL AIR HANDLING UNITS AND FANS. 18. PROVIDE SHEET METAL COLLAR AT ALL LOCATIONS WHERE DUCTS PENETRATE WALLS. COLLARS SHALL BE OF A GAGE EQUIVALENT TO THE DUCTWORK. 19. ALL ACCESS DOORS IN THE DUCTWORK SHALL BE LOCATED TO EASILY ACCESS FIRE DAMPERS. COORDINATE CEILING ACCESS PANEL LOCATIONS WITH ALL OTHER DISCIPLINES. ALL ACCESS DOORS IN DUCTWORK FOR FIRE DAMPERS, DUCT-MOUNTED COILS, CONTROL DAMPERS, HUMIDIFIERS, DUCT SMOKE DETECTORS, AND OTHER DEVICES SHALL CONFORM TO THE FOLLOWING SCHEDULE: DUCT WIDTH ACCESS DOOR SIZE UP TO 17" WIDE 16"x12" (OR AS LARGE AS POSSIBLE) 18" TO 22" 16"x16" 22" AND LARGER 18"x18" 20. INSTALL THERMOSTATS, SENSORS, AND OTHER CONTROLS 48" ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR OR AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. COORDINATE WITH OTHER DISCIPLINES TO ALIGN EXACTLY WITH ADJACENT DEVICES SUCH AS LIGHT SWITCHES AND CONTROLS. 21. PROVIDE ALL THERMOSTATS, SENSORS, CONTROLS, WIRING, AND CONDUIT. 22. ALL DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC. VISIT THE SITE, BECOME FAMILIAR WITH THE EXISTING CONDITIONS, AND COORDINATE THE DUCT LAYOUT WITH ALL DISCIPLINES PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 23. SUPPORT ALL DUCTWORK, PIPING, EQUIPMENT, AND APPURTENANCES FROM THE BUILDING STRUCTURE AND NOT THE ROOF DECK. 24. ALL HANGER RODS SHALL BE CUT TO WITHIN 1" OF THE BOTTOM NUT. IN MECHANICAL ROOMS, ALL HANGERS OR OTHER EQUIPMENT BELOW 7'-4" SHALL BE WRAPPED WITH FOAM INSULATION FOR PERSONNEL PROTECTION. 25. EQUIPMENT SHALL MEET OR EXCEED ALL REQUIREMENTS IN THE 2013 VERSION OF ASHRAE STANDARD 90.1 AND THE INTERNATIONAL ENERGY CONSERVATION CODE WITH NORTH CAROLINA AMENDMENTS. 26. COORDINATE THE ROUGH-IN OF PIPING WITH THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND OTHER TRADES. 27. ALL PIPING SHALL BE PERMANENTLY IDENTIFIED BY CONTENT, FUNCTION, AND DIRECTION OF FLOW (I.E., HOT WATER SUPPLY →). ALL IDENTIFICATION MARKERS SHALL BE PERMANENTLY STENCILED ON THE PIPING IN A LEGIBLE MANNER AT NO GREATER DISTANCE THAN 10'-0" ON CENTER. 28. DO NOT INSTALL PIPING OR DUCTWORK OVER ANY ELECTRICAL PANEL OR SWITCHGEAR. 29. ZIP TIES WILL NOT BE PERMITTED FOR USE AS CABLE SUPPORTS. WHERE NOT REQUIRED TO BE INSTALLED IN RACEWAY BY THE SPECIFICATION, PROVIDE J-HOOK SUPPORTS AND BRIDLE RINGS. CABLE SHALL BE INDEPENDENTLY SUPPORTED AND SHALL NOT BE SUPPORTED OF THE WORK OF OTHER TRADES. MECHANICAL ABBREVIATIONS HZ HERTZ IF INJECTION FAN IN INCHES INSUL INSULATION ISDL ISOLATION KE KITCHEN EXHAUST KW KILOWATT LAT LEAVING AIR TEMPERATURE LBS POUNDS LF LINEAR FEET LLC LIQUID LEVEL CONTROLLER LWT LEAVING WATER TEMPERATURE MAT MIXED AIR TEMPERATURE MAX MAXIMUM MIN MINIMUM N.C. NORMALLY CLOSED N.O. NORMALLY OPEN NC NOISE CRITERIA NIC NOT IN CONTRACT NK NECK NPSH NET POSITIVE SUCTION HEAT NTS NOT TO SCALE OA OUTSIDE AIR OAI OUTSIDE AIR INTAKE OBD OPPOSED BLADE DAMPER OD OUTSIDE DAMPER OV OUTLET VELOCITY P PUMP PD PRESSURE DROP PH PHASE PRESS PRESSURE PRV PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE PSIG POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH ΔP PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL RA RETURN AIR REFRIG REFRIGERANT REG REGISTER RET RETURN RF RELIEF / RETURN FAN RH RELATIVE HUMIDITY RM ROOM RO REVERSE OSMOSIS RPM REVOLUTIONS PER MINUTE RTU ROOFTOP UNIT SA SUPPLY AIR SD SMOKE DAMPER SF SUPPLY FAN SM SHEET METAL SP STATIC PRESSURE SQ. FT. SQUARE FEET SS STAINLESS STEEL ST SOUND TRAP T TANK TC TEMPERATURE CONTROL TE TOILET EXHAUST TG TRANSFER GRILLE TSP TOTAL STATIC PRESSURE TYP TYPICAL ΔT TEMPERATURE DIFFERENTIAL UH UNIT HEATER V VOLTAGE VAV VARIABLE AIR VOLUME VD VOLUME DAMPER VEL VELOCITY VFD VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE VIB VIBRATION W WATT WB WET BULB TEMPERATURE WC WATER COLUMN WMS WIRE MESH SCREEN WP WORKING PRESSURE DRAWN BY:CHECKED BY: REVISIONS SCAMPBELL@PDCENGINEERS.COM ORANGE COUNTY WEST OFFICE BUILDINGHVAC UPGRADELEAD SHEET M0.00 BID/PERMIT ORANGE COUNTYJAV SWC PDC 23020 02/20/2024 NUMBER DATE DESCRIPTION 02/20/2024 Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D WALL RATINGS LEGEND 2 HR RATED WALL 4 HR RATED WALL 1 HR RATED WALL 1EXISTING CRAC EXISTING IT RACKS M1.01 1 IT ROOM GENERAL NOTES: A. WHERE EXISTING EQUIPMENT, DUCT, AND PIPING IS BEING REMOVED, REMOVE ALL EXISTING HANGERS, RODS, AND SUPPORTING HARDWARE. B. PATCH AND PAINT ALL SURFACES AND FINISHES IMPACTED BY THE WORK. C. ALL EXISTING FLOOR TILE DIFFUSERS SHALL REMAIN. NO CHANGE. KEYNOTES: 1. EXISTING COMPUTER ROOM AC (CRAC) UNIT. NO CHANGE. DRAWN BY:CHECKED BY: REVISIONS SCAMPBELL@PDCENGINEERS.COM ORANGE COUNTY WEST OFFICE BUILDINGHVAC UPGRADEDEMOLITION PLAN - THIRD FLOOR M1.01 BID/PERMIT ORANGE COUNTYJAV SWC PDC 23020 02/20/2024 0 2' 4' 8' 1/4" = 1'-0" ENLARGED DEMOLITION PLAN -IT ROOM1 0 4' 8' 16' 1/8" = 1'-0" THIRD FLOOR MECHANICAL DEMOLITION PLAN2 NUMBER DATE DESCRIPTION 02/20/2024 Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D WALL RATINGS LEGEND 2 HR RATED WALL 4 HR RATED WALL 1 HR RATED WALL M2.01 2 IT ROOM CRAC-2 EXISTING CRAC 1 2 RRC3 KEYNOTES: 1. REFRIGERANT PIPING UP TO CONDENSING UNIT ON ROOF. FIELD VERIFY EXACT ROUTING. COORDINATE ROOF PENETRATION WITH AUTHORIZED ROOFER. RUN PIPING ABOVE CEILING. 2. IN-ROW CRAC UNIT. LOCATE ON END OF ROW. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH OWNER'S IT STAFF. 3. EXTEND CONDENSATE FROM CRAC-2 TO EXISTING LOCATION WHERE EXISTING CRAC IS DRAINING. FIELD VERIFY CONNECTION POINT. DRAWN BY:CHECKED BY: REVISIONS SCAMPBELL@PDCENGINEERS.COM ORANGE COUNTY WEST OFFICE BUILDINGHVAC UPGRADEDUCTWORK AND PIPING PLAN - THIRD FLOOR M2.01 BID/PERMIT ORANGE COUNTYJAV SWC PDC 23020 02/20/2024 0 4' 8' 16' 1/8" = 1'-0" THIRD FLOOR DUCTWORK AND PIPING PLAN1 0 2' 4' 8' 1/4" = 1'-0" IT ROOM -ENLARGED PLAN2 NUMBER DATE DESCRIPTION 02/20/2024 Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D CU-2 EXISTING GENERATOR EXISTING GENERATOR EXISTING CHILLER EXISTING CHILLER EXISTING CRAC CU1 2 DRAWN BY:CHECKED BY: REVISIONS SCAMPBELL@PDCENGINEERS.COM ORANGE COUNTY WEST OFFICE BUILDINGHVAC UPGRADEROOF PLAN M2.02 BID/PERMIT ORANGE COUNTYJAV SWC PDC 23020 02/20/2024 NUMBER DATE DESCRIPTION 0 4' 8' 16' 1/8" = 1'-0" ROOF DUCTWORK AND PIPING PLAN1 KEYNOTES: 1. REFRIGERANT PIPING UP FROM BELOW. FIELD VERIFY EXACT ROUTING PRIOR TO STARTING WORK. PROVIDE ROOF PENETRATION HOUSING SIMILAR TO RPH VAULT SERIES. 2. PROVIDE ROOF CURB RAILS FOR MOUNTING CONDENSING UNIT. GENERAL NOTES: A. USE AUTHORIZED ROOFER FOR ANY REQUIRED ROOFING WORK TO MAINTAIN WARRANTIES. B. FIELD VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS. C. MAINTAIN ALL MANUFACTURER REQUIRED CLEARANCES. 02/20/2024 Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D 6 1/2 FOOT MIN. FRONT VIEWSIDE VIEW OK OK PANELPANEL 6 FT OR LESS N.E.C ARTICLE 110-26(F)(1) FIXTURE FIXTURE STRUCTURAL CEILING SUSPENDED CEILING DEDICATED ELECTRICAL SPACE DEDICATED ELECTRICAL SPACE 30" MIN 3'-0" MIN SECTION 110-26 WORKING SPACE SECTION 110-26 WORKIN G SPACE FRONT VIEWSIDE VIEW OK OK PANELPANEL 6 1/2 FT MINIMUM N.E.C ARTICLE 110-26 FIXTURE FIXTURE STRUCTURAL CEILING SUSPENDED CEILING DRAIN PAN APPROVEDAIR GAPHEIGHTTOTALHEIGHTOF TRAPH X FULL SIZE VENT; EXTEND TWO(2) PIPE DIAMETERS ABOVE RIM OF DRAIN PAN UNION (TYPICAL) REMOVABLE CAP FULL SIZE DRAIN CLEANOUT FULL SIZE OF DRAIN CONNECTION LOCAL FLOOR DRAIN BLOW THROUGH X = MINIMUM 1" PLUS CASING STATIC PRESSURE H = MINIMUM 1" X = 1/2 "H" H = MINIMUM 1" PLUS CASING STATIC PRESSURE DRAW THROUGH SWIVEL RING PIPE ALL THREAD ROD WITH TWO NUTS & FENDER WASHERS BOTTOM CHORD OF BAR JOIST TOP OF BAR JOIST TO CENTER LINE OF PIPE (DIM. "B") MINIMUM DISTANCE ROUNDED TO NEAREST INCH AND NOTED ON PLAN SWIVEL RING TAKE OUT "C""A""B""D"TOP OF BAR JOIST NOTE ON PLAN: HANGER NUMBER AND "A" DIMENSION 3/4" PIPE SIZE ROD SIZE 'B' DIM. MIN 'C' DIM. MAX 'C' DIM. 1" 1-1/4" 1-1/2" 2" 2-1/2" 3" 3-1/2" 4" 5" 6" 8" 3/8" 1/2" SIZE OF ANGLE IRON ON BOTTOM CHORD OF BAR JOIST PLUS 1-1/2" 1/2" 5/8 "13/16" 15/16" 1-3/16 "1-7/16" 1-3/4" 2" 2-1/4" 2-3/4" 3-5/16" 4-5/16" 1-5/8" 1-3/4" 1-7/8" 2" 2-3/8 "2-3/4" 3-1/4" 3-5/8" 3-7/8" 4-3/4" 5-1/2" 6-3/4" BAR JOIST HANGER WITH NUTS AND WASHERS PIPE SADDLE, 12" IN LENGTH PROVIDE WITH RIGID INSERTS, SAME LENGTH AS THE SADDLE NOTE: PIPE HANGERS, HARDWARE, ETC. SHALL BE COMPLETELY GALVANIZED. CONCRETE INSERT- SEE SPECIFICATIONS CONCRETE STRUCTURE- SEE SPECIFICATIONS THREADED ROD- SEE SPECIFICATIONS THREADED ROD- SEE SPECIFICATIONS STEEL STRUCTURE OFFSET CLAMP- SEE SPECIFICATIONS PIPE HANGER- SEE SPECIFICATIONS PIPE PIPE INSULATION COUNTERFLASHING CANT FLASHING PATE ROOF CURB - COMPANY MODEL #PC-2A OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT INSULATION ROOF 1. NOTE: REFER TO ROOFING DRAWINGS FOR COORDINATION WITH INSTALLING ROOF CURBS. EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER SHALL PROVIDE ALL REQUIRED VALVES. REFRIGERANT PIPE SIZES SHALL BE AS RECOMMENDED BY EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER. NOTE: AIR COOLED CONDENSING UNIT SOLENOID VALVE SIGHT GLASS FILTER DRIER EXPANSION VALVE AIR HANDLING UNIT U BEND FLOOR ROOF RAIL, PROVIDE THYBAR TEMS-3 RAILS OR EQUIVALENT. ROOF PENETRATION HOUSING FOR REFRIGERANT LINES, POWER, AND CONTROLS EXISTING ROOF LIQUID SUCTION NEOPRENE VIBRATION ISOLATOR NUMBER OF CIRCUITS DEPENDENT ON SIZE OF UNIT. REFER TO SCHEDULE AND MANUFACTURER. NOT TO SCALE DETAIL -DEDICATED SPACE FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT1 NOT TO SCALE DETAIL -WORKING CLEARANCE FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT12 NOT TO SCALE DETAIL -CONDENSATE DRAIN DETAIL5 NOT TO SCALE HANGERS6 DRAWN BY:CHECKED BY: REVISIONS SCAMPBELL@PDCENGINEERS.COM ORANGE COUNTY WEST OFFICE BUILDINGHVAC UPGRADEDETAILS M5.01 BID/PERMIT ORANGE COUNTYJAV SWC PDC 23020 02/20/2024 NOT TO SCALE HANGERS4 NUMBER DATE DESCRIPTION NOT TO SCALE DETAIL -ROOF CURB3 NOT TO SCALE TYPICAL SPLIT SYSTEM DX UNIT7 02/20/2024 Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D DRAWN BY:CHECKED BY: REVISIONS SCAMPBELL@PDCENGINEERS.COM ORANGE COUNTY WEST OFFICE BUILDINGHVAC UPGRADEUL DETAILS M5.02 BID/PERMIT ORANGE COUNTYJAV SWC PDC 23020 02/20/2024 NUMBER DATE DESCRIPTION 02/20/2024 Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D DRAWN BY:CHECKED BY: REVISIONS SCAMPBELL@PDCENGINEERS.COM ORANGE COUNTY WEST OFFICE BUILDINGHVAC UPGRADEMECHANICAL SCHEDULES M7.01 BID/PERMIT ORANGE COUNTYJAV SWC PDC 23020 02/20/2024 NUMBER DATE DESCRIPTION COMPUTER ROOM UNIT SCHEDULE MARK MANUFACTURER MODEL SENSIBLE CAPACITY (MBH) TOTAL CAPACITY (MBH) FAN DATA ELECTRICAL WEIGHT (LBS)REMARKSNO CFM ESP IN. WG HP V PH MCA MFS CRAC-2 LIEBERT CR035RA 96.8 114.0 2 3541 0 2.21 480 3 39.1 50 1000 SPLIT SYSTEM CONDENSING UNIT MARK MANUFACTURER MODEL TOTAL COOLING (MBH) FAN ELECTRICAL WEIGHT DIMENSIONS (HxWxD)REMARKSQTY FLA MCA MFS V PH CU-2 LIEBERT MCM080E1 114.0 1 1.4 3.2 15 480 3 450 40x105x46 GENERAL NOTES: A. COOLING CAPACITY LISTED AT 80°F DB / 62.7°F WB ENTERING TEMPERATURE AND 95°F OUTDOOR AMBIENT FOR CONDENSER B. PROVIDE ELECTRIC REHEAT C. COMPRESSORS SHALL BE VARIABLE SPEED SCROLL 20-100% D. PROVIDE ADJUSTABLE SUPPLY AIR BAFFLE E. PROVIDE MERV 8 STANDARD PLEATED FILTER F. PROVIDE LOW NOISE PACKAGE AND WATER SENSOR G. PROVIDE INTEGRAL CONDENSATE PUMP H. PROVIDE REMOTE SHUTDOWN TERMINAL AND COMMON ALARM CONTACT I. PROVIDE LIEBERT iCOM CONTROLLER J. PROVIDE LOCKING DISCONNECT SWITCH AND 65 kA SCCR K. PROVIDE MICROPROCESSOR CONTROLLER WITH 9 inch TOUCHSCREEN L. PROVIDE RACK MOUNTED WIRED TEMPERATURE SENSOR M. PROVIDE BACNET/MODBUS CONNECTIVITY GENERAL NOTES: A. PROVIDE 18 inch TALL LEGS B. UL OR ETL LISTED C. PROVIDE LOCKING DISCONNECT SWITCH D. USE 105°F AMBIENT FOR PERFORMANCE E. REFRIGERANT LINE SIZES SHALL BE DETERMINED BY MANUFACTURER BASED ON TOTAL EQUIVALENT LENGTH. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY ROUTE AND LENGTH IN THE FIELD F. PROVIDE ROOF CURB RAILS FOR MOUNTING UNIT. RAILS BY PATE, THYBAR, OR EQUIVALENT 1. NEW UNIT IS INTENDED TO OPERATE LEAD/STANDBY (REDUNDANT OPERATION) WITH EXISTING CRAC UNIT. 2. CONNECT NEW UNIT TO EXISTING LIEBERT iCOM CONTROLS. 3. CONNECT NEW UNIT TO EXISTING SIEMENS BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM AND PROVIDE UPDATED GRAPHICS. INTEGRATE THE FOLLOWING POINTS FROM THE UNIT (EXACT LIST TO BE DETERMINED FROM MANUFACTURER'S POINTS LIST): A. UNIT STATUS B. UNIT OPERATING MODE C. ALARM D. AIR TEMPERATURE SET POINT E. SUPPLY AIR TEMPERATURE F. RETURN AIR TEMPERATURE G. RETURN HUMIDITY H. COMPRESSOR HOURS CONTROLS SCOPE 02/20/2024 Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D 1. NOTIFY THE OWNER, IN WRITING, AT LEAST 7 DAYS IN ADVANCE OF ALL REQUIRED SHUTDOWNS ELECTRICAL UTILITIES. UPON WRITTEN RECEIPT OF APPROVAL FROM OWNER, SHUTDOWNS SHALL BE PERFORMED AS DIRECTED BY THE OWNER AND SHALL BE CONDUCTED AT NO ADDITIONAL CONTRACT COST. AT THE COMPLETION OF EACH SHUT DOWN, ALL SERVICES SHALL BE RESTORED SO THAT NORMAL OPERATION OF ALL UTILITIES CAN RESUME. 2. WHEN WORKING IN AND AROUND THE EXISTING BUILDING, EXTREME CARE SHALL BE EXERCISED IN REGARDS TO PROTECTION OF THE EXISTING STRUCTURE, MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES WHICH WILL REMAIN. REPAIR, REPLACE OR RESTORE TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE OWNER/ARCHITECT/ENGINEER ALL EXISTING WORK DAMAGED IN THE PERFORMANCE OF DEMOLITION AND/OR NEW WORK. 3. ALL EXISTING WIRING, EQUIPMENT, CONDUITS AND MATERIALS NOT REQUIRED FOR RE-USE OR RE- INSTALLATION (SHOWN OR OTHERWISE) SHALL BE REMOVED. ALL EXISTING MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT WHICH ARE REMOVED AND DESIRED BY THE OWNER, OR ARE INDICATED TO REMAIN AS THE PROPERTY OF THE OWNER, SHALL BE DELIVERED TO THE OWNER ON THE PREMISES BY THE CONTRACTOR WHERE DIRECTED BY THE ARCHITECT. ALL OTHER MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT WHICH ARE REMOVED SHALL BECOME THE PROPERTY OF THE CONTRACTOR AND SHALL BE REMOVED BY THE CONTRACTOR FROM THE PREMISES. 4. EXISTING CONDITIONS (PRESENCE AND LOCATION OF PANELBOARDS, LIGHTING FIXTURES, RECEPTACLES, EQUIPMENT, MATERIALS AND CIRCUITING) INDICATED ARE BASED ON INFORMATION OBTAINED FROM AVAILABLE RECORD DRAWINGS AND FIELD SURVEYS AND ARE NOT WARRANTED TO BE COMPLETE OR CORRECT. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION OF ALL CONDUITS, EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS IN THE FIELD PRIOR TO STARTING ALL WORK. 5. EXISTING EQUIPMENT SIZES NOTED ARE FOR THE CONVENIENCE OF THE CONTRACTOR ONLY AND ARE NOT WARRANTED TO BE CORRECT. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL SIZES IN THE FIELD IF EQUIPMENT IS IN PROJECT SCOPE. 6. WHEN EXISTING MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL WORK IS REMOVED, ALL CONDUITS, WIRING AND MATERIALS SHALL BE REMOVED TO A POINT BELOW FINISHED FLOORS OR BEHIND FINISHED WALLS AND CAPPED. SUCH POINTS SHALL BE FAR ENOUGH BEHIND FINISHED SURFACES TO ALLOW FOR THE INSTALLATION OF THE NORMAL THICKNESS OF FINISHED MATERIAL. 7. EXISTING MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT, CONDUIT, WIRING, DEVICES, AND MATERIALS AFFECTED BY DEMOLITION OR NEW WORK INSTALLATION AND REQUIRED TO REMAIN IN SERVICE SHALL BE REINSTALLED OR SUPPORTED AS REQUIRED IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEW WORK SPECIFICATIONS. ALL WORK SHALL BE COMPLETED TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE OWNER. 8. IN GENERAL, ON DEMOLITION DRAWINGS, ALL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS SHOWN "LIGHT" ARE EXISTING TO REMAIN AND ALL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS SHOWN AS "HEAVY AND DASHED" ARE EXISTING TO BE DEMOLISHED. 9. ENSURE THAT ALL ELECTRICAL WORK IS DONE DE-ENERGIZED. SPECIFICALLY WHERE ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT IS OPENED EXPOSING LIVE PARTS, BREAKERS ARE REMOVED OR INSTALLED OR WHERE ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS ARE MODIFIED. ALL POWER AT THE PANEL OR ENCLOSURE SHALL BE DE-ENERGIZED AT ITS SOURCE, PRIOR TO WORK BEING DONE. 10. ALL TESTING, TROUBLESHOOTING AND VERIFICATION OF DEENERGIZATION IS TO BE DONE IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 70E INCLUDING ESTABLISHING, ISOLATING IF REQUIRED, SHOCK PROTECTIVE AND ARC FLASH PROTECTIVE APPROACH BOUNDARIES AND WEARING PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT APPROPRIATE FOR THE HAZARD. 11. PRIOR TO THE REMOVAL OF A CIRCUIT FROM A PANELBOARD, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THAT NO EXISTING LOADS REMAIN ON THAT CIRCUIT. IF UNEXPECTED LOADS REMAIN ON THE CIRCUIT, NOTIFY EOR FOR DIRECTIONS TO PROCEED. ONCE CIRCUITS HAVE BEEN VERIFIED TO BE UNDER NO LOAD, BREAKERS IN THE CORRESPONDING PANELBOARD SHALL BE FLIPPED TO THE 'OFF' POSITION AND MARKED AS SPARE AND READY FOR FUTURE WORK. ALL CONDUIT AND WIRING SHALL BE REMOVED BACK TO SOURCE. 12. UPDATE PANEL SCHEDULES TO REFLECT NEW AND CHANGED LOAD. ALL PANEL SCHEDULES SHALL BE COMPUTER GENERATED. 13. EXISTING FIRE ALARM SYSTEM SHALL BE MAINTAINED AND OPERABLE DURING DEMOLITION. CONTRACTOR SHALL TEMP EXISTING DEVICES TO ALLOW DEMOLITION OF EXISTING CONDUIT AND WIRING. DEMOLITION NOTES:ABBREVIATIONS ABBREV. A AC A/C ADA AFF AFG AIC AL ANSI ATSC ATS A/V AWG BAS BFC C CB CCTV CKT CT CU D DB DC DL DISC E ECB EWC EX FUT FA FACP FATC FDR GAA GAP GEN GEC GFI GFCI GFEP GFP GND GRS HH HOA HP IEEE IG KCMIL KV KVA KW KWH LC LS LSIG MAX MCB MCC MDP MIN MH MLO MTS N/A NC NEC NEMA N or NEUT NFPA NIC NO O/H P PA PB PC PH PT RC RSC SEC SPD SW SWBD SWGR TC TEMP TGB TGMB TTB TV TYP. U/C U/G UGE UL UON UPS V VFD WG WP XFER XFMR DEFINITION AMPS, AMPERE, AMPERAGE ABOVE COUNTER ALTERNATING CURRENT AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR ABOVE FINISHED GRADE AMPERE INTERRUPTING CURRENT ALUMINUM AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD INSTITUTE AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH CONTROL AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH AUDIO/VISUAL AMERICAN WIRE GAUGE BUILDING AUOTMATION SYSTEM BELOW FINISHED CEILING CONDUIT CIRCUIT BREAKER CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION CIRCUIT CURRENT TRANSFORMER COPPER DIMMING OR DIMMER DISTRIBUTION BOARD DIRECT CURRENT DAY-LIGHTING DISCONNECT SWITCH EMERGENCY ENCLOSED CIRCUIT BREAKER ELECTRIC WATER COOLER EXISTING FUTURE FIRE ALARM FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL FIRE ALARM TERMINAL CABINET FEEDER GENERATOR ALARM ANNUNCIATOR GENERATOR ALARM PANEL GENERATOR GROUNDING ELECTRODE CONDUCTOR GROUND FAULT INTERRUPTER GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER GROUND FAULT EQUIPMENT PROTECTION GROUND FAULT PROTECTION GROUND GALVANIZED RIGID STEEL HAND HOLE HAND-OFF AUTOMATIC HORSEPOWER INSTITUE OF ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERS ISOLATED GROUND THOUSAND CIRCULAR MILS KILOVOLT KILOVOLT AMPS KILOWATT KILOWATT HOURS LIGHTING CONTACTOR LOUD SPEAKER LONG TIME, SHORT TIME, INSTANTANEOUS AND GROUND FAULT PROTECTION MAXIMUM MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER MOTOR CONTROL CENTER MAIN DISTRIBUTION PANEL MINIMUM MAN HOLE MAIN LUGS ONLY MANUAL TRANSFER SWITCH NOT APPLICABLE NORMALLY CLOSED NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL MANUFACTURER'S ASSOCIATION NEUTRAL NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION NOT IN CONTRACT NORMALLY OPEN OVER HEAD POLE PUBLIC ADDRESS PULL BOX PHOTOCELL PHASE POTENTIAL TRANSFORMER POTENTIAL TRANSFORMER RECEPTACLE CONTACTOR RIGID STEEL CONDUIT SECURITY SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICE SWITCH SWITCHBOARD SWITCHGEAR TIME CLOCK TEMPORARY TECHNOLOGY GROUND BAR TECHNOLOGY MAIN GROUND BAR TELEPHONE TERMINAL BOARD TELEVISION TYPICAL UNDER COUNTER UNDERGROUND UNDERGROUND ELECTRIC UNDERWRITERS' LABORATORIES UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED UNINTERRUPTABLE POWER SUPPLY VOLTS, VOLTAGE VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE WIRE GUARD WEATHERPROOF TRANSFER TRANSFORMER SYMBOL LEGEND J GFI WP DESCRIPTION REMARKS EXISTING WEATHERPROOF DUPLEX GROUNDING TYPE RECEPTACLE - +16" ABOVE GRADE TO BOTTOM OF OUTLET BOX, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. WIRING AND CONDUIT INSTALLED CONCEALED IN WALL SPACE OR ABOVE FINISHED CEILING HOME RUN CIRCUIT TO PANELBOARD JUNCTION BOX WITH REMOVABLE COVER - SIZE PER NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE SYMBOL EXISTING 120/208 VOLT PANELBOARD WITH NEUTRAL AND GROUND BUS ACCESSORIES. DISCONNECT SWITCH, HEAVY DUTY PROVIDED WITH EQUIPMENT R RELAY FOR AIR HANDLING UNIT SHUTDOWN - UNIT SHALL SHUTDOWN UPON ACTIVATION OF GENERAL FIRE ALARM ACTIVATION AND LOCAL FM 200 SYSTEM ACTIVATION. SHUTDOWN SHALL BE VERIFIED UPON PROJECT COMPLETION. A COMPLETED NFPA 72 RECORD OF COMPLETION FORM SHALL BE PROVIDED AND SIGNED OFF AT COMPLETION OF PROJECT. EXISTING 277/480 VOLT PANELBOARD WITH NEUTRAL AND GROUND BUS ACCESSORIES. GENERAL NOTES 1.THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ANY AND ALL WORK WITH OTHER TRADES INVOLVED IN THE PROJECT, PRIOR TO THE INSTALLATION OF HIS EQUIPMENT SO AS TO AVOID CONFLICTS DURING CONSTRUCTION AND ALLOW FOR OPTIMUM MAINTENANCE AND WORKING SPACE. 2.ALL LIGHT FIXTURES SHALL BE SUPPORTED INDEPENDENTLY OF THE SUSPENDED CEILING SYSTEM. REFER TO THE SPECIFICATIONS FOR MORE DETAILED INFORMATION. 3.USE OF THE CONDUIT SYSTEM FOR EQUIPMENT GROUNDING SHALL NOT BE ACCEPTABLE. A SEPARATE GREEN GROUND WIRE SHALL RUN WITH THE CIRCUIT CONDUCTORS IN EACH CIRCUIT. 4.ALL FUSES, DISCONNECT SWITCHES, AND BREAKER SIZES SHOWN FOR MECHANICL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE VERIFIED BEFORE THE PURCHASE OR INSTALLATION OF SAID EQUIPMENT, WITH THE EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER AND MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. 5.ALL WORK AND MATERIAL SHALL BE PROVIDED IN ACCORDANCE WITH STATE, LOCAL AND NATIONAL CODES AND ORDINANCES. 6.THE NEW FIRE ALARM EQUIPMENT SHOWN SHALL BE PROVIDED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS. PROVIDE ALL WIRING AS REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE SYSTEM. 7.THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL CEILING TYPES AND FINISHES BEFORE PURCHASE OF ANY LIGHT FIXTURES SO THAT THE PROPER TRIM WILL BE PROVIDED FOR THE CEILING TO BE INSTALLED. ANY DIFFERENCES SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. 8.EACH CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE HIS OWN SUPPORT OF ALL DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT PROVIDED BY HIM AND SHALL SUPPORT SUCH EQUIPMENT PER APPROVED GOVERNING CODES OR PER APPROVAL OF THE ENGINEER. UNACCEPTABLE WORKMANSHIP OR MATERIALS SHALL BE REPLACED AT THE REQUEST OF THE ENGINEER AT THE CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. 9.ALL JUNCTION BOXES AND CONDUIT RUNS (WITH OR WITHOUT WIRES) SHALL BE COLOR CODED WITH PAINT, IN ACCORDANCE WITH ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS. 10.ALL WIRE AND CONDUIT SIZES ARE BASED ON 75°C THHN OR THWN WIRE UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 11.THE LOCATION OF ALL WALL MOUNTED DEVICES, INCLUDING MOUNTING HEIGHTS, SHALL BE FIELD VERIFIED WITH THE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 12.WHERE MULTIPLE SWITCHES ARE SHOWN IN THE SAME LOCATION THEY SHALL BE GANGED TOGETHER IN ONE MULTIPLE GANG BOX WITH MATCHING COVER AND PARTITION (IF REQUIRED). THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL LOOK AT BOTH POWER AND LIGHTING PLAN TO DETERMINE WHICH SWITCH IS APPLICABLE. 13.WHERE ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT PENETRATES EXTERIOR WALLS OR THE ROOF, THEY SHALL BE PROPERLY SEALED WITH METHODS APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER. SUBMIT DETAIL OF PROPOSED SEALING METHODS. 14.THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE THE LOCATION OF ALL CHAIN HUNG FIXTURES LOCATED IN MECHANICAL OR OTHER SPACES WITH OTHER TRADES, SO AS NOT TO CONFLICT WITH OTHER EQUIPMENT. 15.WHERE CONDUIT OR OUTLET BOXES CANNOT BE INSTALLED IN EXISTING WALLS FOR NEW DEVICES, THEN PROVIDE AND INSTALL SURFACE MOUNTED WIREMOLD RACEWAYS. CONFIRM ALL WIREMOLD WITH ARCHITECT PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 16.OUTLET BOXES ON OPPOSITE SIDES OF THE FIRE RESISTANT WALL OR SHAFT ENCLOSURE RATED TWO HOURS OR LESS SHALL BE SEPARATED BY A HORIZONTAL DISTANCE OF NOT LESS THAN 24" AS REQUIRED BY NCSBC VOL 1 PARAGRAPH 705.4.3. 17.ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL ACCESS PANELS AS REQUIRED FOR ELECTRICAL CODE COMPLIANCE AND TO ACCESS ANY INSTALLATION THAT WILL REQUIRE FUTURE MAINTENANCE. THESE DOORS SHALL BE 20" X 20". EACH ROOM WITH A DRYWALL CEILING SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM OF ONE ACCESS DOOR PROVIDED BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. THE DRYWALL SUBCONTRACTOR WILL PROVIDE THE REQUIRED FRAMED OPENING AND INSTALL THE ACCESS DOORS. 18.CONDUCTORS FOR BRANCH CIRCUITS SHALL BE SIZED TO PREVENT VOLTAGE DROP EXCEEDING 3% AT THE FARTHEST OUTLET OF POWER, HEATING AND LIGHTING LOADS, OR ANY COMBINATION OF SUCH LOADS. THE MAXIMUM TOTAL VOLTAGE DROP ON BOTH FEEDERS AND BRANCH CIRCUITS TO THE FARTHEST OUTLET SHALL NOT EXCEED 5%. A. WHERE THE CONDUCTOR LENGTH FROM THE PANEL TO THE FIRST OUTLET ON A 120V CIRCUIT EXCEED 50'-0" THE BRANCH CIRCUIT CONDUCTORS FROM THE PANEL TO THE FIRST OUTLET SHALL NOT BE SMALLER THAN #10AWG. INCREASE THE BRANCH CIRCUIT CONDUCTOR SIZE AN ADDITIONAL WIRE SIZE FOR EACH ADDITIONAL 125' FOR THE ENTIRE CIRCUIT. THE GROUND CONDUCTOR SIZE SHALL BE INCREASED PROPORTIONALLY TO THE INCREASED PHASE CONDUCTORS AS PER NEC 2020 250.122 (B). B. WHERE THE CONDUCTOR LENGTH FROM THE PANEL TO THE FIRST OUTLET ON A 277V CIRCUIT EXCEEDS 125'-0", THE BRANCH CIRCUIT CONDUCTORS FROM THE PANEL TO THE FIRST OUTLET SHALL NOT BE SMALLER THAN #10 AWG. CONDUCTOR SIZE OF REMAINING BRANCH CIRCUIT SHALL INCREASE AS NEEDED TO MEET ABOVE VOLTAGE DROP LIMITATIONS. THE GROUND CONDUCTOR SIZE SHALL BE INCREASED PROPORTIONALLY TO THE INCREASED PHASE CONDUCTORS AS PER NEC 2020 250.122(B). 19.ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT SITE PRIOR TO BID. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL ELECTRICAL WORK (IE RELOCATING/MOVING CONDUITS/WIRING, LIGHT FIXTURES, ETC.) TO ACCOMODATE THE REPLACEMENT OF MECHANCIAL EQUIPMENT AND PIPING. CLOSE COORDINATION WITH MECHANCIAL CONTRACTOR IS REQUIRED. SHEET INDEX - ELECTRICAL Sheet Number Sheet Name Current Revision Current Revision Date E0.00 ELECTRICAL LEAD SHEET E2.01 GROUND FLOOR POWER PLAN E2.02 THIRD FLOOR POWER PLAN E2.03 ROOF POWER PLAN E5.01 RISER E5.02 SCHEDULES E6.01 DETAILS DRAWN BY:CHECKED BY: REVISIONS TBUTKOVICH@PDCENGINEERS.COM ORANGE COUNTY WEST OFFICE BUILDINGHVAC UPGRADEELECTRICAL LEAD SHEET E0.00 BID/PERMIT ORANGE COUNTYGS JTB PDC 23020 02/20/2024 NUMBER DATE DESCRIPTION 02/20/2024 Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D ATS ATS EX.GDP EX.SL EX.MDP1 EX.R1A EX.SP EX.R1 EX.MDP2 EX.M1 EX.ATS-2 EX.ATS-1 LOBBY 001 EX.80KVA UPSEX.E.C.B. MAIN ELECTRICAL ROOM ELECTRICAL ROOM 1 2 ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT 002 WALL RATINGS LEGEND 2 HR RATED WALL 4 HR RATED WALL 1 HR RATED WALL DRAWN BY:CHECKED BY: REVISIONS TBUTKOVICH@PDCENGINEERS.COM ORANGE COUNTY WEST OFFICE BUILDINGHVAC UPGRADEGROUND FLOOR POWER PLAN E2.01 BID/PERMIT ORANGE COUNTYTWB JTB PDC 23020 02/20/2024 0 8'16' 32' 1/8" = 1'-0" GROUND FLOOR POWER PLAN1 NUMBER DATE DESCRIPTION GENERAL NOTES: A. REFER TO ELECTRICAL LEAD SHEET E0.00 FOR SYMBOLS, ABBREVIATIONS AND NOTES. B. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ANY AND ALL WORK WITH OWNER, PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF THE NEW EQUIPMENT, SO TO AVOID CONFLICTS DURING CONSTRUCTION AND TO ALLOW FOR OPTIMUM MAINTENANCE AND WORKING SPACE. C. CONDUIT/WIRE ROUTING SHOWN IS FOR INFORMATIONAL PURPOSES ONLY, FOR THE CLARIFICATION OF SCOPE. EXACT EXISTING ROUTING OR NEW INSTALLATION SHALL BE FIELD VERIFIED. D. REFER TO PANEL SCHEDULES FOR ALL BREAKER AND CONDUIT/WIRE SIZES. KEYNOTES 1. PROVIDE NEW CIRCUIT BREAKERS IN SPACE AVAILABLE WITHIN PANEL SL FOR NEW HVAC EQUIPMENT LOCATED ON THE THIRD FLOOR AND ROOF. CIRCUIT BREAKER CHARACTERISTICS SHALL MATCH EXISTING FOR TYPE AND AIC RATING. 2. ROUTE BRANCH CIRCUIT CONDUIT/WIRE IN CEILING ABOVE, FOR BOTH THE THIRD FLOOR CRAC AND ROOF CU UNIT. ROUTE FROM EXISTING PANEL SL TO THE LOCATION OF THE GROUND FLOOR ELECTRICAL ROOM. CORE BORE FLOORS AS NECESSARY TO ROUTE CONDUIT/WIRE UP TO REACH THE THIRD FLOOR, THEN ROUTING IN THIRD FLOOR CEILING TO THE LOCATIONS OF THE EQUIPMENT LOCATED ON THE THIRD FLOOR AND ROOF. 02/20/2024 Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D J R WALL RATINGS LEGEND 2 HR RATED WALL 4 HR RATED WALL 1 HR RATED WALL CRAC-2 EX.UPS1 ELECTRICAL ROOM COMPUTER ROOM EX.SL-38,40,42 1 1 CU-1 LOCATED ABOVE ON ROOF 1 2 2 EX. FM200 CONTROL PNL. 3 DRAWN BY:CHECKED BY: REVISIONS TBUTKOVICH@PDCENGINEERS.COM ORANGE COUNTY WEST OFFICE BUILDINGHVAC UPGRADETHIRD FLOOR POWER PLAN E2.02 BID/PERMIT ORANGE COUNTYTWB JTB PDC 23020 02/20/2024 0 4' 8' 16' 1/8" = 1'-0" THIRD FLOOR POWER PLAN1 NUMBER DATE DESCRIPTION KEYNOTES 1. ROUTE BRANCH CIRCUIT CONDUIT/WIRE IN CEILING ABOVE, FOR BOTH THE THIRD FLOOR CRAC UNIT AND THE ROOF CU UNIT. ROUTE FROM EQUIPMENT TO THE LOCATION OF THE THIRD FLOOR ELECTRICAL ROOM. CORE BORE FLOOR AS NECESSARY TO MOUNT AND ROUTE CONDUIT/WIRE TO REACH THE EXISTING PANEL SL ON THE GROUND FLOOR. 2. BOTH THE THIRD FLOOR CRAC UNIT #2 AND ROOF CU UNIT #2 SHALL BE CONNECTED TO THE EXISTING EMERGENCY POWER OFF SYSTEM. PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY CONTROL MODULES AND CONNECT TO THE EXISTING SUPPRESSION SYSTEM AND THE BUILDING FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS. FIELD VERIFY ACTUAL SHUTDOWN SYSTEMS UTILIZED. 3. DISCONNECT PROVIDED WITH EQUIPMENT. REFER TO MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SCHEDULES. GENERAL NOTES: A. REFER TO ELECTRICAL LEAD SHEET E0.00 FOR SYMBOLS, ABBREVIATIONS AND NOTES. B. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ANY AND ALL WORK WITH OWNER, PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF THE NEW EQUIPMENT, SO TO AVOID CONFLICTS DURING CONSTRUCTION AND TO ALLOW FOR OPTIMUM MAINTENANCE AND WORKING SPACE. C. CONDUIT/WIRE ROUTING SHOWN IS FOR INFORMATIONAL PURPOSES ONLY, FOR THE CLARIFICATION OF SCOPE. EXACT EXISTING ROUTING OR NEW INSTALLATION SHALL BE FIELD VERIFIED. D. REFER TO PANEL SCHEDULES FOR ALL BREAKER AND CONDUIT/WIRE SIZES. 02/20/2024 Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D J R WALL RATINGS LEGEND 2 HR RATED WALL 4 HR RATED WALL 1 HR RATED WALL CU-2 EX.EGEN1 EX.EGEN2 EX.SL-32,34,36 1 COMPUTER ROOM BELOW ON THE THRID FLOOR ELECTRICAL ROOM BELOW ON THE THIRD FLOOR GFI WP EX. 1 2 3 0 8' 16' 32' 1/8" = 1'-0" ROOF POWER PLAN1 KEYNOTES 1. PROVIDE ROOFING CONDUIT BOOT AND PENETRATE ROOFING. COORDINATE ALL WORK AS REQUIRED WITH ROOFING MANUFACTURE. ROUTE BRANCH CIRCUIT CONDUIT/WIRE IN CEILING BELOW. ROUTE FROM PENETRATION ABOVE THIRD FLOOR CEILING TO THE LOCATION OF THE THIRD FLOOR ELECTRICAL ROOM. CORE BORE FLOOR AS NECESSARY TO MOUNT AND ROUTE CONDUIT/WIRE TO REACH THE EXISTING PANEL SL ON THE GROUND FLOOR. 2. BOTH THE THIRD FLOOR CRAC UNIT AND ROOF CU UNIT SHALL BE CONNECTED TO THE EXISTING EMERGENCY POWER OFF SYSTEM. PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY CONTROL MODULES AND CONNECT TO THE EXISTING SUPPRESSION SYSTEM AND THE BUILDING FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS. FIELD VERIFY ACTUAL SHUTDOWN SYSTEMS UTILIZED. 3. DISCONNECT FURNISHED WITH EQUIPMENT. REFER TO MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SCHEDULES. DRAWN BY:CHECKED BY: REVISIONS TBUTKOVICH@PDCENGINEERS.COM ORANGE COUNTY WEST OFFICE BUILDINGHVAC UPGRADEROOF POWER PLAN E2.03 BID/PERMIT ORANGE COUNTYTWB JTB PDC 23020 02/20/2024 NUMBER DATE DESCRIPTION GENERAL NOTES: A. REFER TO ELECTRICAL LEAD SHEET E0.00 FOR SYMBOLS, ABBREVIATIONS AND NOTES. B. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ANY AND ALL WORK WITH OWNER, PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF THE NEW EQUIPMENT, SO TO AVOID CONFLICTS DURING CONSTRUCTION AND TO ALLOW FOR OPTIMUM MAINTENANCE AND WORKING SPACE. C. CONDUIT/WIRE ROUTING SHOWN IS FOR INFORMATIONAL PURPOSES ONLY, FOR THE CLARIFICATION OF SCOPE. EXACT EXISTING ROUTING OR NEW INSTALLATION SHALL BE FIELD VERIFIED. D. REFER TO PANEL SCHEDULES FOR ALL BREAKER AND CONDUIT/WIRE SIZES. 02/20/2024 Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D EX.UTILITY PAD MOUNTED TRANSFORMER EX.TSP 75 KVA EX.PNL.SL 277/480V 3PH,4W 400A EX.MDP1 480/277V 3PH, 43 1000A M.C.B. EX.CT CABINET AND UTILITY METERING EX.EGEN1 480/277V 3PH, 43 200KW 250KVA 350A LSI EX.EGEN2 480/277V 3PH, 43 200KW 250KVA 350A LSI EX.GDP 480/277V 3PH, 43 800A M.C.B. EX.ATS2 480/277V 3PH, 43 400A EX.ATS1 480/277V 3PH, 43 400A EX.PNL.SP 120/208V 3PH,4W 400A EX.UPS CAB. EX.E.C.B. 277/480V 3PH,4W 200A EX.PNL. UPS 277/480V 3PH,4W 600A EX.MBP & XFMR. CAB. EX.BATT. CAB.EX.TG 45 KVA EX.T1 30 KVA EX.T2 30 KVA EX.T3 30 KVA EX.PNL.M2 277/480V 3PH,4W 225A EX.PNL.M1 277/480V 3PH,4W 225A EX.PNL. X3A 120/208V 3PH,4W 100A EX.PNL. X3 120/208V 3PH,4W 100A EX.PNL. X2A 120/208V 3PH,4W 100A EX.PNL. X2 120/208V 3PH,4W 100A EX.PNL. X1A 120/208V 3PH,4W 100A EX.PNL. X1 120/208V 3PH,4W 100A EX.PNL. X3A 120/208V 3PH,4W 100A EX.PNL. X3 120/208V 3PH,4W 100A EX.MDP2 480/277V 3PH, 43 800A M.C.B. EX. CHILLER 1 277/480V 3PH,4W 225A EX. CHILLER 2 277/480V 3PH,4W 225A 1 EX. 144KW/160KVA UPS LOAD SUMMARY 26.6 26.6 27.76 x 33 KVA CONNECTED DIVERSITY TOTALTOTAL KVA MECHANICAL UNIT ADDED x1.0 I = (1000) 480 x 3 =AMPS ADDED POWER COMPANY PEAK DEMAND: 477 KW / (0.85) = 561KVA x 1.25 = 701 KVA (844 AMPS) 1.163 1.163CONDENSING UNIT ADDED x1.0 27.76 DRAWN BY:CHECKED BY: REVISIONS TBUTKOVICH@PDCENGINEERS.COM ORANGE COUNTY WEST OFFICE BUILDINGHVAC UPGRADERISER E5.01 BID/PERMIT ORANGE COUNTYTWB JTB PDC 23020 02/20/2024 NOT TO SCALE RISER1 NUMBER DATE DESCRIPTION KEYNOTES 1. PROVIDE NEW CIRCUIT BREAKERS IN SPACE AVAILABLE WITHIN PANEL SL FOR NEW HVAC EQUIPMENT. CIRCUIT BREAKER CHARACTERISITCS SHALL MATCH EXISITNG FOR TYPE AND AIC RATING. GENERAL NOTES: A. REFER TO ELECTRICAL LEAD SHEET E0.00 FOR SYMBOLS, ABBREVIATIONS AND NOTES. B. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ANY AND ALL WORK WITH OWNER, PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF THE NEW EQUIPMENT, SO TO AVOID CONFLICTS DURING CONSTRUCTION AND TO ALLOW FOR OPTIMUM MAINTENANCE AND WORKING SPACE. C. CONDUIT/WIRE ROUTING SHOWN IS FOR INFORMATIONAL PURPOSES ONLY, FOR THE CLARIFICATION OF SCOPE. EXACT EXISTING ROUTING OR NEW INSTALLATION SHALL BE FIELD VERIFIED. D. REFER TO PANEL SCHEDULES FOR ALL BREAKER AND CONDUIT/WIRE SIZES. 02/20/2024 Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D LOAD TOTAL: 73.85 73.85 73.85 TOTAL 180.00 102% 183.00 NOTES:PANEL TOTALS 1.PHASE A 75.081 KVA 271.0 AMP 2.PHASE B 75.081 KVA 271.0 AMP 3.PHASE C 75.081 KVA 271.0 AMP 4. LOAD TYPE CONNECTED DEMAND FED FROM: EXISTING ATS-2 480Y/277 V 3 PHASE 4 WIRE (R) RECEPTACLES 0.00 100%0.00 MOUNT: SURFACE MAINS: MCB 400 A MCB (M) MOTOR 54.00 100% 54.00 NEMA: 1 22000 AIC SE LABEL (H) HVAC 42.00 100% 42.00 MFG/MODEL#: GE/TYPE A SERIES II (L) LIGHTING 12.00 125% 15.00 (O) OTHER 72.00 100% 72.00 FOR REFERENCEELECTRICAL 002 (K) KITCHEN EQUIP 0.00 100% 0.00 35 H 12.000 12.000 O 36 37 O SPACE 0.000 O 38 39 O SPACE 0.000 O 40 41 O SPACE 0.000 O 42 43 O 21.000 EXISTING UPS EXISTING 125 21.000 O 44 45 O 21.000 21.000 O 46 47 O 21.000 21.000 O 48 EXISTING PANEL SL CKT LOAD TYPE LOAD KVA DESCRIPTION C PH N G CB PHASE CB PH N G C DESCRIPTION LOAD KVA LOAD TYPE CKT A B C 1 S 13.850 TRANSFORMER TSP EXISTING 100 17.850 20 EXISTING LIGHTS 4.000 L 2 3 S 13.850 17.850 20 EXISTING LIGHTS 4.000 L 4 5 S 13.850 17.850 20 EXISTING LIGHTS 4.000 L 6 7 O SPARE 20 0.000 20 SPARE O 8 9 O SPARE 20 0.000 20 SPARE O 10 11 O SPARE 20 0.000 20 SPARE O 12 13 O SPARE 20 0.000 20 SPARE O 14 15 O SPARE 20 0.000 20 SPARE O 16 17 O SPARE 20 0.000 SPACE O 18 19 O SPARE 20 18.000 100 EXISTING ELEVATOR 18.000 M 20 21 O SPACE 18.000 18.000 M 22 23 O SPACE 18.000 18.000 M 24 25 H 2.000 EXISTING CU-1 EXISTING 20 5.000 15 EXISTING UPS 3.000 O 26 27 H 2.000 5.000 3.000 O 28 29 H 2.000 5.000 3.000 O 30 31 H 12.000 EXISTING CRAC-1 EXISTING 60 12.000 SPACE O 32 33 H 12.000 12.000 O 34 LOAD TOTAL: 85.85 85.85 85.85 TOTAL 216.00 101% 219.00 NOTES:PANEL TOTALS 1.MOVE EXISTING BREAKER FOR CU-1 UNIT UP 2 POSITIONS T O 21,23,25.PHASE A 87.042 KVA 314.2 AMP 2.MOVE EXISTING BREAKER FOR CRAC-1 UNIT DOWN 1 POSITION TO 33,35,37. PHASE B 87.042 KVA 314.2 AMP 3.PROVIDE NEW BREAKER AND ASSOCIATED CONDUIT/WIRING FOR NEW LOAD. PHASE C 87.042 KVA 314.2 AMP 4. LOAD TYPE CONNECTED DEMAND FED FROM: EXISTING ATS-2 480Y/277 V 3 PHASE 4 WIRE (R) RECEPTACLES 0.00 100% 0.00 MOUNT: SURFACE MAINS: MCB 400 A MCB (M) MOTOR 54.00 100% 54.00 NEMA: 1 22000 AIC SE LABEL (H) HVAC 78.00 100% 78.00 MFG/MODEL#: GE/TYPE A SERIES II (L) LIGHTING 12.00 125% 15.00 (O) OTHER 72.00 100% 72.00 ELECTRICAL 002 (K) KITCHEN EQUIP 0.00 100% 0.00 35 H 12.000 13.000 1.000 H 36 37 H 12.000 12.000 O 38 39 O SPACE 0.000 O 40 41 O SPACE 0.000 O 42 43 O 21.000 EXISTING UPS EXISTING 125 21.000 O 44 45 O 21.000 21.000 O 46 47 O 21.000 21.000 O 48 REVISED PANEL SL CKT LOAD TYPE LOAD KVA DESCRIPTION C PH N G CB PHASE CB PH N G C DESCRIPTION LOAD KVA LOAD TYPE CKT A B C 1 S 13.850 TRANSFORMER TSP EXISTING 100 17.850 20 EXISTING LIGHTS 4.000 L 2 3 S 13.850 17.850 20 EXISTING LIGHTS 4.000 L 4 5 S 13.850 17.850 20 EXISTING LIGHTS 4.000 L 6 7 O SPARE 20 0.000 20 SPARE O 8 9 O SPARE 20 0.000 20 SPARE O 10 11 O SPARE 20 0.000 20 SPARE O 12 13 O SPARE 20 0.000 20 SPARE O 14 15 O SPARE 20 0.000 20 SPARE O 16 17 O SPARE 20 0.000 SPACE O 18 19 O SPARE 20 18.000 100 EXISTING EXISTING ELEVATOR 18.000 M 20 21 H 2.000 EXISTING CU-1 (NOTE 1) EXISTING 20 20.000 18.000 M 22 23 H 2.000 20.000 18.000 M 24 25 H 2.000 5.000 15 EXISTING EXISTING UPS 3.000 O 26 27 H 11.000 NEW CRAC-2 (NOTE 3) 1"8 N/A 10 50 14.000 3.000 O 28 29 H 11.000 14.000 3.000 O 30 31 H 11.000 12.000 15 10 N/A 10 3/4" NEW CU-2 (NOTE 3) 1.000 H 32 33 H 12.000 EXISTING CRAC-1 (NOTE 2) EXISTING 60 13.000 1.000 H 34 EXISTING ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM PANEL S S S FFF R INDICATOR ALARM REMOTE TYPICAL FOR ALL AIR HANDLING UNITS. SERVES PANEL) LOCK ON BREAKER THAT 120VAC (PROVIDE BREAKER NAC PANELS SHUTDOWN AHU AHU# SD S D SDSDSD H SPD RSYSTEM FOR ALARM STATUS "BAS" BUILDING SYSTEM AUTOMATION AHU SHUTDOWN OVERRIDE SWITCH ANNUNCIATOR IN RACPENTRY VESTIBULE HH H SLC LOOP NAC RELAY (PROVIDE (1) AHU SHUTDOWN PER MOTOR CONTROLLER) WALL MOUNTED VISUAL DEVICES (TYP.) WALL MOUNTED AUDIO/VISUAL DEVICES (TYP.) ELEVATOR RECALL FUNCTIONS R CRAC-2 SHUTDOWN RELAY DRAWN BY:CHECKED BY: REVISIONS TBUTKOVICH@PDCENGINEERS.COM ORANGE COUNTY WEST OFFICE BUILDINGHVAC UPGRADESCHEDULES E5.02 BID/PERMIT ORANGE COUNTYTWB JTB PDC 23020 02/20/2024 KEYNOTES 1. PROVIDE NEW CIRCUIT BREAKER TO SPACE AVAILABLE WITHIN PANEL. CIRCUIT BREAKER CHARACTERISTICS SHALL MATCH EXISTING FOR TYPE AND AIC RATING. RECONFIGURE PANEL BY REMOVING SPARE IF NECESSARY TO INSTALL NEW CIRCUIT BREAKERS. NUMBER DATE DESCRIPTION GENERAL NOTES: A. REFER TO ELECTRICAL LEAD SHEET E0.00 FOR SYMBOLS, ABBREVIATIONS AND NOTES. B. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ANY AND ALL WORK WITH OWNER, PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF THE NEW EQUIPMENT, SO TO AVOID CONFLICTS DURING CONSTRUCTION AND TO ALLOW FOR OPTIMUM MAINTENANCE AND WORKING SPACE. C. CONDUIT/WIRE ROUTING SHOWN IS FOR INFORMATIONAL PURPOSES ONLY, FOR THE CLARIFICATION OF SCOPE. EXACT EXISTING ROUTING OR NEW INSTALLATION SHALL BE FIELD VERIFIED. D. REFER TO PANEL SCHEDULES FOR ALL BREAKER AND CONDUIT/WIRE SIZES. NOT TO SCALE FIRE ALARM RISER1 GENERAL NOTES: A. NEW CRAC-2 UNIT SHALL SHUTDOWN UPON GENERAL FIRE ALARM ACTIVATION. B. EXISTING FM-200 SYSTEM FOR COMPUTER ROOM, WHEN ACTIVATED, SHALL SHUTDOWN THE CRAC-2 UNIT. CONTRACTOR SHALL RECONFIRM OPERATION FOR SHUTDOWN OF EXISTING CRAC-1 UNIT AND DUPLICATE SAME SHUTDOWN OPERATION FOR NEW CRAC-2 UNIT. 02/20/2024 Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D LP-2 LP-2 NEATLY HAND WRITTEN CIRCUIT IDENTIFIER OR SYSTEM CONDUCTORS CONTAINED WITHIN COLOR CODE JUNCTION BOX COVER WITH PAINT COLORS AS INDICATED IN SPECIFICATIONS FOR SYSTEM CONTAINED WITHINNOTE: CONTRACTOR SHALL IDENTIFY JUNCTION BOX COVERS WITH ONE OF THE TWO METHODS SHOW ABOVE, BUT NOT BOTH. ALL JUNCTION BOX COVERS SHALL BE CONSISTENTLY IDENTIFIED ACROSS THE ENTIRE PROJECT. JUNCTION BOX LABELING SECTION A-A FILL, VOID, OR CAVITY MATERIAL: SILICON CAULK. THROUGH PENETRANTS - ONE PIPE, OR CONDUIT. NON-RATED FLOOR OR WALL. A A KEYED NOTES: 2 1 3 3. 2. 1. ANSI/UL1479 (ASTM E814)CAN/ULC S115 F Ratings —1 and 2 Hr (See Items 1 and 3) F Ratings — 1 and 2 Hr (See Items 1 and 3) T Rating — 0 Hr FT Rating — 0 Hr L Rating at Ambient — Less Than 1 CFM/sq ft FH Ratings —1 and 2 Hr (See Items 1 and 3) L Rating at 400 F — Less Than 1 CFM/sq ft FTH Rating — 0 Hr L Rating at Ambient — Less Than 1 CFM/sq ft L Rating at 400 F — Less Than 1 CFM/sq ft System No. W-L-1054 C R Classified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. to UL 1479 and CAN/ULC-S115 US 1. Wall Assembly — The 1 or 2 hr fire-rated gypsum wallboard/stud wall assembly shall be constructed of the materials and in the manner specified in the individual U300 or U400 Series Wall and Partition Designs in the UL Fire Resistance Directory and shall include the following construction features: A. Studs — Wall framing may consist of either wood studs or steel channel studs. Wood studs to consist of nom 2 by 4 in. (51 by 102 mm) lumber spaced 16 in. (406 mm) OC. Steel studs to be min 2-1/2 in. (64 mm) wide and spaced max 24 in. (610 mm) OC. When steel studs are used and the diam of opening exceeds the width of stud cavity, the opening shall be framed on all sides using lengths of steel stud installed between the vertical studs and screw-attached to the steel studs at each end. The framed opening in the wall shall be 4 to 6 in. (102 to 152 mm) wider and 4 to 6 in. (102 to 152 mm) higher than the diam of the penetrating item such that, when the penetrating item is installed in the opening, a 2 to 3 in. (51 to 76 mm) clearance is present between the penetrating item and the framing on all four sides. B. Gypsum Board* — 5/8 in. (16 mm) thick, 4 ft (122 cm) wide with square or tapered edges. The gypsum board type, thickness, number of layers, fastener type and sheet orientation shall be as specified in the individual U300 or U400 Series Design in the UL Fire Resistance Directory. Max diam of opening is 32-1/4 in. (819 mm) for steel stud walls. Max diam of opening is 14-1/2 in. (368 mm) for wood stud walls. The F and FH Ratings of the firestop system are equal to the fire rating of the wall assembly. 2. Through-Penetrants — One metallic pipe, conduit or tubing to be installed either concentrically or eccentrically within the firestop system. The annular space shall be min 0 in. to max 2-1/4 in. (57 mm). Pipe may be installed with continuous point contact. Pipe, conduit or tubing to be rigidly supported on both sides of wall assembly. The following types and sizes of metallic pipes, conduits or tubing may be used: A. Steel Pipe — Nom 30 in. (762 mm) diam (or smaller) Schedule 10 (or heavier) steel pipe. B. Iron Pipe — Nom 30 in. (762 mm) diam (or smaller) cast or ductile iron pipe. C.Conduit — Nom 4 in. (102 mm) diam (or smaller) steel electrical metallic tubing or 6 in. (152 mm) . diam steel conduit. D.Copper Tubing — Nom 6 in. (152 mm) diam (or smaller) Type L (or heavier) copper tubing. E. Copper Pipe — Nom 6 in. (152 mm) diam (or smaller) regular (or heavier) copper pipe. 3. Fill, Void or Cavity Material* — Sealant — Min 5/8 in. (16 mm) thickness of fill material applied within the annulus, flush with both surfaces of wall. At the point or continuous contact locations between pipe and wall, a min 1/2 in. (13 mm) diam bead of fill material shall be applied at the pipe wall interface on both surfaces of wall. HILTI CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS, DIV OF HILTI INC — FS-One Sealant or FS-ONE MAX Intumescent Sealant *Indicates such products shall bear the UL or cUL Certification Mark for jurisdictions employing the UL or cUL Certification (such as Canada), respectively. SECTION A-A A A 1A 3 2 1B ANSI/UL1479 (ASTM E814) CAN/ULC S115 F Rating — 2 Hr F Rating — 2 Hr T Ratings — 0 and 1 Hr (See Items 2 and 4) FT Ratings — 0 and 1 Hr (See Items 2 and 4) L Rating At Ambient — 4 CFM/sq ft FH Rating — 2 Hr L Rating At 400 F — Less Than 1 CFM/sq ft FTH Ratings — 0 and 1 Hr (See Items 2 and 4) L Rating At Ambient —4 CFM/sq ft L Rating At 400 F —Less Than 1 CFM/sq ft System No. C-AJ-5091 C R Classified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. to UL 1479 and CAN/ULC-S115 US 1. Floor or Wall Assembly — Min 4-1/2 in. (114 mm) thick reinforced lightweight or normal weight (100-150 pcf or 1600-2400 kg/m³) concrete. Wall may also be constructed of any UL Classified Concrete Blocks*. Max diam of opening is 29 in. (737 mm). See Concrete Blocks (CAZT) category in the Fire Resistance directory for names of manufacturers. 2. Metallic Sleeve — (Optional) — Nom 30 in. (762 mm) diam (or smaller) Schedule 10 (or heavier) steel pipe sleeve cast or grouted into floor or wall assembly, flush with floor or wall surfaces or extending a max of 3 in. (76 mm) above floor or beyond both surfaces of wall. If the steel sleeve extends beyond the top surface of the floor or both surfaces of the wall, the T Rating of the firestop system is 0 hr. 2A. Sheet Metal Sleeve — (Optional) - Max 6 in. (152 mm) diam, min 26 ga galv steel provided with a 26 ga galv steel square flange spot welded to the sleeve at approximately mid- height, or flush with bottom of sleeve in floors, and sized to be a min of 2 in. (51 mm) larger than the sleeve diam. The sleeve is to be cast in place flush with bottom surface of floor and may extend a max of 1 in. (25 mm) above the top surface of the floor. 2B. Sheet Metal Sleeve — (Optional) - Max 12 in. (305 mm) diam, min 24 ga galv steel provided with a 24 ga galv steel square flange spot welded to the sleeve at approximately mid- height, or flush with bottom of sleeve in floors, and sized to be a min of 2 in. (51 mm) larger than the sleeve diam. The sleeve is to be cast in place flush with bottom surface of floor and may extend a max of 1 in. (25 mm) above the top surface of the floor. 3. Through Penetrants — One metallic pipe or tubing to be installed either concentrically or eccentrically within the firestop system. Pipe or tubing to be rigidly supported on both sides of floor or wall assembly. The following types and sizes of metallic pipes or tubing may be used: A. Steel Pipe — Nom 12 in. (305 mm) diam (or smaller) Schedule 10 (or heavier) steel pipe. B. Iron Pipe — Nom 12 in. (305 mm) diam (or smaller) cast or ductile iron pipe. C.Copper Pipe — Nom 6 in. (152 mm) diam (or smaller) Regular (or heavier) copper pipe. D.Copper Tubing — Nom 6 in. (152 mm) diam (or smaller) Type L (or heavier) copper tubing. 4. Pipe Covering — Min 1/2 in. (13 mm) to max 2 in. (51 mm) thick hollow cylindrical heavy density (min 3.5 pcf or 56 kg/m³) glass fiber units jacketed on the outside with an all-service jacket. Longitudinal joints sealed with metal fasteners or factory-applied, self-sealing lap tape. Transverse joints secured with metal fasteners or with butt tape supplied with the product. The annular space between the insulated pipe and the edge of the periphery of the opening shall be min 1/2 in. (13 mm) to max 12 in. (305 mm). When thickness of pipe covering is less than 2 in. (51 mm), the T Rating for the firestop system is 0 hr. See Pipe Equipment Covering — Materials — (BRGU) category in the Building Materials Directory for names of manufacturers. Any pipe covering material meeting the above specifications and bearing the UL Classification Marking with a Flame Spread Index of 25 or less and a Smoke Developed Index of 50 or less may be used. 4A. Pipe Covering — (Not Shown) — As an alternate to Item 4, max 2 in. (51 mm) thick cylindrical calcium silicate (min 14 pcf or 224 kg/m³) units sized to the outside diam of the pipe or tube may be used. Pipe insulation secured with stainless steel bands or min 18 AWG stainless steel wire spaced max 12 in. (305 mm) OC. The annular space shall be min 1/2 in. (13 mm) to max 12 in. (305 mm). 5. Firestop System — The firestop system shall consist of the following: A. Packing Material — Min 4 in. (102 mm) thickness of min 4 pcf (64 kg/m³) mineral wool batt insulation firmly packed into opening as a permanent form. Packing material to be recessed from top surface of floor or from both surfaces of wall as required to accommodate the required thickness of fill material. B. Fill, Void or Cavity Material* — Sealant — Min 1/2 in. (13 mm) thickness of fill material applied within the annulus, flush with top surface of floor or with both surfaces of wall. HILTI CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS, DIV OF HILTI INC — FS-One Sealant or FS-ONE MAX Intumescent Sealant *Indicates such products shall bear the UL or cUL Certification Mark for jurisdictions employing the UL or cUL Certification (such as Canada), respectively. SECTION A-A A A 12 5B 4 3 5A ANSI/UL1479 (ASTM E814)CAN/ULC S115 F Rating — 3 Hr F Rating — 3 Hr T Rating — 0 Hr FT Rating — 0 Hr L Rating At Ambient — Less Than 1 CFM/sq ft FH Rating — 3 Hr L Rating At 400 F — 4 CFM/sq ft FTH Rating — 0 Hr L Rating At Ambient — Less Than 1 CFM/sq ft L Rating At 400 F — 4 CFM/sq ft System No. C-AJ-1226 C R Classified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. to UL 1479 and CAN/ULC-S115 US 1. Floor or Wall Assembly — Min 4-1/2 in. (114 mm) thick reinforced lightweight or normal weight (100-150 pcf or 1600-2400 kg/m³) concrete. Wall may also be constructed of any UL Classified Concrete Blocks*. Max diam of opening is 32 in. (813 mm). 2. Metallic Sleeve — (Optional) Nom 32 in. (813 mm) diam (or smaller) Schedule 40 (or heavier) steel sleeve cast or grouted into floor or wall assembly, flush with floor or wall surfaces or extending a max of 3 in. (76 mm) above floor or beyond both surfaces of wall. 2A. Sheet Metal Sleeve — (Optional) Max 6 in. (152 mm) diam, min 26 ga. galv steel provided with a 26 ga galv steel square flange spot welded to the sleeve at approx mid-height, or flush with bottom of sleeve in floors, and sized to be a min of 2 in. (51 mm) larger than the sleeve diam. The sleeve is to be cast in place and may extend a max of 4 in. (102 mm) below the bottom of the deck and a max of 1 in. (25 mm) above the top surface of the concrete floor. 2B. Sheet Metal Sleeve — (Optional) - Max 12 in. (305 mm) diam, min 24 ga galv steel provided with a 24 ga galv steel square flange spot welded to the sleeve at approx mid-height, or flush with bottom of sleeve in floors, and sized to be a min of 2 in. (51 mm) larger than the sleeve diam. The sleeve is to be cast in place and may extend a max of 4 in. (102 mm) below the bottom of the deck and a max of 1 in. (25 mm) above the top surface of the concrete floor. 3. Through-Penetrant — One metallic pipe, tube or conduit to be installed either concentrically or eccentrically within the firestop system. The annular space between penetrant and periphery of opening shall be min 0 in. (point contact) to max 1-7/8 in. (48 mm). Penetrant may be installed with continuous point contact. Penetrant to be rigidly supported on both sides of floor or wall assembly. The following types and sizes of metallic penetrants may be used: A. Steel Pipe — Nom 30 in. (762 mm) diam (or smaller) Schedule 10 (or heavier) steel pipe. B. Iron Pipe — Nom 30 in. (762 mm) diam (or smaller) cast or ductile iron pipe. C. Copper Pipe — Nom 6 in. (152 mm) diam (or smaller) Regular (or heavier) copper pipe. D. Copper Tubing — Nom 6 in. (152 mm) diam (or smaller) Type L (or heavier) copper tubing. E. Conduit — Nom 6 in. (152 mm) diam (or smaller) steel conduit. F. Conduit — Nom 4 in. (102 mm) diam (or smaller) steel electrical metallic tubing (EMT). 4. Firestop System — The firestop system shall consist of the following: A. Packing Material — Min 4 in. (102 mm) thickness of min 4 pcf (64 kg/m³) mineral wool batt insulation firmly packed into opening as a permanent form. Packing material to be recessed from top surface of floor or sleeve or from both surfaces of wall or sleeve as required to accommodate the required thickness of fill material. B. Fill, Void or Cavity Material* — Sealant — Min 1/4 in. (6 mm) thickness of fill material applied within the annulus, flush with top surface of floor or sleeve or with both surfaces of wall or sleeve. At the point or continuous contact locations between penetrant and concrete or sleeve, a min 1/4 in. (6 mm) diam bead of fill material shall be applied at the concrete or sleeve/ pipe penetrant interface on the top surface of floor and on both surfaces of wall. HILTI CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS, DIV OF HILTI INC — FS-One Sealant or FS-ONE MAX Intumescent Sealant *Indicates such products shall bear the UL or cUL Certification Mark for jurisdictions employing the UL or cUL Certification (such as Canada), respectively. SECTION A-A A A 2 34B 3 14B 4A A COMBINATION STARTER SHALL BE USED IN LIEU OF A SEPARATE DISCONNECT SWITCH AND STARTER, WHERE AVAILABLE. PANELBOARD J WIRING IN ELECTRICAL WORK FINAL CONNECTIONS INSIDE EQUIPMENT TO BE MADE BY THE HVAC OR PLUMBING CONTRACTOR OR OTHER TRADES WIRING IN ELECTRICAL WORK JUNCTION BOX MAY BE SHOWN ON ELECTRICAL PLANS FOR SOME EQUIPMENT (NOT NECESSARY IF WIRING IS CONNECTED DIRECTLY TO STARTER OR DISCONNECT SWITCH) BRANCH CIRCUIT AND CONDUIT IN ELECTRICAL WORK. SEE PANELBOARD SCHEDULES FOR WIRE AND BREAKER SIZES TO HVAC AND PLUMBING EQUIPMENT EXTERNALLY OR INTERNALLY MOUNTED DISCONNECT SWITCH FURNISHED BY HVAC OR PLUMBING CONTRACTOR, OR OTHER TRADES AND INSTALLED AND WIRED BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. CONTROL CONNECTIONS BY CONTROLS CONTRACTOR. EXTERNALLY MOUNTED STARTER FURNISHED BY HVAC OR PLUMBING CONTRACTOR OR OTHER TRADES, INSTALLED BY THE ELECTRICAL LINE AND LOAD CONNECTIONS BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. CONTROL CONNECTIONS BY CONTROLS CONTRACTOR EQUIPMENT IN HVAC OR PLUMBING WORK OR WORK OF OTHER TRADES. SEE HVAC, PLUMBING, AND ARCHITECTURAL PLANS FOR LOCATION OF ALL EQUIPMENT N.E.C ARTICLE 110-26(F)(1) 6 FT OR LESS PANEL PANELDEDICATED ELECTRICAL SPACE OK OK SUSPENDED CEILING STRUCTURA L CEILING FIXTURE SIDE VIEW FRONT VIEW 6 1/2 FOOT MIN. 30" MIN3'-0" MIN SECTION 110-26 WORKING SPACE SECTION 110-26 WORKING SPACE FRONT VIEWSIDE VIEW OK OK PANELPANEL 6 1/2 FTMINIMUM N.E.C ARTICLE 110-26 FIXTURE FIXTURE STRUCTURAL CEILING SUSPENDED CEILING BRANCH CIRCUIT CONDUIT 4" SQUARE DEVICE BOX BOX DEVICE COVER WITH RAISED RING OF PROPER DEPTH AND TYPE FOR WALL CONSTRUCTION. RING TO FINISH FLUSH WITH WALL. DEVICE TRIM PLATE 1 #12 AWG SOLID COPPER GREEN INSULATED JUMPER TO DEVICE GROUNDING SCREW 1 #12 AWG SOLID COPPER GREEN INSULATED JUMPER TO BOX BONDING SCREW MAKE CIRCUIT JOINT WITH TWIST-ON CONNECTOR AND CONNECT TO DEVICE WITH SINGLE LEADS NOT TO SCALE JUNCTION BOX LABELING5 NOT TO SCALE NON-RATED WALL PIPE PENETRATION4 NOT TO SCALE TYPICAL EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS1 DRAWN BY:CHECKED BY: REVISIONS TBUTKOVICH@PDCENGINEERS.COM ORANGE COUNTY WEST OFFICE BUILDINGHVAC UPGRADEDETAILS E6.01 BID/PERMIT ORANGE COUNTYTWB JTB PDC 23020 02/20/2024 NUMBER DATE DESCRIPTION NOT TO SCALE DEDICATED SPACE FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT2 NOT TO SCALE WORKING CLEARANCE FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT3 NOT TO SCALE RECEPTACLE GROUNDING6 02/20/2024 Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D ORANGE COUNTY, NORTH CAROLINA WEST CAMPUS OFFICE BUILDING HVAC HILLSBOROUGH, NORTH CAROLINA PDC PROJECT #23020 MARCH 2024 Prepared by Progressive Design Collaborative, Ltd. 3101 Poplarwood Court, Suite 320, Raleigh, North Carolina 27604 Phone (919) 790-9989 – Fax (919) 790-9367 License #: C-0183 2/19/24 2/19/24 Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building - HVAC TABLE OF CONTENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS DIVISION 00 - PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS INFORMAL BID/ACCEPTANCE FORM 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS (INFORMAL PROJECT) 21 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS 2 00 90 00 MINORITY BUSINESS REQUIREMENTS 14 ATTACHMENT A LIVING WAGE CONTRACT POLICY 1 ATTACHMENT B E-VERIFY AFFIDAVIT 1 ATTACHMENT C ORANGE COUNTY NON-DISCRIMINATION CERTIFICATION 2 CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT SAMPLE – UNDER $250K 10 DISPUTE RESOLUTION RULES AND PROCEDURES 5 MINIMUM INSURANCE COVERAGE REQUIREMENTS 2 00 90 00.01 PERFORMANCE BOND 4 00 90 00.02 PAYMENT BOND 4 00 90 00.03 BID BOND 1 00 90 00.04 INSURANCE CERTIFICATES (BLANK) 1 00 90 00.05 POWER OF ATTORNEY (BLANK) 1 DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01 10 00 SUMMARY 1 01 14 00 WORK RESTRICTIONS 2 01 20 00 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 2 01 21 00 ALLOWANCES 1 01 25 00 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 1 01 30 00 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 4 01 32 16 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE 2 01 40 00 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 1 01 60 00 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 2 01 70 00 EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS 5 01 78 00 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 3 01 91 13 GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 8 DIVISION 23 - HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC) 23 00 00 MECHANICAL ALTERNATES 1 23 01 00 HVAC GENERAL PROVISIONS 7 23 05 12 ELECTRICAL WORK 1 23 05 17 SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR HVAC PIPING 3 23 05 48 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC 3 Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building - HVAC TABLE OF CONTENTS 23 05 53 IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 3 23 05 93 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 8 23 07 19 HVAC PIPING INSULATION 5 23 08 00 COMMISSIONING OF HVAC 5 23 09 02 BAS DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEM 9 23 23 00 REFRIGERANT PIPING 6 23 34 20 PRE-MANUFACTURED ROOF PENETRATION HOUSING 2 23 81 24.01 IN-ROW COMPUTER ROOM AIR CONDITIONERS 9 DIVISION 26 - ELECTRICAL 26 01 00 ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 4 26 05 05 ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION 2 26 05 19 POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 6 26 05 26 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 5 26 05 29 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 2 26 05 33.13 CONDUIT FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 7 26 05 33.16 BOXES AND CABINETS 3 26 05 53 IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 3 26 24 16 PANELBOARDS 6 26 28 13 FUSES 2 26 28 16.16 ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS 5 Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County Bid Page #1 Rev 2024-02 COUNTY OF ORANGE FINANCIAL SERVICES – PURCHASING PO BOX 8181 HILLSBOROUGH, NORTH CAROLINA 27278 ORANGE COUNTY BID NO. 367-OC5411 February 21, 2024 ATTENTION: INTERESTED VENDORS Orange County requests your competitive quotation to furnish the item(s) listed below for Orange County West Campus Office Building HVAC Upgrade, Hillsborough, NC. A mandatory site visit is scheduled for Wednesday, February 28, 2024, at 10:00 am at the site. We will meet at the Orange County West Campus Office Building (3rd Floor Conference Room 302) located at 131 West Margaret Lane, Hillsborough, NC. This is the only scheduled time for contractors to view the site. By submission of a bid, the contractor acknowledges he/she fully understands the extent of the project. Please transmit this quotation via email to the Orange County Purchasing Agent- jamaro@orangecountync.gov no later than March 14, 2024, at 2:00 PM ITEM # COMMODITIES/GOODS OR SERVICES 1 The Work consists of providing all labor and materials to provide a redundant Computer Room Air Conditioning (CRAC) Unit for the West Campus Office Building 3rd Floor IT Room per the drawings and specifications dated: _______ Drawings: G0.01, M0.00, M1.01, M2.01, M2.02, M5.01, M5.02, M7.01, E0.00, E2.01, E2.02, E2.03, E5.01, E5.02, E6.01. SUBMIT PRICING ON ATTACHMENT A Will any people working on this job make less than the current adopted Orange County Living Wage Yes____ _______ No_______ If yes, the lowest hourly wage to be paid to any employee shall be: $_______/ Hour **SEE ATTACHED INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS** License _____________ (if applicable) FIRM NAME ________________________________________ BY ______________________________________________ (Proposal must be signed in writing) ADDRESS __________________________ FAX: _____________________________________________ __________________________ TELEPHONE: ______________________________________ EMAIL: ___________________________________________ Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County Bid Page #2 Rev 2024-02 COUNTY OF ORANGE FINANCIAL SERVICES – PURCHASING PO BOX 8181 131 WEST MARGERET LANE HILLSBOROUGH, NORTH CAROLINA 27278 Instructions to Bidders 1. All bids and proposals shall be for furnishing apparatus , supplies, materials, equipment, and/or work and services in accordance with the applicable plans and specifications prescribed by Orange County. Plans and/or specifications may be obtained at Orange County’s website https://www.orangecountync.gov/Bids.aspx 2. Orange County reserves the right to: o award to the lowest responsible bidder that is responsive, o to reject any or all bids, o And to waive minor informalities. 3. The successful bidder shall comply fully with the requirements of General Statutes, Section 143-129 and 143-131, as amended. This is an informal range; therefore, there will not be a formal opening. Results will be made available after the award. 4. In the event of default by any contractor or vendor Orange County may procure from other sources whatever service or item is being bid and holds the contractor responsible for any excess cost occasioned thereby. 5. Payment by electronic funds transfer is due thirty days after completion and inspection unless otherwise specifically provided; subject to any discounts allowed. 6. North Carolina sales and use tax shall be included in the bid amount. 7. Bids shall be submitted via email to jamaro@orangecountync.gov 8. Proposals received after the opening date and time shall not be considered. 9. Bids must be signed and submitted on the attached form of the proposal. 10. The successful contractor shall be responsible for obtaining all permits and inspections. 11. The successful contractor shall be required to agree to and sign the Orange County Construction Agr eement (copy attached). Among the items included in that agreement are the County’s Insurance requirements and sales tax. 12. All contractors are hereby notified that they must have proper licenses as required under the state laws governing their respective trades. General contractors are notified that Chapter 87, Article 1, General Statutes of North Carolina, will be observed in receiving and awarding general contracts. General contractors submitting bids on this project must have license classification for “Unlimited Building” or “Unclassified,” required by the NC General Contractors Licensing Board under G.S. 87-1. 13. Please direct questions concerning this bid document to Jovana Amaro, Purchasing Agent, Orange County Financial Services, (919) 245-2651, or via email at jamaro@orangecountync.gov. Please direct any questions about the scope, site visit, details of the work, or the proposal to Angel Barnes, Orange County Capital Projects Manager, Orange County AMS 919-245-2528, email: abarnes@orangecountync.gov. 14. A mandatory site visit is scheduled for Wednesday, February 28, 2024, at 10:00 am at the site. We will meet at the Orange County West Campus Office Building (3rd Floor Conference Room 302) located at 131 West Margaret Lane, Hillsborough, NC. This is the only scheduled time for contractors to view the site. By submission of a bid, the contractor acknowledges he/she fully understands the extent of the projec t. 15. Minority Business Participation Requirements: Provide with the bid – Under GS 143-128.2(c) the undersigned bidder shall identify on its bid (Identification of HUB Certified/ Minority Business Participation Form) the minority businesses that it will use on the project with the total dollar value of the bids that will be performed by the minority businesses. Also, list the good faith efforts (State of North Carolina Affidavit A) made to solicit minority participation in the bid effort. Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County Bid Page #3 Rev 2024-02 NOTE: A contractor that performs all of the work with its own workforce may submit an Affidavit (B) to that effect in lieu of Affidavit (A) required above. The MB Participation Form must still be submitted even if there is zero participation. After the bid opening – The Owner will consider all bids and alternates and determine the lowest responsible, responsive bidder. Upon notification of being the apparent low bidder, the bidder shall then file within 72 hours of the notification of being the apparent lowest bidder, the following: An Affidavit (C) that includes a description of the portion of work to be executed by minority businesses, expressed as a percentage of the total contract price, which is equal to or more than the 10% goal established. This affidavit shall give rise to the presumption that the bidder has made the required good faith effort and Affidavit D is not necessary; *OR* If less than the 10% goal, an Affidavit (D) of its good faith effort to meet the goal shall be provided. The document must include evidence of all good faith efforts that were implemented, including any advertisements, solicitations, and other specific actions demonstrating recruitment and selection of minority businesses for participation in the contract. 16. The following forms are required to be returned with your bid package. o Contractor Signed Bid Forms o Living Wage Contractor Policy o E-Verify Affidavit o Orange County Nondiscrimination Certification o Supplemental Vendor Information: Historically Underutilized Businesses o Minority Business Participation Forms Note: Bidders must always submit with their bid the Identification of Minority Business Participation Form listing all MB contractors, vendors and suppliers that will be used. If there is no MB participation, then enter none or zero on the form. Affidavit A or Affidavit B, as applicable, also must be submitted with the bid. Failure to file a required affidavit or documentation with the bid or after being notified apparent low bidder is grounds for rejection of the bid. Note: Bidders must always submit with their bid the Identification of Minority Business Participation Form listing all MB contractors, vendors, and suppliers that will be used. If there is no MB participation, then enter none or zero on the form. Affidavit A or Affidavit B, as applicable, also must be submitted with the bid. Failure to file a required affidavit or documentation with the bid or after being notified apparent low bidder is grounds for rejection of the bid. Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County Bid Page #4 Rev 2024-02 Attachment A Bid Proposal Form: West Campus Office Building HVAC Upgrade The contractor agrees to furnish all materials, labor, and any other supplies or equipment necessary to complete the above work, for the sum of: $____________________________ Labor $____________________________ Materials $____________________________ Total BID • All work must be completed within 300 days of the project start date (approx. April 4, 2024) (anticipated completion date January 29, 2025). • Contractor is willing to participate in the County’s “Docusign” digital contracting process and enter into a standard contract with the County. • No proposal may be withdrawn after the scheduled closing time and date for the receipt of Bids for a period of (60) sixty days. ________________________________________________________ (Name of firm or corporation making bid) By: _____________________________________________________ Signature Name: ___________________________________________________ Print or type Title _____________________________________________________ (Owner/Partner/Pres./V.Pres) Address __________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________ License No._________________________________________________ Federal I.D. No. ______________________________________________ Email Address: _______________________________________________ Addendum(s) received and used in computing bid: (Check or date beside each addendum your firm using for computing your bid) Addendum No. 1 _______ Addendum No. 3 _______ Addendum No. 5 _______ Addendum No. 7 _______ Addendum No. 2 _______ Addendum No. 4 _______ Addendum No. 6 _______ Addendum No. 8 _______ Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County Bid Page #5 Rev 2024-02 Checklist for Items to be returned with the bid. All items listed below must be returned with your bid package.  Contractor’s Completed and Signed Form of Proposal  Living Wage Contractor Policy  E-Verify Affidavit  Orange County Nondiscrimination Certification  Supplemental Vendor Information: Historically Underutilized Businesses  MB Participation Forms Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 GENERAL CONDITIONS (INFORMAL PROJECT)00 72 00 - 1 Section 00 72 00 -GENERAL CONDITIONS (INFORMAL PROJECT) IT IS UNDERSTOOD AND AGREED THAT BY SUBMITTING A BID THAT THE CONTRACTOR HAS EXAMINED THESE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS,DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS AND HAS VISITED THE SITE OF THE WORK AND HAS SATISFIED HIMSELF RELA TIVE TO THE WORK TO BE PERFORMED. DEFINITIONS OWNER:"OWNER"SHALL MEAN,ORANGE COUNTY,NC. CONTRACTOR:"CONTRACTOR"SHALL MEAN THE ENTITY THAT WILL PROVIDE THE SERVICES FOR THE OWNER. DESIGNER:THE DESIGNER(S)ARE THOSE REFERRED TO WITHIN THIS CONTRACT,OR THEIR AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVES.THE DESIGNER(S),AS REFERRED TO HEREIN,SHALL MEAN ARCHITECT AND/OR ENGINEER RESPONSIBLE FOR PREPARING THE PROJECT PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS.THEY WILL BE REFERRED TO HEREINAFTER AS IF EACH WERE OF THE SINGULAR NUMBER,MASCULINE GENDER. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS:“CONTRACT DOCUMENTS”SHALL CONSIST OF THE NOTICE TO BIDDERS;GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT;SPECIAL CONDITIONS IF APPLICABLE; SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS;THE DRAWING AND SPECIFICATIONS,INCLUDING ALL BULLETINS,ADDENDA OR OTHER MODIFICATIONS OF THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS INCORPORATED INTO THE DOCUMENTS PRIOR TO THEIR EXECUTION;THE BID;THE CONTRACT; THE PERFORMANCE BOND IF APPLICABLE;AND INSURANCE CERTIFICATES.ALL OF THESE ITEMS TOGETHER FORM THE CONTRACT. INTENT AND EXECUTION OF DOCUMENTS THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE COMPLEMENTARY,ONE TO THE OTHER.THAT WHICH IS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS OR CALLED FOR IN THE SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE AS BINDING AS IF IT WERE BOTH CALLED FOR AND SHOWN.THE INTENT OF THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS IS TO ESTABLISH THE SCOPE OF ALL LABOR,MATERIALS,TRANSPORTATION, EQUIPMENT,AND ANY AND ALL OTHER THINGS NECESSARY TO PROVIDE A COMPLETE JOB.IN CASE OF DISCREPANCY OR DISAGREEMENT IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS,THE ORDER OF PRECEDENCE SHALL BE:FORM OF CONTRACT,SPECIFICATIONS,LARGE-SCALE DETAIL DRAWINGS,SMALL-SCALE DRAWINGS. IN SUCH CASES WHERE THE NATURE OF THE WORK REQUIRES CLARIFICATION BY THE DESIGNER/OWNER,THE DESIGNER/OWNER SHALL FURNISH SUCH CLARIFICATION. Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 GENERAL CONDITIONS (INFORMAL PROJECT)00 72 00 - 2 CLARIFICATIONS AND DRAWINGS SHALL BE CONSISTENT WITH THE INTENT OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS,AND SHALL BECOME A PART THEREOF. AS-BUILT MARKED-UP CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ONE COMPLETE SET OF LEGIBLE “AS-BUILT”MARKED-UP CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS RECORDING ANY AND ALL CHANGES MADE TO THE ORIGINAL DESIGN DURING THE COURSE OF CONSTRUCTION.IN THE EVENT NO CHANGES OCCURRED,SUBMIT CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS SET WITH NOTATION “NO CHANGES.”THE DESIGNER/OWNER MUST RECEIVE “AS-BUILT”MARKED-UP CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS BEFORE THE FINAL PAY REQUEST CAN BE PROCESSED. SUBMITTAL DATA THE CONTRACTOR AWARDED THE CONTRACT SHALL SUBMIT ALL SPECIFIED SUBMITTALS TO THE OWNER/DESIGNER.A MINIMUM NUMBER OF COPIES AS SPECIFIED BY THE OWNER,OF ALL REQUIRED SUBMITTAL DATA PERTAINING TO CONSTRUCTION,PERFORMANCE AND GENERAL DIMENSIONAL CRITERIA OF THE COMPONENTS LISTED IN THE TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE SUBMITTED.NO MATERIAL OR EQUIPMENT SHALL BE ORDERED OR INSTALLED PRIOR TO WRITTEN APPROVAL OF THE SUBMITTALS BY THE DESIGNER/OWNER.FAILURE TO PROVIDE SUBMITTAL DATA FOR REVIEW ON EQUIPMENT LISTED IN THE TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS WILL RESULT IN REMOVAL OF EQUIPMENT BY THE CONTRACTOR AT HIS EXPENSE IF THE EQUIPMENT IS NOT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SPECIFICATIONS. SUBSTITUTIONS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF G.S.133-3,MATERIAL,PRODUCT,OR EQUIPMENT SUBSTITUTIONS PROPOSED BY THE BIDDERS TO THOSE SPECIFIED HEREIN CAN ONLY BE CONSIDERED DURING THE BIDDING PHASE UNTIL FIVE (5)DAYS PRIOR TO THE RECEIPT OF BIDS OR BY THE DATE SPECIFIED IN THE PRE BID CONFERENCE,WHEN SUBMITTED TO THE DESIGNER WITH SUFFICIENT DATA TO CONFIRM MATERIAL,PRODUCT,OR EQUIPMENT EQUALITY. PROPOSED SUBSTITUTIONS SUBMITTED AFTER THIS TIME WILL BE CONSIDERED ONLY AS POTENTIAL CHANGE ORDER. SUBMITTALS FOR PROPOSED SUBSTITUTIONS SHALL INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION: NAME,ADDRESS,AND TELEPHONE NUMBER OF MANUFACTURER AND SUPPLIER AS APPROPRIATE. TRADE NAME,MODEL OR CATALOG DESIGNATION. PRODUCT DATA INCLUDING PERFORMANCE AND TEST DATA,REFERENCE STANDARDS,AND TECHNICAL DESCRIPTIONS OF MATERIAL,PRODUCT,OR EQUIPMENT.INCLUDE COLOR Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 GENERAL CONDITIONS (INFORMAL PROJECT)00 72 00 - 3 SAMPLES AND SAMPLES OF AVAILABLE FINISHES AS APPROPRIATE. DETAILED COMPARISON WITH SPECIFIED PRODUCTS INCLUDING PERFORMANCE CAPABILITIES, WARRANTIES,AND TEST RESULTS. OTHER PERTINENT DATA INCLUDING DATA REQUESTED BY THE DESIGNER TO CONFIRM PRODUCT EQUALITY. IF A PROPOSED MATERIAL,PRODUCT,OR EQUIPMENT SUBSTITUTION IS DEEMED EQUAL BY THE DESIGNER TO THOSE SPECIFIED,ALL BIDDERS OF RECORD WILL BE NOTIFIED BY ADDENDUM. WORKING DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS AT THE JOB SITE THE CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN,IN READABLE CONDITION AT HIS JOB SITE ONE COMPLETE SET OF WORKING DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR HIS WORK INCLUDING ALL SHOP DRAWINGS.SUCH DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE AVAILABLE FOR USE BY THE OWNER,DESIGNER OR HIS AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN AT THE JOB SITE,A DAY-TO-DAY RECORD OF WORK-IN-PLACE THAT IS AT VARIANCE WITH THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.SUCH VARIATIONS SHALL BE FULLY NOTED ON PROJECT DRAWINGS BY THE CONTRACTOR AND SUBMITTED TO THE DESIGNER UPON PROJECT COMPLETION AND NO LATER THAN 30 DAYS AFTER ACCEPTANCE OF THE PROJECT. MATERIALS,EQUIPMENT,EMPLOYEES THE CONTRACTOR SHALL,UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED,SUPPLY AND PAY FOR ALL LABOR, TRANSPORTATION,MATERIALS,TOOLS,APPARATUS,LIGHTS,POWER,FUEL,HEAT,SANITARY FACILITIES,WATER,SCAFFOLDING AND INCIDENTALS NECESSARY FOR THE COMPLETION OF HIS WORK,AND SHALL INSTALL,MAINTAIN AND REMOVE ALL EQUIPMENT OF THE CONSTRUCTION, OTHER UTENSILS OR THINGS,AND BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE SAFE,PROPER AND LAWFUL CONSTRUCTION,MAINTENANCE AND USE OF SAME,AND SHALL CONSTRUCT IN THE BEST AND MOST WORKMANLIKE MANNER,A COMPLETE JOB AND EVERYTHING INCIDENTAL THERETO,AS SHOWN ON THE PLANS,STATED IN THE SPECIFICATIONS,OR REASONABLY IMPLIED THEREFROM,ALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. ALL MATERIALS SHALL BE NEW AND OF QUALITY SPECIFIED,EXCEPT WHERE RECLAIMED MATERIAL IS AUTHORIZED HEREIN AND APPROVED FOR USE.WORKMANSHIP SHALL AT ALL TIMES BE OF A GRADE ACCEPTED AS THE BEST PRACTICE OF THE PARTICULAR TRADE INVOLVED,AND AS STIPULATED IN WRITTEN STANDARDS OF RECOGNIZED ORGANIZATIONS OR Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 GENERAL CONDITIONS (INFORMAL PROJECT)00 72 00 - 4 INSTITUTES OF THE RESPECTIVE TRADES EXCEPT AS EXCEEDED OR QUALIFIED BY THE SPECIFICATIONS. UPON NOTICE,THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH EVIDENCE AS TO QUALITY OF MATERIALS. PRODUCTS ARE GENERALLY SPECIFIED BY ASTM OR OTHER REFERENCE STANDARD AND/OR BY MANUFACTURER'S NAME AND MODEL NUMBER OR TRADE NAME.WHEN SPECIFIED ONLY BY REFERENCE STANDARD,THE CONTRACTOR MAY SELECT ANY PRODUCT MEETING THIS STANDARD,BY ANY MANUFACTURER.WHEN SEVERAL PRODUCTS OR MANUFACTURERS ARE SPECIFIED AS BEING EQUALLY ACCEPTABLE,THE CONTRACTOR HAS THE OPTION OF USING ANY PRODUCT AND MANUFACTURER COMBINATION LISTED.HOWEVER,THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE AWARE THAT THE CITED EXAMPLES ARE USED ONLY TO DENOTE THE QUALITY STANDARD OF PRODUCT DESIRED AND THAT THEY DO NOT RESTRICT BIDDERS TO A SPECIFIC BRAND,MAKE, MANUFACTURER OR SPECIFIC NAME;THAT THEY ARE USED ONLY TO SET FORTH AND CONVEY TO BIDDERS THE GENERAL STYLE,TYPE,CHARACTER AND QUALITY OF PRODUCT DESIRED;AND THAT EQUIVALENT PRODUCTS WILL BE ACCEPTABLE.REQUEST FOR SUBSTITUTION OF MATERIALS,ITEMS,OR EQUIPMENT SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE DESIGNER FOR APPROVAL OR DISAPPROVAL;THE DESIGNER PRIOR TO THE OPENING OF BIDS SHALL MAKE SUCH APPROVAL OR DISAPPROVAL.ALTERNATE MATERIALS MAY BE REQUESTED AFTER THE AWARD IF IT CAN CLEARLY BE DEMONSTRATED THAT IT IS AN ADDED BENEFIT TO THE OWNER AND THE DESIGNER AND OWNER APPROVES. THE DESIGNER IS THE JUDGE OF EQUALITY FOR PROPOSED SUBSTITUTION OF PRODUCTS, MATERIALS OR EQUIPMENT. IF AT ANY TIME DURING THE CONSTRUCTION AND COMPLETION OF THE WORK COVERED BY THESE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS,THE LANGUAGE,CONDUCT,OR ATTIRE OF ANY WORKMAN OF THE VARIOUS CRAFTS BE ADJUDGED A NUISANCE TO THE OWNER OR DESIGNER,OR IF ANY WORKMAN BE CONSIDERED DETRIMENTAL TO THE WORK,THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ORDER SUCH PARTIES REMOVED IMMEDIATELY FROM GROUNDS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COOPERATE WITH THE DESIGNER AND THE OWNER IN COORDINATING CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN QUALIFIED PERSONNEL AND EFFECTIVE SUPERVISION AT THE SITE AT ALL TIMES DURING THE PROJECT AND EXERCISE THE APPROPRIATE QUALITY CONTROL PROGRAM TO ENSURE COMPLIANCE WITH THE PROJECT DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS.THE DESIGNER IS RESPONSIBLE FOR DETERMINING COMPLIANCE WITH THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 GENERAL CONDITIONS (INFORMAL PROJECT)00 72 00 - 5 CODES,PERMITS AND INSPECTIONS THE CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN THE REQUIRED PERMITS,IF REQUIRED,GIVE ALL NOTICES, AND COMPLY WITH ALL LAWS,ORDINANCES,CODES,RULES AND REGULATIONS BEARING ON THE CONDUCT OF THE WORK UNDER THIS CONTRACT.IF THE CONTRACTOR OBSERVES THAT THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE AT VARIANCE THEREWITH,HE SHALL PROMPTLY NOTIFY THE DESIGNER IN WRITING.IF THE CONTRACTOR PERFORMS ANY WORK KNOWING IT TO BE CONTRARY TO SUCH LAWS,ORDINANCES,CODES,RULES AND REGULATIONS,AND WITHOUT SUCH NOTICE TO THE OWNER,HE SHALL BEAR ALL COST ARISING THERE FROM. ALL WORK UNDER THIS CONTRACT SHALL CONFORM TO THE CURRENT NORTH CAROLINA BUILDING CODE AND OTHER STATE AND NATIONAL CODES AS ARE APPLICABLE. PROJECTS CONSTRUCTED BY THE STATE OF NORTH CAROLINA OR BY ANY AGENCY OR INSTITUTION OF THE STATE ARE NOT SUBJECT TO COUNTY OR MUNICIPAL BUILDING CODES AND MAY*NOT BE SUBJECT TO INSPECTION BY COUNTY OR MUNICIPAL AUTHORITIES.WHERE APPROPRIATE,THE CONTRACTOR SHALL,COOPERATE WITH THE COUNTY OR MUNICIPAL AUTHORITIES BY OBTAINING BUILDING PERMITS.THE CONTRACTOR AT NO COST MAY OBTAIN PERMITS TO THE OWNER. ALL FIRE ALARM WORK SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LATEST NFPA 72. PROTECTION OF WORK,PROPERTY,THE PUBLIC AND SAFETY THE CONTRACTORS SHALL BE JOINTLY RESPONSIBLE FOR THE ENTIRE SITE AND THE BUILDING OR CONSTRUCTION OF THE SAME AND PROVIDE ALL THE NECESSARY PROTECTIONS,AS REQUIRED BY THE OWNER OR DESIGNER,AND BY LAWS OR ORDINANCES GOVERNING SUCH CONDITIONS.THEY SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY DAMAGE TO THE OWNER'S PROPERTY OR OF THAT OF OTHERS ON THE JOB,BY THEM,THEIR PERSONNEL,OR THEIR SUBCONTRACTORS, AND SHALL MAKE GOOD SUCH DAMAGES.THEY SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR AND PAY FOR ANY DAMAGES CAUSED TO THE OWNER.ALL CONTRACTORS SHALL HAVE ACCESS TO THE PROJECT AT ALL TIMES,EXCEPT AS INDICATED IN THE SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL CONDITIONS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE COVER AND PROTECT ALL PORTIONS OF THE STRUCTURE WHEN THE WORK IS NOT IN PROGRESS,PROVIDE AND SET ALL TEMPORARY ROOFS,COVERS FOR DOORWAYS,SASH AND WINDOWS,AND ALL OTHER MATERIALS NECESSARY TO PROTECT ALL THE WORK ON THE BUILDING,WHETHER SET BY HIM,OR ANY OF THE SUBCONTRACTORS. ANY WORK DAMAGED THROUGH THE LACK OF PROPER PROTECTION OR FROM ANY OTHER CAUSE,SHALL BE REPAIRED OR REPLACED WITHOUT EXTRA COST TO THE OWNER. Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 GENERAL CONDITIONS (INFORMAL PROJECT)00 72 00 - 6 NO FIRES OF ANY KIND WILL BE ALLOWED INSIDE OR AROUND THE OPERATIONS DURING THE COURSE OF CONSTRUCTION WITHOUT SPECIAL PERMISSION FROM THE DESIGNER AND OWNER. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROTECT ALL TREES AND SHRUBS DESIGNATED TO REMAIN IN THE VICINITY OF THE OPERATIONS BY BUILDING SUBSTANTIAL BOXES AROUND IT.HE SHALL BARRICADE ALL WALKS,ROADS,ETC.,AS DIRECTED BY THE DESIGNER TO KEEP THE PUBLIC AWAY FROM THE CONSTRUCTION.ALL TRENCHES,EXCAVATIONS OR OTHER HAZARDS IN THE VICINITY OF THE WORK SHALL BE WELL BARRICADED AND PROPERLY LIGHTED AT NIGHT. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY SAFETY MEASURES FOR THE PROTECTION OF ALL PERSONS ON THE JOB,INCLUDING THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE A.G.C.ACCIDENT PREVENTION MANUAL IN CONSTRUCTION,AS AMENDED,AND SHALL FULLY COMPLY WITH ALL STATE LAWS OR REGULATIONS AND NORTH CAROLINA STATE BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS TO PREVENT ACCIDENT OR INJURY TO PERSONS ON OR ABOUT THE LOCATION OF THE WORK. HE SHALL CLEARLY MARK OR POST SIGNS WARNING OF HAZARDS EXISTING,AND SHALL BARRICADE EXCAVATIONS,ELEVATOR SHAFTS,STAIRWELLS AND SIMILAR HAZARDS.HE SHALL PROTECT AGAINST DAMAGE OR INJURY RESULTING FROM FALLING MATERIALS AND HE SHALL MAINTAIN ALL PROTECTIVE DEVICES AND SIGNS THROUGHOUT THE PROGRESS OF THE WORK. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ADHERE TO THE RULES,REGULATIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS OF THE NORTH CAROLINA DEPARTMENT OF LABOR RELATING TO OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH STANDARDS FOR THE CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY (TITLE 29,CODE OF FEDERAL REGULATIONS,PART 1926,PUBLISHED IN VOLUME 39,NUMBER 122,PART II,JUNE 24,1974, FEDERAL REGISTER),AND REVISIONS THERETO AS ADOPTED BY GENERAL STATUTES OF NORTH CAROLINA 95-126 THROUGH 155. IN THE EVENT OF EMERGENCY AFFECTING THE SAFETY OF LIFE,THE PROTECTION OF WORK,OR THE SAFETY OF ADJOINING PROPERTIES,THE CONTRACTOR IS HEREBY AUTHORIZED TO ACT AT HIS OWN DISCRETION,WITHOUT FURTHER AUTHORIZATION FROM ANYONE,TO PREVENT SUCH THREATENED INJURY OR DAMAGE.ANY COMPENSATION CLAIMED BY THE CONTRACTOR ON ACCOUNT OF SUCH ACTION SHALL BE DETERMINED AS PROVIDED FOR UNDER ARTICLE 13(B). ANY AND ALL COSTS ASSOCIATED WITH CORRECTING DAMAGE CAUSED TO ADJACENT PROPERTIES OF THE CONSTRUCTION SITE OR STAGING AREA SHALL BE BORNE BY THE CONTRACTOR.THESE COSTS SHALL INCLUDE BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO FLOODING,MUD,SAND, STONE,DEBRIS,AND DISCHARGING OF WASTE PRODUCTS. SUBCONTRACTS AND SUBCONTRACTORS Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 GENERAL CONDITIONS (INFORMAL PROJECT)00 72 00 - 7 THE CONTRACTOR IS AND REMAINS FULLY RESPONSIBLE FOR HIS OWN ACTS OR OMISSIONS AS WELL AS THOSE OF ANY SUBCONTRACTOR OR OF ANY EMPLOYEE OF EITHER.THE CONTRACTOR AGREES THAT NO CONTRACTUAL RELATIONSHIP EXISTS BETWEEN THE SUBCONTRACTOR AND THE OWNER IN REGARD TO THE CONTRACT,AND THAT THE SUBCONTRACTOR ACTS ON THIS WORK AS AN AGENT OR EMPLOYEE OF THE CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR-SUBCONTRACTOR RELATIONSHIPS THE CONTRACTOR AGREES THAT THE TERMS OF THESE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS SHALL APPLY EQUALLY TO EACH SUBCONTRACTOR AS TO THE CONTRACTOR,AND THE CONTRACTOR AGREES TO TAKE SUCH ACTION AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO BIND EACH SUBCONTRACTOR TO THESE TERMS.THE CONTRACTOR FURTHER AGREES TO CONFORM TO THE CODE OF ETHICAL CONDUCT AS ADOPTED BY THE ASSOCIATED GENERAL CONTRACTORS OF AMERICA,INC.,WITH RESPECT TO CONTRACTOR-SUBCONTRACTOR RELATIONSHIPS.THE OWNER RESERVES THE RIGHT TO LIMIT THE AMOUNT OF PORTIONS OF WORK TO BE SUBCONTRACTED AS HEREINAFTER SPECIFIED. CHANGES IN THE WORK AND CLAMS FOR EXTRA COST THE OWNER MAY HAVE CHANGES MADE IN THE WORK COVERED BY THE CONTRACT.THESE CHANGES WILL NOT INVALIDATE AND WILL NOT RELIEVE OR RELEASE THE CONTRACTOR FROM ANY GUARANTEE GIVEN BY HIM PERTINENT TO THE CONTRACT PROVISIONS.THESE CHANGES WILL NOT AFFECT THE VALIDITY OF THE GUARANTEE BOND AND WILL NOT RELIEVE THE SURETY OR SURETIES OF SAID BOND.ALL EXTRA WORK SHALL BE EXECUTED UNDER CONDITIONS OF THE ORIGINAL CONTRACT. EXCEPT IN AN EMERGENCY ENDANGERING LIFE OR PROPERTY,NO CHANGE SHALL BE MADE BY THE CONTRACTOR EXCEPT UPON RECEIPT OF APPROVED CHANGE ORDER FROM THE DESIGNER,COUNTERSIGNED BY THE OWNER AUTHORIZING SUCH CHANGE.NO CLAIM FOR ADJUSTMENTS OF THE CONTRACT PRICE SHALL BE VALID UNLESS THIS PROCEDURE IS FOLLOWED.SHOULD A CLAIM FOR EXTRA COMPENSATION BY THE CONTRACTOR BE DENIED BY THE DESIGNER OR THE OWNER,THE CONTRACTOR MAY PURSUE HIS CLAIM IN ACCORDANCE WITH G.S.143-135.3. IN THE EVENT OF EMERGENCY ENDANGERING LIFE OR PROPERTY,THE CONTRACTOR MAY BE DIRECTED TO PROCEED ON A TIME AND MATERIAL BASIS WHEREUPON THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROCEED AND KEEP ACCURATELY ON SUCH FORM AS SPECIFIED BY THE DESIGNER OR OWNER, A CORRECT ACCOUNT OF COSTS TOGETHER WITH ALL PROPER INVOICES,PAYROLLS AND SUPPORTING DATA.UPON COMPLETION OF THE WORK THE CHANGE ORDER WILL BE PREPARED AS OUTLINED UNDER EITHER METHOD "C(1)"OR METHOD "C(2)"OR BOTH. Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 GENERAL CONDITIONS (INFORMAL PROJECT)00 72 00 - 8 IN DETERMINING THE VALUES OF CHANGES,EITHER ADDITIVE OR DEDUCTIVE, CONTRACTORS ARE RESTRICTED TO THE USE OF THE FOLLOWING METHODS: WHERE THE EXTRA WORK INVOLVED IS COVERED BY UNIT PRICES QUOTED IN THE PROPOSAL, OR SUBSEQUENTLY AGREED TO BY THE CONTRACTOR,DESIGNER AND OWNER THE VALUE OF THE CHANGE SHALL BE COMPUTED BY APPLICATION OF UNIT PRICES BASED ON QUANTITIES, ESTIMATED OR ACTUAL AS AGREED OF THE ITEMS INVOLVED,EXCEPT IS SUCH CASES WHERE A QUANTITY EXCEEDS THE ESTIMATED QUANTITY ALLOWANCE IN THE CONTRACT BY ONE HUNDRED PERCENT (100%)OR MORE.IN SUCH CASES,EITHER PARTY MAY ELECT TO PROCEED UNDER SUBPARAGRAPH C (2)HEREIN.IF NEITHER PARTY ELECTS TO PROCEED UNDER C (2), THEN UNIT PRICES SHALL APPLY. THE CONTRACTING PARTIES SHALL NEGOTIATE AND AGREE UPON THE EQUITABLE VALUE OF THE CHANGE PRIOR TO ISSUANCE OF THE CHANGE ORDER,AND THE CHANGE ORDER SHALL STIPULATE THE CORRESPONDING LUMP SUM ADJUSTMENT TO THE CONTRACT PRICE. UNDER PARAGRAPH “B”AND METHODS "C(2)"ABOVE,THE ALLOWANCES FOR OVERHEAD AND PROFIT COMBINED SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS:ALL CONTRACTORS (THE SINGLE CONTRACTING ENTITY (PRIME),HIS SUBCONTRACTORS(1ST TIER SUBS),OR THEIR SUB-SUBCONTRACTORS (2ND TIER SUBS,3RD TIER SUBS,ETC.)SHALL BE ALLOWED A MAXIMUM OF 10%ON WORK THEY EACH SELF-PERFORM;THE PRIME CONTRACTOR SHALL BE ALLOWED A MAXIMUM OF 5%ON CONTRACTED WORK OF HIS 1ST TIER SUB;1ST TIER,2ND TIER,3RD TIER,ETC.CONTRACTORS SHALL BE ALLOWED A MAXIMUM OF 2.5%ON THE CONTRACTED WORK OF THEIR SUBS.;UNDER METHOD "C(1)",NO ADDITIONAL ALLOWANCES SHALL BE MADE FOR OVERHEAD AND PROFIT.IN THE CASE OF DEDUCTIBLE CHANGE ORDERS,UNDER METHOD "C(2)"AND PARAGRAPH (B) ABOVE,THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE NO LESS THAN FIVE PERCENT (5%)PROFIT,BUT NO ALLOWANCES FOR OVERHEAD. THE TERM "NET COST"AS USED HEREIN SHALL MEAN THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN ALL PROPER COST ADDITIONS AND DEDUCTIONS.THE "COST"AS USED HEREIN SHALL BE LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING: THE ACTUAL COSTS OF MATERIALS AND SUPPLIES INCORPORATED OR CONSUMED AS PART OF THE WORK; THE ACTUAL COSTS OF LABOR EXPENDED ON THE PROJECT SITE;LABOR EXPENDED IN COORDINATION,CHANGE ORDER NEGOTIATION,RECORD DOCUMENT MAINTENANCE,SHOP DRAWING REVISION OR OTHER TASKS NECESSARY TO THE ADMINISTRATION OF THE PROJECT ARE CONSIDERED OVERHEAD WHETHER THEY TAKE PLACE IN AN OFFICE OR ON THE PROJECT SITE. Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 GENERAL CONDITIONS (INFORMAL PROJECT)00 72 00 - 9 THE ACTUAL COSTS OF LABOR BURDEN,LIMITED TO THE COSTS OF SOCIAL SECURITY (FICA) AND MEDICARE/MEDICAID TAXES;UNEMPLOYMENT INSURANCE COSTS;HEALTH/DENTAL/VISION INSURANCE PREMIUMS;PAID EMPLOYEE LEAVE FOR HOLIDAYS,VACATION,SICK LEAVE,AND/OR PETTY LEAVE,NOT TO EXCEED A TOTAL OF 30 DAYS PER YEAR;RETIREMENT CONTRIBUTIONS; WORKER’S COMPENSATION INSURANCE PREMIUMS;AND THE COSTS OF GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE WHEN PREMIUMS ARE COMPUTED BASED ON PAYROLL AMOUNTS;THE TOTAL OF WHICH SHALL NOT EXCEED THIRTY PERCENT (30%)OF THE ACTUAL COSTS OF LABOR; THE ACTUAL COSTS OF RENTAL FOR TOOLS,EXCLUDING HAND TOOLS;EQUIPMENT; MACHINERY;AND TEMPORARY FACILITIES REQUIRED FOR THE WORK; THE ACTUAL COSTS OF PREMIUMS FOR BONDS,INSURANCE,PERMIT FEES AND SALES OR USE TAXES RELATED TO THE WORK. OVERTIME AND EXTRA PAY FOR HOLIDAYS AND WEEKENDS MAY BE A COST ITEM ONLY TO THE EXTENT APPROVED BY THE OWNER. SHOULD CONCEALED CONDITIONS BE ENCOUNTERED IN THE PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK BELOW GRADE,OR SHOULD CONCEALED OR UNKNOWN CONDITIONS IN AN EXISTING STRUCTURE BE AT VARIANCE WITH THE CONDITIONS INDICATED BY THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS,THE CONTRACT SUM AND TIME FOR COMPLETION MAY BE EQUITABLY ADJUSTED BY CHANGE ORDER UPON CLAIM BY EITHER PARTY MADE WITHIN THIRTY (30)DAYS AFTER THE CONDITION HAS BEEN IDENTIFIED.THE COST OF SUCH CHANGE SHALL BE ARRIVED AT BY ONE OF THE FOREGOING METHODS.ALL CHANGE ORDERS SHALL BE SUPPORTED BY A UNIT COST BREAKDOWN SHOWING METHOD OF ARRIVING AT NET COST AS DEFINED ABOVE. CHANGE ORDERS SHALL BE SUBMITTED BY THE CONTRACTOR IN WRITING TO THE OWNER/DESIGNER FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL.THE CONTRACTOR WILL PROVIDE SUCH PROPOSAL AND SUPPORTING DATA IN SUITABLE FORMAT.THE DESIGNER SHALL VERIFY CORRECTNESS.DELAY IN THE PROCESSING OF THE CHANGE ORDER DUE TO LACK OF PROPER SUBMITTAL BY THE CONTRACTOR OF ALL REQUIRED SUPPORTING DATA SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE GROUNDS FOR A TIME EXTENSION OR BASIS OF A CLAIM.WITHIN FOURTEEN (14) DAYS AFTER RECEIPT OF THE CONTRACTOR’S ACCEPTED PROPOSAL INCLUDING ALL SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION REQUIRED BY THE DESIGNER,THE DESIGNER SHALL PREPARE THE CHANGE ORDER AND FORWARD TO THE CONTRACTOR FOR HIS SIGNATURE OR OTHERWISE RESPOND,IN WRITING,TO THE CONTRACTOR’S PROPOSAL.WITHIN SEVEN (7)DAYS AFTER RECEIPT OF THE CHANGE ORDER EXECUTED BY THE CONTRACTOR,THE DESIGNER SHALL, CERTIFY THE CHANGE ORDER BY HIS SIGNATURE,AND FORWARD THE CHANGE ORDER AND ALL SUPPORTING DATA TO THE OWNER FOR THE OWNER'S SIGNATURE.THE OWNER SHALL Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 GENERAL CONDITIONS (INFORMAL PROJECT)00 72 00 - 10 EXECUTE THE CHANGE ORDER,WITHIN SEVEN (7)DAYS OF RECEIPT. AT THE TIME OF SIGNING A CHANGE ORDER,THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE REQUIRED TO CERTIFY AS FOLLOWS: "I CERTIFY THAT MY BONDING COMPANY WILL BE NOTIFIED FORTHWITH THAT MY CONTRACT HAS BEEN CHANGED BY THE AMOUNT OF THIS CHANGE ORDER,AND THAT A COPY OF THE APPROVED CHANGE ORDER WILL BE MAILED UPON RECEIPT BY ME TO MY SURETY." A CHANGE ORDER,WHEN ISSUED,SHALL BE FULL COMPENSATION,OR CREDIT,FOR THE WORK INCLUDED,OMITTED OR SUBSTITUTED.IT SHALL SHOW ON ITS FACE THE ADJUSTMENT IN TIME FOR COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT AS A RESULT OF THE CHANGE IN THE WORK. IF,DURING THE PROGRESS OF THE WORK,THE OWNER REQUESTS A CHANGE ORDER AND THE CONTRACTOR'S TERMS ARE UNACCEPTABLE,THE OWNER,MAY REQUIRE THE CONTRACTOR TO PERFORM SUCH WORK ON A TIME AND MATERIAL BASIS WHEREUPON THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROCEED AND KEEP ACCURATELY ON SUCH FORM AS SPECIFIED BY THE DESIGNER OR OWNER, A CORRECT ACCOUNT OF COST TOGETHER WITH ALL PROPER INVOICES,PAYROLLS AND SUPPORTING DATA.UPON COMPLETION OF THE WORK A CHANGE ORDER WILL BE PREPARED WITH ALLOWANCES FOR OVERHEAD AND PROFIT PER PARAGRAPH D.ABOVE AND “NET COST” AND “COST”PER PARAGRAPH E.ABOVE.WITHOUT PREJUDICE,NOTHING IN THIS PARAGRAPH SHALL PRECLUDE THE OWNER FROM PERFORMING OR TO HAVE PERFORMED THAT PORTION OF THE WORK REQUESTED IN THE CHANGE ORDER. ANNULMENT OF CONTRACT IF THE CONTRACTOR FAILS TO BEGIN THE WORK UNDER THE CONTRACT WITHIN THE TIME SPECIFIED,OR THE PROGRESS OF THE WORK IS NOT MAINTAINED ON SCHEDULE,OR THE WORK IS NOT COMPLETED WITHIN THE TIME SPECIFIED,OR FAILS TO PERFORM THE WORK WITH SUFFICIENT WORKMEN AND EQUIPMENT OR WITH SUFFICIENT MATERIALS TO ENSURE THE PROMPT COMPLETION OF SAID WORK,OR SHALL PERFORM THE WORK UNSUITABLY OR SHALL DISCONTINUE THE PROSECUTION OF THE WORK,OR IF THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BECOME INSOLVENT OR BE DECLARED BANKRUPT OR COMMIT ANY ACT OF BANKRUPTCY OR INSOLVENCY,OR ALLOW ANY FINAL JUDGMENT TO STAND AGAINST HIM UNSATISFIED FOR A PERIOD OF FORTY-EIGHT (48)HOURS,OR SHALL MAKE AN ASSIGNMENT FOR THE BENEFIT OF CREDITORS,OR FOR ANY OTHER CAUSE WHATSOEVER SHALL NOT CARRY ON THE WORK IN AN ACCEPTABLE MANNER,THE OWNER MAY GIVE NOTICE IN WRITING,SENT BY CERTIFIED MAIL, RETURN RECEIPT REQUESTED,TO THE CONTRACTOR AND HIS SURETY (IF APPLICABLE)OF SUCH DELAY,NEGLECT OR DEFAULT,SPECIFYING THE SAME,AND IF THE CONTRACTOR WITHIN A PERIOD OF SEVEN (7)DAYS AFTER SUCH NOTICE SHALL NOT PROCEED IN ACCORDANCE THEREWITH,THEN THE OWNER SHALL,DECLARE THIS CONTRACT IN DEFAULT,AND, THEREUPON,THE SURETY SHALL PROMPTLY TAKE OVER THE WORK AND COMPLETE THE Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 GENERAL CONDITIONS (INFORMAL PROJECT)00 72 00 - 11 PERFORMANCE OF THIS CONTRACT IN THE MANNER AND WITHIN THE TIME FRAME SPECIFIED.IN THE EVENT THE CONTRACTOR,OR THE SURETY (IF APPLICABLE)SHALL FAIL TO TAKE OVER THE WORK TO BE DONE UNDER THIS CONTRACT WITHIN SEVEN (7)DAYS AFTER BEING SO NOTIFIED AND NOTIFY THE OWNER IN WRITING,SENT BY CERTIFIED MAIL,RETURN RECEIPT REQUESTED, THAT HE IS TAKING THE SAME OVER AND STATING THAT HE WILL DILIGENTLY PURSUE AND COMPLETE THE SAME,THE OWNER SHALL HAVE FULL POWER AND AUTHORITY,WITHOUT VIOLATING THE CONTRACT,TO TAKE THE PROSECUTION OF THE WORK OUT OF THE HANDS OF SAID CONTRACTOR,TO APPROPRIATE OR USE ANY OR ALL CONTRACT MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT ON THE GROUNDS AS MAY BE SUITABLE AND ACCEPTABLE AND MAY ENTER INTO AN AGREEMENT,EITHER BY PUBLIC LETTING OR NEGOTIATION,FOR THE COMPLETION OF SAID CONTRACT ACCORDING TO THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS THEREOF OR USE SUCH OTHER METHODS AS IN HIS OPINION SHALL BE REQUIRED FOR THE COMPLETION OF SAID CONTRACT IN AN ACCEPTABLE MANNER.ALL COSTS AND CHARGES INCURRED BY THE OWNER,TOGETHER WITH THE COSTS OF COMPLETING THE WORK UNDER CONTRACT,SHALL BE DEDUCTED FROM ANY MONIES DUE OR WHICH MAY BECOME DUE SAID CONTRACTOR AND SURETY (IF APPLICABLE).IN CASE THE EXPENSE SO INCURRED BY THE OWNER SHALL BE LESS THAN THE SUM WHICH WOULD HAVE BEEN PAYABLE UNDER THE CONTRACT,IF IT HAD BEEN COMPLETED BY SAID CONTRACTOR,THEN THE SAID CONTRACTOR AND SURETY (IF APPLICABLE)SHALL BE ENTITLED TO RECEIVE THE DIFFERENCE,BUT IN CASE SUCH EXPENSE SHALL EXCEED THE SUM WHICH WOULD HAVE BEEN PAYABLE UNDER THE CONTRACT,THEN THE CONTRACTOR AND THE SURETY (IF APPLICABLE)SHALL BE LIABLE AND SHALL PAY TO THE OWNER THE AMOUNT OF SAID EXCESS. TERMINATION FOR CONVENIENCE OWNER MAY AT ANY TIME AND FOR ANY REASON TERMINATE CONTRACTOR’S SERVICES AND WORK AT OWNER'S CONVENIENCE,AFTER NOTIFICATION TO THE CONTRACTOR IN WRITING VIA CERTIFIED MAIL.UPON RECEIPT OF SUCH NOTICE,CONTRACTOR SHALL,UNLESS THE NOTICE DIRECTS OTHERWISE,IMMEDIATELY DISCONTINUE THE WORK AND PLACING OF ORDERS FOR MATERIALS,FACILITIES AND SUPPLIES IN CONNECTION WITH THE PERFORMANCE OF THIS AGREEMENT. UPON SUCH TERMINATION,CONTRACTOR SHALL BE ENTITLED TO PAYMENT ONLY AS FOLLOWS: (1)THE ACTUAL COST OF THE WORK COMPLETED IN CONFORMITY WITH THIS AGREEMENT; PLUS,(2)SUCH OTHER COSTS ACTUALLY INCURRED BY CONTRACTOR AS APPROVED BY OWNER;(3)PLUS TEN PERCENT (10%)OF THE COST OF THE BALANCE OF THE WORK TO BE COMPLETED FOR OVERHEAD AND PROFIT.THERE SHALL BE DEDUCTED FROM SUCH SUMS AS PROVIDED IN THIS SUBPARAGRAPH THE AMOUNT OF ANY PAYMENTS MADE TO CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO THE DATE OF THE TERMINATION OF THIS AGREEMENT.CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT BE Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 GENERAL CONDITIONS (INFORMAL PROJECT)00 72 00 - 12 ENTITLED TO ANY CLAIM OR CLAIM OF LIEN AGAINST OWNER FOR ANY ADDITIONAL COMPENSATION OR DAMAGES IN THE EVENT OF SUCH TERMINATION AND PAYMENT. OWNER'S RIGHT TO DO WORK IF,DURING THE PROGRESS OF THE WORK OR DURING THE PERIOD OF GUARANTEE,THE CONTRACTOR FAILS TO PROSECUTE THE WORK PROPERLY OR TO PERFORM ANY PROVISION OF THE CONTRACT,THE OWNER,AFTER SEVEN (7)DAYS'WRITTEN NOTICE SENT BY CERTIFIED MAIL,RETURN RECEIPT REQUESTED,TO THE CONTRACTOR FROM THE DESIGNER,MAY PERFORM OR HAVE PERFORMED THAT PORTION OF THE WORK.THE COST OF THE WORK MAY BE DEDUCTED FROM ANY AMOUNTS DUE OR TO BECOME DUE TO THE CONTRACTOR,SUCH ACTION AND COST OF SAME HAVING BEEN FIRST APPROVED BY THE DESIGNER.SHOULD THE COST OF SUCH ACTION OF THE OWNER EXCEED THE AMOUNT DUE OR TO BECOME DUE THE CONTRACTOR,THEN THE CONTRACTOR OR HIS SURETY,OR BOTH,SHALL BE LIABLE FOR AND SHALL PAY TO THE OWNER THE AMOUNT OF SAID EXCESS. REQUESTS FOR PAYMENT CONTRACTOR SHALL REFER TO THE SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR SPECIFIC DIRECTIONS ON PAYMENT SCHEDULE,PROCEDURES AND THE NAME AND ADDRESS WHERE TO SEND APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENTS FOR THIS PROJECT.IT IS IMPERATIVE THAT INVOICES BE SENT ONLY TO THE ABOVE ADDRESS IN ORDER TO ASSURE PROPER AND TIMELY DELIVERY AND HANDLING. THE DESIGNER/OWNER WILL PROCESS ALL CONTRACTOR PAY REQUESTS AS THE PROJECT PROGRESSES.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL RECEIVE PAYMENT WITHIN THIRTY (30)CONSECUTIVE DAYS AFTER DESIGNER/OWNER’S APPROVAL OF EACH PAY REQUEST.PAYMENT WILL ONLY BE MADE FOR WORK PERFORMED AS DETERMINED BY THE DESIGNER/OWNER. RETAINAGE: RETAINAGE WITHHELD WILL NOT EXCEED 5%AT ANY TIME. THE SAME TERMS APPLY TO GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND SUBCONTRACTORS ALIKE. FOLLOWING 50%COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT NO FURTHER RETAINAGE WILL BE WITHHELD IF THE CONTRACTOR/SUBCONTRACTOR HAS PERFORMED THEIR WORK SATISFACTORILY. EXCEPTIONS: OWNER/CONTRACTOR CAN REINSTATE RETAINAGE IF THE CONTRACTOR/SUBCONTRACTOR DOES NOT CONTINUE TO PERFORM SATISFACTORILY. FOLLOWING 50%COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT,THE OWNER IS AUTHORIZED TO WITHHOLD ADDITIONAL RETAINAGE FROM A SUBSEQUENT PERIODIC PAYMENT IF THE AMOUNT OF RETAINAGE WITHHELD FALLS BELOW 2.5%. Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 GENERAL CONDITIONS (INFORMAL PROJECT)00 72 00 - 13 FINAL PAYMENT WILL BE MADE WITHIN FORTY-FIVE (45)CONSECUTIVE DAYS AFTER ACCEPTANCE OF THE WORK,RECEIPT OF MARKED-UP “AS-BUILT”DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS AND THE SUBMISSION BOTH OF NOTARIZED CONTRACTOR'S AFFIDAVIT AND FINAL PAY REQUEST.ALL PAY REQUESTS SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE DESIGNER/OWNER FOR APPROVAL. THE CONTRACTOR'S FINAL PAYMENT AFFIDAVIT SHALL STATE:"THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT ALL COSTS OF MATERIALS,EQUIPMENT,LABOR,SUBCONTRACTED WORK,AND ALL ELSE ENTERING INTO THE ACCOMPLISHMENT OF THIS CONTRACT,INCLUDING PAYROLLS,HAVE BEEN PAID IN FULL." PAYMENTS WITHHELD THE DESIGNER WITH THE APPROVAL OF THE OWNER MAY WITHHOLD PAYMENT FOR THE FOLLOWING REASONS: FAULTY WORK NOT CORRECTED. THE UNPAID BALANCE ON THE CONTRACT IS INSUFFICIENT TO COMPLETE THE WORK IN THE JUDGMENT OF THE DESIGNER. TO PROVIDE FOR SUFFICIENT CONTRACT BALANCE TO COVER LIQUIDATED DAMAGES THAT WILL BE ASSESSED. THE SECRETARY OF THE DEPARTMENT OF ADMINISTRATION MAY AUTHORIZE THE WITHHOLDING OF PAYMENT FOR THE FOLLOWING REASONS: CLAIMS FILED AGAINST THE CONTRACTOR OR EVIDENCE THAT A CLAIM WILL BE FILED. EVIDENCE THAT SUBCONTRACTORS HAVE NOT BEEN PAID. WHEN GROUNDS FOR WITHHOLDING PAYMENTS HAVE BEEN REMOVED,PAYMENT WILL BE RELEASED.DELAY OF PAYMENT DUE THE CONTRACTOR WITHOUT CAUSE WILL MAKE OWNER LIABLE FOR PAYMENT OF INTEREST TO THE CONTRACTOR AS PROVIDED IN G.S.143-134.1.AS PROVIDED IN G.S.143-134.1(E),THE OWNER SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR INTEREST ON PAYMENTS WITHHELD BY THE OWNER FOR UNSATISFACTORY JOB PROGRESS,DEFECTIVE CONSTRUCTION NOT REMEDIED,DISPUTED WORK,OR THIRD-PARTY CLAIMS FILED AGAINST THE OWNER OR REASONABLE EVIDENCE THAT A THIRD-PARTY CLAIM WILL BE FILED. MINIMUM INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS THE WORK UNDER THIS CONTRACT SHALL NOT COMMENCE UNTIL THE CONTRACTOR HAS OBTAINED ALL REQUIRED INSURANCE AND VERIFYING CERTIFICATES OF INSURANCE HAVE BEEN APPROVED IN WRITING BY THE OWNER.THESE CERTIFICATES SHALL DOCUMENT THAT COVERAGES AFFORDED UNDER THE POLICIES WILL NOT BE CANCELLED,REDUCED IN AMOUNT OR COVERAGES ELIMINATED UNTIL AT LEAST THIRTY (30)DAYS AFTER MAILING WRITTEN NOTICE,BY CERTIFIED MAIL,RETURN RECEIPT REQUESTED,TO THE INSURED AND THE OWNER Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 GENERAL CONDITIONS (INFORMAL PROJECT)00 72 00 - 14 OF SUCH ALTERATION OR CANCELLATION.IF ENDORSEMENTS ARE NEEDED TO COMPLY WITH THE NOTIFICATION OR OTHER REQUIREMENTS OF THIS ARTICLE COPIES OF THE ENDORSEMENTS SHALL BE SUBMITTED WITH THE CERTIFICATES. WORKER’S COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYER'S LIABILITY THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE AND MAINTAIN,UNTIL FINAL ACCEPTANCE,WORKMEN'S COMPENSATION INSURANCE,AS REQUIRED BY LAW,AS WELL AS EMPLOYER'S LIABILITY COVERAGE WITH MINIMUM LIMITS OF $100,000. PUBLIC LIABILITY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE AND MAINTAIN,UNTIL FINAL ACCEPTANCE,COMPREHENSIVE GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE,INCLUDING COVERAGE FOR PREMISES OPERATIONS, INDEPENDENT CONTRACTORS,COMPLETED OPERATIONS,PRODUCTS AND CONTRACTUAL EXPOSURES,AS SHALL PROTECT SUCH CONTRACTORS FROM CLAIMS ARISING OUT OF ANY BODILY INJURY,INCLUDING ACCIDENTAL DEATH,AS WELL AS FROM CLAIMS FOR PROPERTY DAMAGES WHICH MAY ARISE FROM OPERATIONS UNDER THIS CONTRACT,WHETHER SUCH OPERATIONS BE BY THE CONTRACTOR OR BY ANY SUBCONTRACTOR,OR BY ANYONE DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY EMPLOYED BY EITHER OF THEM AND THE MINIMUM LIMITS OF SUCH INSURANCE SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: $500,000 PER OCCURRENCE $100,000 PER OCCURRENCE /$300,000 AGGREGATE IN LIEU OF LIMITS LISTED ABOVE,A $500,000 COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT SHALL SATISFY BOTH CONDITIONS. SUCH COVERAGE FOR COMPLETED OPERATIONS MUST BE MAINTAINED FOR AT LEAST TWO (2) YEARS FOLLOWING FINAL ACCEPTANCE OF THE WORK PERFORMED UNDER THE CONTRACT. PROPERTY INSURANCE (BUILDER’S RISK/INSTALLATION FLOATER) THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PURCHASE AND MAINTAIN PROPERTY INSURANCE UNTIL FINAL ACCEPTANCE,UPON THE ENTIRE WORK AT THE SITE TO THE FULL INSURABLE VALUE THEREOF. THIS INSURANCE SHALL INCLUDE THE INTERESTS OF THE OWNER,THE CONTRACTOR,THE SUBCONTRACTORS AND SUB-SUBCONTRACTORS IN THE WORK AND SHALL INSURE AGAINST THE PERILS OF FIRE,WIND,RAIN,FLOOD,EXTENDED COVERAGE,AND VANDALISM AND MALICIOUS MISCHIEF.IF THE OWNER IS DAMAGED BY FAILURE OF THE CONTRACTOR TO PURCHASE OR MAINTAIN SUCH INSURANCE,THEN THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BEAR ALL REASONABLE COSTS PROPERLY ATTRIBUTABLE THERETO;THE CONTRACTOR SHALL EFFECT AND MAINTAIN SIMILAR PROPERTY INSURANCE ON PORTIONS OF THE WORK STORED OFF THE SITE WHEN REQUEST FOR PAYMENT PER ARTICLES SO INCLUDES SUCH PORTIONS. DEDUCTIBLE Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 GENERAL CONDITIONS (INFORMAL PROJECT)00 72 00 - 15 ANY DEDUCTIBLE,IF APPLICABLE TO LOSS COVERED BY INSURANCE PROVIDED,IS TO BE BORNE BY THE CONTRACTOR. OTHER INSURANCE THE CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN SUCH ADDITIONAL INSURANCE AS MAY BE REQUIRED BY THE OWNER OR BY THE GENERAL STATUTES OF NORTH CAROLINA INCLUDING MOTOR VEHICLE INSURANCE,IN AMOUNTS NOT LESS THAN THE STATUTORY LIMITS. PROOF OF CARRIAGE THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH THE OWNER WITH SATISFACTORY PROOF OF CARRIAGE OF THE INSURANCE REQUIRED BEFORE WRITTEN APPROVAL IS GRANTED BY THE OWNER. ASSIGNMENT NO ASSIGNMENT OF THE CONTRACTOR'S OBLIGATIONS OR THE CONTRACTOR'S RIGHT TO RECEIVE PAYMENT HEREUNDER SHALL BE PERMITTED.HOWEVER,UPON WRITTEN REQUEST APPROVED BY THE OWNER AND SOLELY AS A CONVENIENCE TO THE CONTRACTOR,THE OWNER MAY:(1)FORWARD THE CONTRACTOR'S PAYMENT CHECK DIRECTLY TO ANY PERSON OR ENTITY DESIGNATED BY THE CONTRACTOR,AND (2)INCLUDE ANY PERSON OR ENTITY DESIGNATED BY CONTRACTOR AS A JOINT PAYEE ON THE CONTRACTOR'S PAYMENT CHECK.IN NO EVENT SHALL SUCH APPROVAL AND ACTION OBLIGATE THE OWNER TO ANYONE OTHER THAN THE CONTRACTOR,AND THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REMAIN RESPONSIBLE FOR FULFILLMENT OF ALL CONTRACT OBLIGATIONS. CLEANING UP AND RESTORATION OF SITE THE CONTRACTOR SHALL KEEP THE SITES AND SURROUNDING AREA REASONABLY FREE FROM RUBBISH AT ALL TIMES AND SHALL REMOVE DEBRIS FROM THE SITE FROM TIME TO TIME OR WHEN DIRECTED TO DO SO BY THE OWNER.BEFORE FINAL INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE OF THE PROJECT,THE CONTRACTOR SHALL THOROUGHLY CLEAN THE SITES,AND COMPLETELY PREPARE THE PROJECT AND SITE FOR USE BY THE OWNER. AT THE END OF CONSTRUCTION,THE CONTRACTOR SHALL OVERSEE AND IMPLEMENT THE RESTORATION OF THE CONSTRUCTION SITE TO ITS ORIGINAL STATE.RESTORATION INCLUDES BUT NOT LIMITED TO WALKS,DRIVES,LAWNS,TREES AND SHRUBS,CORRIDORS,STAIRS AND OTHER ELEMENTS SHALL BE REPAIRED,CLEANED OR OTHERWISE RESTORED TO THEIR ORIGINAL STATE. GUARANTEE THE CONTRACTOR SHALL UNCONDITIONALLY GUARANTEE MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP AGAINST PATENT DEFECTS ARISING FROM FAULTY MATERIALS,FAULTY WORKMANSHIP OR NEGLIGENCE FOR A PERIOD OF TWELVE (12)MONTHS FOLLOWING THE FINAL ACCEPTANCE OF THE WORK AND SHALL REPLACE SUCH DEFECTIVE MATERIALS OR WORKMANSHIP WITHOUT Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 GENERAL CONDITIONS (INFORMAL PROJECT)00 72 00 - 16 COST TO THE OWNER. WHERE ITEMS OF EQUIPMENT OR MATERIAL CARRY A MANUFACTURER'S WARRANTY FOR ANY PERIOD IN EXCESS OF TWELVE (12)MONTHS,THEN THE MANUFACTURER'S WARRANTY SHALL APPLY FOR THAT PARTICULAR PIECE OF EQUIPMENT OR MATERIAL.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REPLACE SUCH DEFECTIVE EQUIPMENT OR MATERIALS,WITHOUT COST TO THE OWNER,WITHIN THE MANUFACTURER'S WARRANTY PERIOD. ADDITIONALLY,THE OWNER MAY BRING AN ACTION FOR LATENT DEFECTS CAUSED BY THE NEGLIGENCE OF THE CONTRACTOR,WHICH IS HIDDEN OR NOT READILY APPARENT TO THE OWNER AT THE TIME OF BENEFICIAL OCCUPANCY OR FINAL ACCEPTANCE,WHICHEVER OCCURRED FIRST,IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE LAW. GUARANTEES FOR ROOFING WORKMANSHIP AND MATERIALS SHALL BE STIPULATED IN THE SPECIFICATIONS SECTIONS GOVERNING SUCH ROOF,EQUIPMENT,MATERIALS,OR SUPPLIES. STANDARDS ALL MANUFACTURED ITEMS AND/OR FABRICATED ASSEMBLIES SUBJECT TO OPERATION UNDER PRESSURE,OPERATION BY CONNECTION TO AN ELECTRIC SOURCE,OR OPERATION INVOLVING A CONNECTION TO A MANUFACTURED,NATURAL,OR LP GAS SOURCE SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED AND APPROVED IN A MANNER ACCEPTABLE TO THE APPROPRIATE STATE INSPECTOR WHICH CUSTOMARILY REQUIRES THE LABEL OR RE-EXAMINATION LISTING OR IDENTIFICATION MARKING OF APPROPRIATE SAFETY STANDARD ORGANIZATION,SUCH AS THE AMERICAN SOCIETY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERS FOR PRESSURE VESSELS;THE UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES AND/OR NATIONAL ELECTRICAL MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION FOR ELECTRICALLY OPERATED ASSEMBLIES;OR THE AMERICAN GAS ASSOCIATION FOR GAS OPERATED ASSEMBLIES,WHERE SUCH APPROVALS OF LISTINGS HAVE BEEN ESTABLISHED FOR THE TYPE OF DEVICE OFFERED AND FURNISHED.FURTHER,ALL ITEMS FURNISHED SHALL MEET ALL REQUIREMENTS OF THE OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ACT (OSHA),AND STATE AND FEDERAL REQUIREMENTS RELATING TO CLEAN AIR AND WATER POLLUTION. ALL EQUIPMENT AND PRODUCTS MUST BE INDEPENDENT THIRD PARTY TESTED AND LABELED (UL,FM,OR CTS)BEFORE FINAL CONNECTIONS TO OWNER SERVICES OR UTILITIES. TAXES FEDERAL EXCISE TAXES DO NOT APPLY TO MATERIALS ENTERING INTO STATE WORK (INTERNAL REVENUE CODE,SECTION 3442(3)). Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 GENERAL CONDITIONS (INFORMAL PROJECT)00 72 00 - 17 FEDERAL TRANSPORTATION TAXES DO NOT APPLY TO MATERIALS ENTERING INTO STATE WORK (INTERNAL REVENUE CODE,SECTION 3475(B)AS AMENDED). NORTH CAROLINA SALES TAX AND USE TAX,AS REQUIRED BY LAW,DO APPLY TO MATERIALS ENTERING INTO STATE WORK AND SUCH COSTS SHALL BE INCLUDED IN THE BID PROPOSAL AND CONTRACT SUM. LOCAL OPTION SALES AND USE TAXES,AS REQUIRED BY LAW,DO APPLY TO MATERIALS ENTERING INTO STATE WORK AS APPLICABLE AND SUCH COSTS SHALL BE INCLUDED IN THE BID PROPOSAL AND CONTRACT SUM. ACCOUNTING PROCEDURES FOR REFUND OF COUNTY SALES &USE TAX AMOUNT OF COUNTY SALES AND USE TAX PAID PER CONTRACTOR'S STATEMENTS: CONTRACTORS PERFORMING CONTRACTS FOR STATE AGENCIES SHALL GIVE THE STATE AGENCY FOR WHOSE PROJECT THE PROPERTY WAS PURCHASED A SIGNED STATEMENT CONTAINING THE INFORMATION LISTED IN G.S.105-164.14(E). THE DEPARTMENT OF REVENUE HAS AGREED THAT IN LIEU OF OBTAINING COPIES OF SALES RECEIPTS FROM CONTRACTORS,AN AGENCY MAY OBTAIN A CERTIFIED STATEMENT AS OF APRIL 1,1991 FROM THE CONTRACTOR SETTING FORTH THE DATE,THE TYPE OF PROPERTY AND THE COST OF THE PROPERTY PURCHASED FROM EACH VENDOR,THE COUNTY IN WHICH THE VENDOR MADE THE SALE AND THE AMOUNT OF LOCAL SALES AND USE TAXES PAID THEREON.IF THE PROPERTY WAS PURCHASED OUT-OF-STATE,THE COUNTY IN WHICH THE PROPERTY WAS DELIVERED SHOULD BE LISTED.THE CONTRACTOR SHOULD ALSO BE NOTIFIED THAT THE CERTIFIED STATEMENT MAY BE SUBJECT TO AUDIT. IN THE EVENT THE CONTRACTORS MAKE SEVERAL PURCHASES FROM THE SAME VENDOR,SUCH CERTIFIED STATEMENT MUST INDICATE THE INVOICE NUMBERS,THE INCLUSIVE DATES OF THE INVOICES,THE TOTAL AMOUNT OF THE INVOICES,THE COUNTIES,AND THE COUNTY SALES AND USE TAXES PAID THEREON. NAME OF TAXING COUNTY:THE POSITION OF A SALE IS THE RETAILER'S PLACE OF BUSINESS LOCATED WITHIN A TAXING COUNTY WHERE THE VENDOR BECOMES CONTRACTUALLY OBLIGATED TO MAKE THE SALE.THEREFORE,IT IS IMPORTANT THAT THE COUNTY TAX BE REPORTED FOR THE COUNTY OF SALE RATHER THAN THE COUNTY OF USE. WHEN PROPERTY IS PURCHASED FROM OUT-OF-STATE VENDORS AND THE COUNTY TAX IS CHARGED,THE COUNTY SHOULD BE IDENTIFIED WHERE DELIVERY IS MADE WHEN REPORTING THE COUNTY TAX. Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 GENERAL CONDITIONS (INFORMAL PROJECT)00 72 00 - 18 SUCH STATEMENT MUST ALSO INCLUDE THE COST OF ANY TANGIBLE PERSONAL PROPERTY WITHDRAWN FROM THE CONTRACTOR'S WAREHOUSE STOCK AND THE AMOUNT OF COUNTY SALES OR USE TAX PAID THEREON BY THE CONTRACTOR. SIMILAR CERTIFIED STATEMENTS BY HIS SUBCONTRACTORS MUST BE OBTAINED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND FURNISHED TO THE CLAIMANT. CONTRACTORS ARE NOT TO INCLUDE ANY TAX PAID ON SUPPLIES,TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT WHICH THEY USE TO PERFORM THEIR CONTRACTS AND SHOULD INCLUDE ONLY THOSE BUILDING MATERIALS,SUPPLIES,FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT WHICH ACTUALLY BECOME A PART OF OR ANNEXED TO THE BUILDING OR STRUCTURE. EQUAL OPPORTUNITY CLAUSE THE NON-DISCRIMINATION CLAUSE CONTAINED IN SECTION 202 (FEDERAL)EXECUTIVE ORDER 11246,AS AMENDED BY EXECUTIVE ORDER 11375,RELATIVE TO EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY FOR ALL PERSONS WITHOUT REGARD TO RACE,COLOR,RELIGION,SEX OR NATIONAL ORIGIN,AND THE IMPLEMENTING RULES AND REGULATIONS PRESCRIBED BY THE SECRETARY OF LABOR,ARE INCORPORATED HEREIN. THE CONTRACTOR(S)AGREE NOT TO DISCRIMINATE AGAINST ANY EMPLOYEE OR APPLICANT FOR EMPLOYMENT BECAUSE OF PHYSICAL OR MENTAL DISABILITIES IN REGARD TO ANY POSITION FOR WHICH THE EMPLOYEE OR APPLICANT IS QUALIFIED.THE CONTRACTOR AGREES TO TAKE AFFIRMATIVE ACTION TO EMPLOY,ADVANCE IN EMPLOYMENT AND OTHERWISE TREAT QUALIFIED INDIVIDUALS WITH SUCH DISABILITIES WITHOUT DISCRIMINATION BASED UPON THEIR PHYSICAL OR MENTAL DISABILITY IN ALL EMPLOYMENT PRACTICES. MINORITY BUSINESS PARTICIPATION GS 143-128.2 ESTABLISHES A TEN PERCENT (10%)GOAL FOR PARTICIPATION BY MINORITY BUSINESS IN TOTAL VALUE OF WORK FOR EACH STATE BUILDING PROJECT. FOR CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTS WITH A VALUE OF LESS THAN $300,000,THE OWNER HAS THE RESPONSIBILITY TO MAKE A GOOD FAITH EFFORT TO SOLICIT MINORITY BIDS AND TO ATTAIN THE GOAL.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE WITH HIS BID A COMPLETED IDENTIFICATION OF HUB CERTIFIED/MINORITY BUSINESS PARTICIPATION FORM.CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT COMPLETED APPENDIX E MBE DOCUMENTATION FOR CONTRACT PAYMENTS FORM WITH FINAL PAYMENT REQUEST. FOR CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTS WITH A VALUE OF $300,000 OR GREATER,THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLY WITH THE DOCUMENT GUIDELINES FOR RECRUITMENT AND SELECTION OF Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 GENERAL CONDITIONS (INFORMAL PROJECT)00 72 00 - 19 MINORITY BUSINESSES FOR PARTICIPATION IN STATE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTS INCLUDING IDENTIFICATION OF MINORITY BUSINESS PARTICIPATION,AFFIDAVITS A,B,C,AND D,AND APPENDIX E.THESE FORMS PROVIDED HEREIN ARE HEREBY INCORPORATED AND MADE A PART OF THIS CONTRACT. ACCESS TO PERSONS AND RECORDS THE STATE AUDITOR SHALL HAVE ACCESS TO PERSONS AND RECORDS AS A RESULT OF ALL CONTRACTS OR GRANTS ENTERED INTO BY THE OWNER IN ACCORDANCE WITH GENERAL STATUTE 147-64.7.THE OWNER’S INTERNAL AUDITORS SHALL ALSO HAVE THE RIGHT TO ACCESS AND COPY THE CONTRACTOR’S RECORDS RELATING TO THE CONTRACT AND PROJECT DURING THE TERM OF THE CONTRACT AND WITHIN TWO YEARS FOLLOWING THE COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT/CLOSE-OUT OF THE CONTRACT TO VERIFY ACCOUNTS,ACCURACY,INFORMATION, CALCULATIONS AND/OR DATA AFFECTING AND/OR RELATING TO CONTRACTOR’S REQUESTS FOR PAYMENT,REQUESTS FOR CHANGE ORDERS,CHANGE ORDERS,CLAIMS FOR EXTRA WORK, REQUESTS FOR TIME EXTENSIONS AND RELATED CLAIMS FOR DELAY/EXTENDED GENERAL CONDITIONS COSTS,CLAIMS FOR LOST PRODUCTIVITY,CLAIMS FOR LOST EFFICIENCY,CLAIMS FOR IDLE EQUIPMENT OR LABOR,CLAIMS FOR PRICE/COST ESCALATION,PASS-THROUGH CLAIMS OF SUBCONTRACTORS AND/OR SUPPLIERS,AND/OR ANY OTHER TYPE OF CLAIM FOR PAYMENT OR DAMAGES FROM OWNER AND/OR ITS PROJECT REPRESENTATIVES. GOVERNING LAWS THIS CONTRACT IS MADE UNDER AND SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NORTH CAROLINA.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL APPLICABLE FEDERAL,STATE AND LOCAL LAWS,STATUTES,ORDINANCES AND REGULATIONS INCLUDING,BUT NOT LIMITED TO,THE OMNIBUS TRANSPORTATION ACT OF 1991 AND ITS IMPLEMENTING REGULATIONS. CONTRACTOR EVALUATION THE CONTRACTOR’S OVERALL WORK PERFORMANCE ON THE PROJECT SHALL BE FAIRLY EVALUATED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE STATE BUILDING COMMISSION POLICY AND PROCEDURES,FOR DETERMINING QUALIFICATIONS TO BID ON FUTURE STATE PROJECTS.IN ADDITION TO FINAL EVALUATION,AN INTERIM EVALUATION MAY BE PREPARED DURING THE PROGRESS OF PROJECT.THE OWNER MAY REQUEST THE CONTRACTOR’S COMMENTS TO EVALUATE THE DESIGNER. REMEDIES FOR BREACH. THE OWNER RESERVES ALL RIGHTS AND PRIVILEGES UNDER THE APPLICABLE LAWS AND REGULATIONS WITH RESPECT TO THIS AGREEMENT IN THE EVENT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT BY Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 GENERAL CONDITIONS (INFORMAL PROJECT)00 72 00 - 20 EITHER PARTY. TERMINATION FOR CAUSE AND FOR CONVENIENCE BY OWNER. THE OWNER RESERVES THE RIGHT TO IMMEDIATELY TERMINATE THIS AGREEMENT IN THE EVENT OF A BREACH OR DEFAULT OF THE AGREEMENT BY CONTRACTOR,IN THE EVENT CONTRACTOR FAILS TO:(1)MEET SCHEDULES,DEADLINES,AND/OR DELIVERY DATES WITHIN THE TIME SPECIFIED BY THIS AGREEMENT AND/OR AN IPPA;(2)MAKE ANY PAYMENTS OWED;OR (3)OTHERWISE PERFORM IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE AGREEMENT AND/OR THE IPPA.THE OWNER ALSO RESERVES THE RIGHT TO TERMINATE THE AGREEMENT IMMEDIATELY,WITH WRITTEN NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR,FOR CONVENIENCE,IF THE OWNER BELIEVES,IN ITS SOLE DISCRETION THAT IT IS IN THE BEST INTEREST OF THE OWNER TO DO SO.THE CONTRACTOR WILL BE COMPENSATED FOR WORK PERFORMED AND ACCEPTED AND GOODS ACCEPTED BY THE OWNER AS OF THE TERMINATION DATE IF THE AGREEMENT IS TERMINATED FOR CONVENIENCE OF THE OWNER.THE AWARD OF THIS AGREEMENT IS NOT EXCLUSIVE AND THE OWNER RESERVES THE RIGHT TO PURCHASE GOODS AND SERVICES FROM OTHER VENDORS WHEN IT IS IN THE BEST INTEREST OF THE OWNER. EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE PROVIDED UNDER 41 CFR PART 60,WHEN FUNDS WILL BE EXPENDED BY THE OWNER PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT THAT MEET THE DEFINITION OF “FEDERALLY ASSISTED CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT”IN 41 CFR PART 60-1.3,CONTRACTOR CERTIFIES IT WILL COMPLY WITH THE EQUAL OPPORTUNITY CLAUSE PROVIDED UNDER 41 CFR 60-1.4(B),IN ACCORDANCE WITH EXECUTIVE ORDER 11246,“EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY”(30 FR 12319,12935,3 CFR PART,1964-1965 COMP.,P.339),AS AMENDED BY EXECUTIVE ORDER 11375, “AMENDING EXECUTIVE ORDER 11246 RELATING TO EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY,”AND IMPLEMENTING REGULATIONS AT 41 CFR PART 60,“OFFICE OF FEDERAL CONTRACT COMPLIANCE PROGRAMS,EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY,DEPARTMENT OF LABOR.” DAVIS-BACON ACT,AS AMENDED (40 U.S.C.3141-3148). DURING THE TERM OF THIS AGREEMENT,INCLUDING ANY IPPAS ISSUED PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT,THE CONTRACTOR CERTIFIES IT WILL BE IN COMPLIANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE DAVIS-BACON ACT PROVISIONS.IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE STATUTE,CONTRACTOR SHALL PAY WAGES TO LABORERS AND MECHANICS AT A RATE NOT LESS THAN THE PREVAILING WAGES SPECIFIED IN A WAGE DETERMINATION MADE BY THE SECRETARY OF LABOR.IN ADDITION,THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PAY WAGES NOT LESS THAN ONCE A WEEK,UNLESS EMPLOYEES VOLUNTARILY AGREE TO A DIFFERENT SCHEDULE.THE OWNER WILL REPORT ALL SUSPECTED OR REPORTED VIOLATIONS TO THE FEDERAL AWARDING AGENCY.CONTRACTOR CERTIFIES IT WILL COMPLY WITH THE COPELAND “ANTI-KICKBACK”ACT (40 U.S.C.3145),AS SUPPLEMENTED Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 GENERAL CONDITIONS (INFORMAL PROJECT)00 72 00 - 21 BY DEPARTMENT OF LABOR REGULATIONS (29 CFR PART 3,“CONTRACTORS AND SUBCONTRACTORS ON PUBLIC BUILDING OR PUBLIC WORK FINANCED IN WHOLE OR IN PART BY LOANS OR GRANTS FROM THE UNITED STATES”).THE ACT PROVIDES THAT EACH VENDOR OR SUBRECIPIENT MUST BE PROHIBITED FROM INDUCING,BY ANY MEANS,ANY PERSON EMPLOYED IN THE CONSTRUCTION,COMPLETION,OR REPAIR OF PUBLIC WORK,TO GIVE UP ANY PART OF THE COMPENSATION TO WHICH HE OR SHE IS OTHERWISE ENTITLED.THE OWNER WILL REPORT ALL SUSPECTED OR REPORTED VIOLATIONS TO THE FEDERAL AWARDING AGENCY. CONTRACT WORK HOURS AND SAFETY STANDARDS ACT (40 U.S.C.3701-3708). THE CONTRACTOR CERTIFIES THAT DURING THE TERM OF AN AWARD FOR ALL CONTRACTS IN EXCESS OF $100,000 THAT INVOLVE THE EMPLOYMENT OF MECHANICS OR LABORERS,THE CONTRACTOR WILL BE IN COMPLIANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE PROVISIONS OF THE CONTRACT WORK HOURS AND SAFETY STANDARDS ACT.UNDER 40 U.S.C.3702 OF THE ACT,EACH VENDOR MUST BE REQUIRED TO COMPUTE THE WAGES OF EVERY MECHANIC AND LABORER ON THE BASIS OF A STANDARD WORK WEEK OF 40 HOURS.WORK IN EXCESS OF THE STANDARD WORK WEEK IS PERMISSIBLE PROVIDED THAT THE WORKER IS COMPENSATED AT A RATE OF NOT LESS THAN ONE AND A HALF TIMES THE BASIC RATE OF PAY FOR ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF 40 HOURS IN THE WORK WEEK.THE REQUIREMENTS OF 40 U.S.C.3704 ARE APPLICABLE TO CONSTRUCTION WORK AND PROVIDE THAT NO LABORER OR MECHANIC MUST BE REQUIRED TO WORK IN SURROUNDINGS OR UNDER WORKING CONDITIONS WHICH ARE UNSANITARY, HAZARDOUS OR DANGEROUS.THESE REQUIREMENTS DO NOT APPLY TO THE PURCHASES OF SUPPLIES OR MATERIALS OR ARTICLES ORDINARILY AVAILABLE ON THE OPEN MARKET,OR CONTRACTS FOR TRANSPORTATION OR TRANSMISSION OF INTELLIGENCE. RECORDS RETENTION REQUIREMENTS. THE CONTRACTOR CERTIFIES THAT IT WILL COMPLY WITH THE RECORD RETENTION REQUIREMENTS DETAILED IN 2 CFR §200.334.THE CONTRACTOR FURTHER CERTIFIES THAT CONTRACTOR WILL RETAIN ALL RECORDS AS REQUIRED BY 2 CFR §200.334 FOR A PERIOD OF THREE YEARS AFTER GRANTEES OR SUBGRANTEES SUBMIT FINAL EXPENDITURE REPORTS OR QUARTERLY OR ANNUAL FINANCIAL REPORTS,AS APPLICABLE,AND ALL OTHER PENDING MATTERS ARE CLOSED. CERTIFICATION OF NON-COLLUSION STATEMENT. CONTRACTOR CERTIFIES UNDER PENALTY OF PERJURY THAT ITS RESPONSE TO THIS PROCUREMENT SOLICITATION IS IN ALL RESPECTS BONA FIDE,FAIR,AND MADE WITHOUT COLLUSION OR FRAUD WITH ANY PERSON,JOINT VENTURE,PARTNERSHIP,CORPORATION OR OTHER BUSINESS OR LEGAL ENTITY. PROHIBITION ON GIFTS. Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 GENERAL CONDITIONS (INFORMAL PROJECT)00 72 00 - 22 CONTRACTOR CERTIFIES THAT IT WILL COMPLY WITH THE PROHIBITION AGAINST GIVING GIFTS, GRATUITIES,FAVORS OR ANYTHING OF MONETARY VALUE TO AN OFFICER,EMPLOYEE OR AGENT OF THE SCHOOL SYSTEM.CONTRACTOR UNDERSTANDS AND AGREES THAT VIOLATION OF THESE STANDARDS WILL RESULT IN TERMINATION OF THE AGREEMENT AND MAY RESULT IN INELIGIBILITY FOR FUTURE CONTRACT AWARDS. IN WITNESS WHEREOF,EACH INDIVIDUAL EXECUTING THIS AGREEMENT ACKNOWLEDGES THAT HE/SHE/IT IS AUTHORIZED TO EXECUTE THIS AGREEMENT ON BEHALF OF HIS/HER/ITS PRINCIPLE AND FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES THE EXECUTION OF THIS AGREEMENT THE DAY AND YEAR FIRST WRITTEN ABOVE. END OF GENERAL CONDITIONS END OF SECTION 00 72 00 Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 Supplementary General Conditions 00 73 00 - 1 Section 00 73 00 -Supplementary General Conditions TIME OF COMPLETION The Contractor shall commence work to be performed under this Contract on a date to be specified in written order from the Designer/Owner and shall fully complete all work hereunder within three hundred (300)consecutive calendar days from the Notice to Proceed (expected to be April 4,2024)with Final Completion on January 29,2025 (final completion dates are based on 300 calendar days after NTP, dates are subject to change dependent on issue date of the NTP).For each day in excess of the above number of days,the Contractor shall pay the Owner the amount of two hundred fifty Dollars ($250)as liquidated damages reasonably estimated in advance to cover the losses to be incurred by the Owner should the Contractor fail to complete the Work within the time specified. The new system installation shall be coordinated with Owner and Engineer.The data room will not be shut down for the installation.The only shutdown shall be for the new breaker installation and that work shall be done over a weekend or holiday. If the Contractor is delayed at any time in the progress of his work by any act or negligence of the Owner,his employees or his separate contractor,by changes ordered in the work;by abnormal weather conditions;by any causes beyond the Contractor's control or by other causes deemed justifiable by Owner,then the contract time may be reasonably extended in a written order from the Owner upon written request from the contractor within ten days following the cause for delay. Time extensions for weather delays,acts of God,labor disputes,fire,delays in transportation,unavoidable casualties or other delays which are beyond the control of the Owner do not entitle the Contractor to compensable damages for delays. Any contractor claim for compensable damages for delays is limited to delays caused solely by the owner or its agents. PRE-BID CONFERENCE: Meeting:On February 28,2024 at 10:00am a Pre-bid meeting will be held at 131 W Margaret Ln, Hillsborough,NC 27278 for all interested parties. CONTRUCTION SCHEDULE: The Contractor shall commence work to be performed under this Contract on a date to be specified in written order from the Designer/Owner and shall fully complete all work hereunder within three hundred (300)consecutive calendar days from the Notice to Proceed (expected to be April 4,2024)with Final Completion on January 29,2025 (final completion dates are based on 300 calendar days after NTP, dates are subject to change dependent on issue date of the NTP).For each day in excess of the above number of days,the Contractor shall pay the Owner the amount of two hundred fifty Dollars ($250)as liquidated damages reasonably estimated in advance to cover the losses to be incurred by the Owner should the Contractor fail to complete the Work within the time specified. PROJECT STORAGE: Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 Supplementary General Conditions 00 73 00 - 2 The contractor must store equipment in a bonded warehouse prior to installation. PAYMENTS: The Owner will use e-procurement for all payments to be made to the contractor. The contractor shall carry any fees required in his bid. The Owner will make two payments at the beginning of the shutdown after material is onsite and after final inspection and close-out material is provided and accepted. UTILITIES: Contractor may use existing utilities and facilities at no additional costs.Owner will provide multiple parking spaces at building.. USE OF SITE: Refer to time of completion for work schedule information. NO SMOKING POLICY: The building is non-smoking.See smoking locations on door decals at egress doors. FIRE ALARM WORK: Contractor shall coordinate temporary shut down of Fire Alarm system in isolated areas during construction with the owner.System must be active at end of shift. BID BOND: Contractor shall furnish a Bid Bond. Each proposal shall be accompanied by a cash deposit or a certified check drawn on some bank or trust company insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation,or a bid bond in an amount equal to not less than five percent (5%)of the proposal,said deposit to be retained by the owner as liquidated damages in event of failure of the successful bidder to execute the contract within ten (10)days after the award or to give satisfactory surety as required by law (G.S.143-129). Bid bond shall be conditioned that the surety will,upon demand,forthwith make payment to the oblige upon said bond if the bidder fails to execute the contract. The owner may retain bid securities of any bidder(s)who may have a reasonable chance of award of contract for the full duration of time stated in the Notice to Bidders. Other bid securities may be released sooner,at the discretion of the owner. All bid securities (cash or certified checks)shall be returned to the bidders promptly after award of contracts,and no later than seven (7)days after expiration of the holding period stated in the Notice to Bidders. PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BONDS: Contractor shall furnish a Performance Bond and Payment Bond executed by a surety company authorized to do business in North Carolina. The bonds shall be in the full contract amount. Bonds shall be executed in the form bound with these specifications (Forms 307 &308). An authorized agent of the bonding company who is licensed to do business in North Carolina shall countersign all bonds. MINORITY BUSINESS PARTICIPATION: Refer to attached Minority Business Employment Requirements. Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D MBGuidelines 2002 - i- GUIDELINES FOR RECRUITMENT AND SELECTION OF MINORITY BUSINESSES FOR PARTICIPATION IN STATE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTS In accordance with G.S. 143-128.2 (effective January 1, 2002) these guidelines establish goals for minority participation in single-prime bidding, separate-prime bidding, construction manager at risk, and alternative contracting methods, on State construction projects in the amount of $300,000 or more. The legislation provides that the State shall have a verifiable ten percent (10%) goal for participation by minority businesses in the total value of work for each project for which a contract or contracts are awarded. These requirements are published to accomplish that end. SECTION A: INTENT It is the intent of these guidelines that the State of North Carolina, as awarding authority for construction projects, and the contractors and subcontractors performing the construction contracts awarded shall cooperate and in good faith do all things legal, proper and reasonable to achieve the statutory goal of ten percent (10%) for participation by minority businesses in each construction project as mandated by GS 143-128.2. Nothing in these guidelines shall be construed to require contractors or awarding authorities to award contracts or subcontracts to or to make purchases of materials or equipment from minority- business contractors or minority-business subcontractors who do not submit the lowest responsible, responsive bid or bids. SECTION B: DEFINITIONS 1. Minority - a person who is a citizen or lawful permanent resident of the United States and who is: a. Black, that is, a person having origins in any of the black racial groups in Africa; b. Hispanic, that is, a person of Spanish or Portuguese culture with origins in Mexico, South or Central America, or the Caribbean Islands, regardless of race; c. Asian American, that is, a person having origins in any of the original peoples of the Far East, Southeast Asia and Asia, the Indian subcontinent, the Pacific Islands; d. American Indian, that is, a person having origins in any of the original peoples of North America; or e. Female 2. Minority Business - means a business: a. In which at least fifty-one percent (51%) is owned by one or more minority persons, or in the case of a corporation, in which at least fifty-one percent (51%) of the stock is owned by one or more minority persons or socially and economically disadvantaged individuals; and b. Of which the management and daily business operations are controlled by one or more of the minority persons or socially and economically disadvantaged individuals who own it. 3. Socially and economically disadvantaged individual - means the same as defined in 15 U.S.C. 637. “Socially disadvantaged individuals are those who have been subjected to racial or ethnic prejudice or cultural bias because of their identity as a member of a group without regard to their individual qualities”. “Economically disadvantaged individuals are those socially disadvantaged individuals whose ability to compete in the free enterprise system has been impaired due to diminished capital and credit opportunities as compared to others in the same business area who are not socially disadvantaged”. 4. Public Entity - means State and all public subdivisions and local governmental units. 5. Owner - The State of North Carolina, through the Agency/Institution named in the contract. 6. Designer – Any person, firm, partnership, or corporation, which has contracted with the State of North Carolina to perform architectural or engineering, work. 7. Bidder - Any person, firm, partnership, corporation, association, or joint venture seeking to be awarded a public contract or subcontract. Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D MBGuidelines 2002 - ii- 8. Contract - A mutually binding legal relationship or any modification thereof obligating the seller to furnish equipment, materials or services, including construction, and obligating the buyer to pay for them. 9. Contractor - Any person, firm, partnership, corporation, association, or joint venture which has contracted with the State of North Carolina to perform construction work or repair. 10. Subcontractor - A firm under contract with the prime contractor or construction manager at risk for supplying materials or labor and materials and/or installation. The subcontractor may or may not provide materials in his subcontract. SECTION C: RESPONSIBILITIES 1. Office for Historically Underutilized Businesses, Department of Administration (hereinafter referred to as HUB Office). The HUB Office has established a program, which allows interested persons or businesses qualifying as a minority business under G.S. 143-128.2, to obtain certification in the State of North Carolina procurement system. The information provided by the minority businesses will be used by the HUB Office to: a. Identify those areas of work for which there are minority businesses, as requested. b. Make available to interested parties a list of prospective minority business contractors and subcontractors. c. Assist in the determination of technical assistance needed by minority business contractors. In addition to being responsible for the certification/verification of minority businesses that want to participate in the State construction program, the HUB Office will: (1) Maintain a current list of minority businesses. The list shall include the areas of work in which each minority business is interested. (2) Inform minority businesses on how to identify and obtain contracting and subcontracting opportunities through the State Construction Office and other public entities. (3) Inform minority businesses of the contracting and subcontracting process for public construction building projects. (4) Work with the North Carolina trade and professional organizations to improve the ability of minority businesses to compete in the State construction projects. (5) The HUB Office also oversees the minority business program by: a. Monitoring compliance with the program requirements. b. Assisting in the implementation of training and technical assistance programs. c. Identifying and implementing outreach efforts to increase the utilization of minority businesses. d. Reporting the results of minority business utilization to the Secretary of the Department of Administration, the Governor, and the General Assembly. 2. State Construction Office The State Construction Office will be responsible for the following: a. Furnish to the HUB Office a minimum of twenty-one days prior to the bid opening the following: (1) Project description and location; (2) Locations where bidding documents may be reviewed; (3) Name of a representative of the owner who can be contacted during the advertising period to advise who the prospective bidders are; (4) Date, time and location of the bid opening. (5) Date, time and location of prebid conference, if scheduled. b. Attending scheduled prebid conference, if necessary, to clarify requirements of the general statutes regarding minority-business participation, including the bidders' responsibilities. Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D MBGuidelines 2002 - iii- c. Reviewing the apparent low bidders' statutory compliance with the requirements listed in the proposal, that must be complied with, if the bid is to be considered as responsive, prior to award of contracts. The State reserves the right to reject any or all bids and to waive informalities. d. Reviewing of minority business requirements at Preconstruction conference. e. Monitoring of contractors’ compliance with minority business requirements in the contract documents during construction. f. Provide statistical data and required reports to the HUB Office. g. Resolve any protest and disputes arising after implementation of the plan, in conjunction with the HUB Office. 3. Owner Before awarding a contract, owner shall do the following: a. Develop and implement a minority business participation outreach plan to identify minority businesses that can perform public building projects and to implement outreach efforts to encourage minority business participation in these projects to include education, recruitment, and interaction between minority businesses and non-minority businesses. b. Attend the scheduled prebid conference. c. At least 10 days prior to the scheduled day of bid opening, notify minority businesses that have requested notices from the public entity for public construction or repair work and minority businesses that otherwise indicated to the Office for Historically Underutilized Businesses an interest in the type of work being bid or the potential contracting opportunities listed in the proposal. The notification shall include the following: 1. A description of the work for which the bid is being solicited. 2. The date, time, and location where bids are to be submitted. 3. The name of the individual within the owner’s organization who will be available to answer questions about the project. 4. Where bid documents may be reviewed. 5. Any special requirements that may exist. d. Utilize other media, as appropriate, likely to inform potential minority businesses of the bid being sought. e. Maintain documentation of any contacts, correspondence, or conversation with minority business firms made in an attempt to meet the goals. f. Review, jointly with the designer, all requirements of G.S. 143-128.2(c) and G.S. 143-128.2(f) – (i.e. bidders’ proposals for identification of the minority businesses that will be utilized with corresponding total dollar value of the bid and affidavit listing good faith efforts, or affidavit of self-performance of work, if the contractor will perform work under contract by its own workforce) - prior to recommendation of award to the State Construction Office. g. Evaluate documentation to determine good faith effort has been achieved for minority business utilization prior to recommendation of award to State Construction Office. h. Review prime contractors’ pay applications for compliance with minority business utilization commitments prior to payment. i. Make documentation showing evidence of implementation of Owner’s responsibilities available for review by State Construction Office and HUB Office, upon request 4. Designer Under the single-prime bidding, separate prime bidding, construction manager at risk, or alternative contracting method, the designer will: a. Attend the scheduled prebid conference to explain minority business requirements to the prospective bidders. b. Assist the owner to identify and notify prospective minority business prime and subcontractors of potential contracting opportunities. c. Maintain documentation of any contacts, correspondence, or conversation with minority business firms made in an attempt to meet the goals. d. Review jointly with the owner, all requirements of G.S. 143-128.2(c) and G.S.143-128.2(f) – (i.e. bidders’ proposals for identification of the minority businesses that will be utilized with Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D MBGuidelines 2002 - iv- corresponding total dollar value of the bid and affidavit listing Good Faith Efforts, or affidavit of self-performance of work, if the contractor will perform work under contract by its own workforce) - prior to recommendation of award. e. During construction phase of the project, review “MBE Documentation for Contract Payment” – (Appendix E) for compliance with minority business utilization commitments. Submit Appendix E form with monthly pay applications to the owner and forward copies to the State Construction Office. f. Make documentation showing evidence of implementation of Designer’s responsibilities available for review by State Construction Office and HUB Office, upon request. 5. Prime Contractor(s), CM at Risk, and Its First-Tier Subcontractors Under the single-prime bidding, the separate-prime biding, construction manager at risk and alternative contracting methods, contractor(s) will: a. Attend the scheduled prebid conference. b. Identify or determine those work areas of a subcontract where minority businesses may have an interest in performing subcontract work. c. At least ten (10) days prior to the scheduled day of bid opening, notify minority businesses of potential subcontracting opportunities listed in the proposal. The notification will include the following: (1) A description of the work for which the subbid is being solicited. (2) The date, time and location where subbids are to be submitted. (3) The name of the individual within the company who will be available to answer questions about the project. (4) Where bid documents may be reviewed. (5) Any special requirements that may exist, such as insurance, licenses, bonds and financial arrangements. If there are more than three (3) minority businesses in the general locality of the project who offer similar contracting or subcontracting services in the specific trade, the contractor(s) shall notify three (3), but may contact more, if the contractor(s) so desires. d. During the bidding process, comply with the contractor(s) requirements listed in the proposal for minority participation. e. Identify on the bid, the minority businesses that will be utilized on the project with corresponding total dollar value of the bid and affidavit listing good faith efforts as required by G.S. 143-128.2(c) and G.S. 143-128.2(f). f. Make documentation showing evidence of implementation of PM, CM-at-Risk and First-Tier Subcontractor responsibilities available for review by State Construction Office and HUB Office, upon request. g. Upon being named the apparent low bidder, the Bidder shall provide one of the following: (1) an affidavit (Affidavit C) that includes a description of the portion of work to be executed by minority businesses, expressed as a percentage of the total contract price, which is equal to or more than the applicable goal; (2) if the percentage is not equal to the applicable goal, then documentation of all good faith efforts taken to meet the goal. Failure to comply with these requirements is grounds for rejection of the bid and award to the next lowest responsible and responsive bidder. h. The contractor(s) shall identify the name(s) of minority business subcontractor(s) and corresponding dollar amount of work on the schedule of values. The schedule of values shall be provided as required in Article 31 of the General Conditions of the Contract to facilitate payments to the subcontractors. i. The contractor(s) shall submit with each monthly pay request(s) and final payment(s), “MBE Documentation for Contract Payment” – (Appendix E), for designer’s review. j. During the construction of a project, at any time, if it becomes necessary to replace a minority business subcontractor, immediately advise the owner, State Construction Office, and the Director of the HUB Office in writing, of the circumstances involved. The prime contractor shall make a good faith effort to replace a minority business subcontractor with another minority business subcontractor. Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D MBGuidelines 2002 - v- k. If during the construction of a project additional subcontracting opportunities become available, make a good faith effort to solicit subbids from minority businesses. l. It is the intent of these requirements apply to all contractors performing as prime contractor and first tier subcontractor under construction manager at risk on state projects. 6. Minority Business Responsibilities While minority businesses are not required to become certified in order to participate in the State construction projects, it is recommended that they become certified and should take advantage of the appropriate technical assistance that is made available. In addition, minority businesses who are contacted by owners or bidders must respond promptly whether or not they wish to submit a bid. SECTION 4: DISPUTE PROCEDURES It is the policy of this state that disputes that involves a person's rights, duties or privileges, should be settled through informal procedures. To that end, minority business disputes arising under these guidelines should be resolved as governed under G.S. 143-128(g). SECTION 5: These guidelines shall apply upon promulgation on state construction projects. Copies of these guidelines may be obtained from the Department of Administration, State Construction Office, (physical address) 301 North Wilmington Street, Suite 450, NC Education Building, Raleigh, North Carolina, 27601-2827, (mail address) 1307 Mail Service Center, Raleigh, North Carolina, 27699-1307, phone (919) 807-4100, Website: www.nc-sco.com SECTION 6: In addition to these guidelines, there will be issued with each construction bid package provisions for contractual compliance providing minority business participation in the state construction program. Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D MBGuidelines 2002 - vi- MINORITY BUSINESS CONTRACT PROVISIONS (CONSTRUCTION) APPLICATION: The Guidelines for Recruitment and Selection of Minority Businesses for Participation in State Construction Contracts are hereby made a part of these contract documents. These guidelines shall apply to all contractors regardless of ownership. Copies of these guidelines may be obtained from the Department of Administration, State Construction Office, (physical address) 301 North Wilmington Street, Suite 450, NC Education Building, Raleigh, North Carolina, 27601-2827, (mail address) 1307 Mail Service Center, Raleigh, North Carolina, 27699-1307, phone (919) 807-4100, Website: http://www.nc-sco.com MINORITY BUSINESS SUBCONTRACT GOALS: The goals for participation by minority firms as subcontractors on this project have been set at 10%. The bidder must identify on its bid, the minority businesses that will be utilized on the project with corresponding total dollar value of the bid and affidavit (Affidavit A) listing good faith efforts or affidavit (Affidavit B) of self-performance of work, if the bidder will perform work under contract by its own workforce, as required by G.S. 143-128.2(c) and G.S. 143-128.2(f). The lowest responsible, responsive bidder must provide Affidavit C, that includes a description of the portion of work to be executed by minority businesses, expressed as a percentage of the total contract price, which is equal to or more than the applicable goal. OR Provide Affidavit D, that includes a description of the portion of work to be executed by minority businesses, expressed as a percentage of the total contract price, with documentation of Good Faith Effort, if the percentage is not equal to the applicable goal. OR Provide Affidavit B, which includes sufficient information for the State to determine that the bidder does not customarily subcontract work on this type project. The above information must be provided as required. Failure to submit these documents is grounds for rejection of the bid. Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D MBGuidelines 2002 - vii- MINIMUM COMPLIANCE REQUIREMENTS: All written statements, affidavits or intentions made by the Bidder shall become a part of the agreement between the Contractor and the State for performance of this contract. Failure to comply with any of these statements, affidavits or intentions, or with the minority business Guidelines shall constitute a breach of the contract. A finding by the State that any information submitted either prior to award of the contract or during the performance of the contract is inaccurate, false or incomplete, shall also constitute a breach of the contract. Any such breach may result in termination of the contract in accordance with the termination provisions contained in the contract. It shall be solely at the option of the State whether to terminate the contract for breach. In determining whether a contractor has made Good Faith Efforts, the State will evaluate all efforts made by the Contractor and will determine compliance in regard to quantity, intensity, and results of these efforts. Good Faith Efforts include: (1) Contacting minority businesses that reasonably could have been expected to submit a quote and that were known to the contractor or available on State or local government maintained lists at least 10 days before the bid or proposal date and notifying them of the nature and scope of the work to be performed. (2) Making the construction plans, specifications and requirements available for review by prospective minority businesses, or providing these documents to them at least 10 days before the bid or proposals are due. (3) Breaking down or combining elements of work into economically feasible units to facilitate minority participation. (4) Working with minority trade, community, or contractor organizations identified by the Office for Historically Underutilized Businesses and included in the bid documents that provide assistance in recruitment of minority businesses. (5) Attending any prebid meetings scheduled by the public owner. (6) Providing assistance in getting required bonding or insurance or providing alternatives to bonding or insurance for subcontractors. (7) Negotiating in good faith with interested minority businesses and not rejecting them as unqualified without sound reasons based on their capabilities. Any rejection of a minority business based on lack of qualification should have the reasons documented in writing. (8) Providing assistance to an otherwise qualified minority business in need of equipment, loan capital, lines of credit, or joint pay agreements to secure loans, supplies, or letters of credit, including waiving credit that is ordinarily required. Assisting minority businesses in obtaining the same unit pricing with the bidder's suppliers in order to help minority businesses in establishing credit. (9) Negotiating joint venture and partnership arrangements with minority businesses in order to increase opportunities for minority business participation on a public construction or repair project when possible. (10) Providing quick pay agreements and policies to enable minority contractors and suppliers to meet cash-flow demands. Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Attach to Bid Attach to Bid Attach to Bid Attach to Bid Attach to Bid Attach to Bid Attach to Bid Attach to Bid MBForms 2002-Revised July 2010 Identification of HUB Certified/ Minority Business Participation I, , (Name of Bidder) do hereby certify that on this project, we will use the following HUB Certified/ minority business as construction subcontractors, vendors, suppliers or providers of professional services. Firm Name, Address and Phone # Work Type *Minority **HUB Category Certified (Y/N) *Minority categories: Black, African American (B), Hispanic (H), Asian American (A) American Indian (I), Female (F) Socially and Economically Disadvantaged (D) ** HUB Certification with the state HUB Office required to be counted toward state participation goals. The total value of minority business contracting will be ($) . Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Attach to Bid Attach to Bid Attach to Bid Attach to Bid Attach to Bid Attach to Bid Attach to Bid Attach to Bid MBForms 2002-Revised July 2010 State of North Carolina AFFIDAVIT A – Listing of Good Faith Efforts County of (Name of Bidder) Affidavit of I have made a good faith effort to comply under the following areas checked: Bidders must earn at least 50 points from the good faith efforts listed for their bid to be considered responsive. (1 NC Administrative Code 30 I.0101)  1 – (10 pts) Contacted minority businesses that reasonably could have been expected to submit a quote and that were known to the contractor, or available on State or local government maintained lists, at least 10 days before the bid date and notified them of the nature and scope of the work to be performed.  2 --(10 pts) Made the construction plans, specifications and requirements available for review by prospective minority businesses, or providing these documents to them at least 10 days before the bids are due.  3 – (15 pts) Broken down or combined elements of work into economically feasible units to facilitate minority participation.  4 – (10 pts) Worked with minority trade, community, or contractor organizations identified by the Office of Historically Underutilized Businesses and included in the bid documents that provide assistance in recruitment of minority businesses.  5 – (10 pts) Attended prebid meetings scheduled by the public owner.  6 – (20 pts) Provided assistance in getting required bonding or insurance or provided alternatives to bonding or insurance for subcontractors.  7 – (15 pts) Negotiated in good faith with interested minority businesses and did not reject them as unqualified without sound reasons based on their capabilities. Any rejection of a minority business based on lack of qualification should have the reasons documented in writing.  8 – (25 pts) Provided assistance to an otherwise qualified minority business in need of equipment, loan capital, lines of credit, or joint pay agreements to secure loans, supplies, or letters of credit, including waiving credit that is ordinarily required. Assisted minority businesses in obtaining the same unit pricing with the bidder's suppliers in order to help minority businesses in establishing credit.  9 – (20 pts) Negotiated joint venture and partnership arrangements with minority businesses in order to increase opportunities for minority business participation on a public construction or repair project when possible.  10 - (20 pts) Provided quick pay agreements and policies to enable minority contractors and suppliers to meet cash-flow demands. The undersigned, if apparent low bidder, will enter into a formal agreement with the firms listed in the Identification of Minority Business Participation schedule conditional upon scope of contract to be executed with the Owner. Substitution of contractors must be in accordance with GS143-128.2(d) Failure to abide by this statutory provision will constitute a breach of the contract. The undersigned hereby certifies that he or she has read the terms of the minority business commitment and is authorized to bind the bidder to the commitment herein set forth. Date: Name of Authorized Officer: Signature: Title: State of______________, County of Subscribed and sworn to before me this day of 20 Notary Public My commission expires SEAL Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Attach to Bid Attach to Bid Attach to Bid Attach to Bid Attach to Bid Attach to Bid Attach to Bid Attach to Bid MBForms 2002-Revised July 2010 State of North Carolina --AFFIDAVIT B-- Intent to Perform Contract with Own Workforce. County of Affidavit of (Name of Bidder) I hereby certify that it is our intent to perform 100% of the work required for the contract. (Name of Project) In making this certification, the Bidder states that the Bidder does not customarily subcontract elements of this type project, and normally performs and has the capability to perform and will perform all elements of the work on this project with his/her own current work forces; and The Bidder agrees to provide any additional information or documentation requested by the owner in support of the above statement. The Bidder agrees to make a Good Faith Effort to utilize minority suppliers where possible. The undersigned hereby certifies that he or she has read this certification and is authorized to bind the Bidder to the commitments herein contained. Date: Name of Authorized Officer: Signature: Title: State of _________ __ , County of ________________________ Subscribed and sworn to before me this day of 20___ Notary Public My commission expires SEAL Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Do not submit with bid Do not submit with bid Do not submit with bid Do not submit with bid MBForms 2002-Revised July 2010 State of North Carolina - AFFIDAVIT C - Portion of the Work to be Performed by HUB Certified/Minority Businesses County of (Note this form is to be submitted only by the apparent lowest responsible, responsive bidder.) If the portion of the work to be executed by HUB certified/minority businesses as defined in GS143- 128.2(g) and 128.4(a),(b),(e) is equal to or greater than 10% of the bidders total contract price, then the bidder must complete this affidavit. This affidavit shall be provided by the apparent lowest responsible, responsive bidder within 72 hours after notification of being low bidder. Affidavit of I do hereby certify that on the (Name of Bidder) (Project Name) Project ID# Amount of Bid $ I will expend a minimum of % of the total dollar amount of the contract with minority business enterprises. Minority businesses will be employed as construction subcontractors, vendors, suppliers or providers of professional services. Such work will be subcontracted to the following firms listed below. Attach additional sheets if required Name and Phone Number *Minority Category **HUB Certified Y/N Work Description Dollar Value *Minority categories: Black, African American (B), Hispanic (H), Asian American (A) American Indian (I), Female (F) Socially and Economically Disadvantaged (D) ** HUB Certification with the state HUB Office required to be counted toward state participation goals. Pursuant to GS143-128.2(d), the undersigned will enter into a formal agreement with Minority Firms for work listed in this schedule conditional upon execution of a contract with the Owner. Failure to fulfill this commitment may constitute a breach of the contract. The undersigned hereby certifies that he or she has read the terms of this commitment and is authorized to bind the bidder to the commitment herein set forth. Date: Name of Authorized Officer: Signature: Title: State of , County of Subscribed and sworn to before me this day of 20 Notary Public My commission expires SEAL Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Do not submit with the bid Do not submit with the bid Do not submit with the bid Do not submit with the bid Do not submit with the bid MBForms 2002-Revised May 2010 -1- State of North Carolina AFFIDAVIT D – Good Faith Efforts County of (Note this form is to be submitted only by the apparent lowest responsible, responsive bidder.) If the goal of 10% participation by HUB Certified/ minority business is not achieved, the Bidder shall provide the following documentation to the Owner of his good faith efforts: Affidavit of I do hereby certify that on the (Name of Bidder) (Project Name) Project ID# Amount of Bid $ I will expend a minimum of % of the total dollar amount of the contract with HUB certified/ minority business enterprises. Minority businesses will be employed as construction subcontractors, vendors, suppliers or providers of professional services. Such work will be subcontracted to the following firms listed below. (Attach additional sheets if required) Name and Phone Number *Minority Category **HUB Certified Y/N Work Description Dollar Value *Minority categories: Black, African American (B), Hispanic (H), Asian American (A) American Indian (I), Female (F) Socially and Economically Disadvantaged (D) ** HUB Certification with the state HUB Office required to be counted toward state participation goals. Examples of documentation that may be required to demonstrate the Bidder's good faith efforts to meet the goals set forth in these provisions include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following: A. Copies of solicitations for quotes to at least three (3) minority business firms from the source list provided by the State for each subcontract to be let under this contract (if 3 or more firms are shown on the source list). Each solicitation shall contain a specific description of the work to be subcontracted, location where bid documents can be reviewed, representative of the Prime Bidder to contact, and location, date and time when quotes must be received. B. Copies of quotes or responses received from each firm responding to the solicitation. C. A telephone log of follow-up calls to each firm sent a solicitation. D. For subcontracts where a minority business firm is not considered the lowest responsible sub-bidder, copies of quotes received from all firms submitting quotes for that particular subcontract. E. Documentation of any contacts or correspondence to minority business, community, or contractor organizations in an attempt to meet the goal. F. Copy of pre-bid roster G. Letter documenting efforts to provide assistance in obtaining required bonding or insurance for minority business. H. Letter detailing reasons for rejection of minority business due to lack of qualification. I. Letter documenting proposed assistance offered to minority business in need of equipment, loan capital, lines of credit, or joint pay agreements to secure loans, supplies, or letter of credit, including waiving credit that is ordinarily required. Failure to provide the documentation as listed in these provisions may result in rejection of the bid and award to the next lowest responsible and responsive bidder. Pursuant to GS143-128.2(d), the undersigned will enter into a formal agreement with Minority Firms for work listed in this schedule conditional upon execution of a contract with the Owner. Failure to fulfill this commitment may constitute a breach of the contract. Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Do not submit with the bid Do not submit with the bid Do not submit with the bid Do not submit with the bid Do not submit with the bid MBForms 2002-Revised May 2010 -2- The undersigned hereby certifies that he or she has read the terms of this commitment and is authorized to bind the bidder to the commitment herein set forth. Date: Name of Authorized Officer: Signature: Title: State of , County of Subscribed and sworn to before me this day of 20 Notary Public My commission expires SEAL Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D MBGuidelines 2002 - viii- APPENDIX E MBE DOCUMENTATION FOR CONTRACT PAYMENTS Prime Contractor/Architect: _________________________________________________________ Address & Phone: _________________________________________________________________ Project Name: ____________________________________________________________________ Pay Application #: _________________ Period: ________________________________ The following is a list of payments made to Minority Business Enterprises on this project for the above- mentioned period. MBE FIRM NAME * INDICATE TYPE OF MBE AMOUNT PAID THIS MONTH TOTAL PAYMENTS TO DATE TOTAL AMOUNT COMMITTED *Minority categories: Black, African American (B), Hispanic (H), Asian American (A), American Indian (I), Female (F), Social and Economically Disadvantage (D) Date: ________________ Approved/Certified By: ___________________________________ Name ___________________________________ Title ___________________________________ Signature SUBMIT WITH EACH PAY REQUEST & FINAL PAYMENT (Revised on 3/14/2003) Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Section I: General Government and Administration Policy 10.0: Living Wage Contractor Policy Reviewed by: County Attorney/County Manager Approved by: County Manager Original Effective Date: April 21, 2016 Revisions: August 1, 2016 Policy Statement It is the policy of Orange County to ensure its employees, and all individuals who provide services for Orange County, are paid a living wage. Purpose To encourage all vendors and contractors to pay a living wage to all employees who perform work pursuant to a contract with Orange County. Applicability Applies to all Orange County contracts and purchases. Policy 10.1 Living Wage 10.1.1 Orange County is committed to providing its employees with a living wage and encourages all contractors and vendors doing business with Orange County to pursue the same goal. Orange County’s living wage is as reflected in the adopted Orange County Budget and as that budget document is amended from time to time. To the extent possible, Orange County recommends that contractors and vendors seeking to do business with Orange County provide a living wage to their employees. 10.1.2 Prior to final execution of a contract with Orange County all contractors and vendors seeking to do business with Orange County shall submit to the County’s representative a statement indicating whether those employees who will perform work on the Orange County contract are paid at least the living wage amount set out above. If such employees do not make at least the living wage amount set out above the contractor or vendor shall indicate in the statement the actual amount paid to such employees. For bid projects this statement should be submitted as part of the bid packet. This policy may be reviewed annually and updated as needed by the Manager’s Office Acknowledged Receipt by: ____________________________________________________ Company Name: ____________________________________________________________ Date: ___________________________________________________________________ Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D STATE OF NORTH CAROLINA AFFIDAVIT ORANGE COUNTY ************************** I, ____________________________(the individual attesting below), being duly authorized by and on behalf of ________________________________ (the entity bidding on project hereinafter "Employer") after first being duly sworn hereby swears or affirms as follows: 1. Employer understands that E-Verify is the federal E-Verify program operated by the United States Department of Homeland Security and other federal agencies, or any successor or equivalent program used to verify the work authorization of newly hired employees pursuant to federal law in accordance with NCGS §64-25(5). 2. Employer understands that Employers Must Use E-Verify. Each employer, after hiring an employee to work in the United States, shall verify the work authorization of the employee through E-Verify in accordance with NCGS§64-26(a). 3. Employer is a person, business entity, or other organization that transacts business in this State and that employs 25 or more employees in this State. (mark Yes or No) a. YES _____, or b. NO _____ 4. Employer's subcontractors comply with E-Verify, and if Employer is the winning bidder on this project Employer will ensure compliance with E-Verify by any subcontractors subsequently hired by Employer. This ____ day of _______________, 20__. Signature of Affiant Print or Type Name: _________________________ State of North Carolina, _________ County Signed and sworn to (or affirmed) before me, this the _____ day of ________________, 20__. My Commission Expires: Notary Public (Affix Official/Notarial Seal) Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Chapter 12 Civil Rights. Sections 12-23 – 12-49 Reserved. AN ORDINANCE PROHIBITING DISCRIMINATION THROUGHOUT ORANGE COUNTY Sec. 12-50. - Title. This Ordinance shall be known and may be cited as the Orange County Non-Discrimination Ordinance. Sec. 12-51. – Policy and Severability. (a) It is the policy of Orange County not to enter into a contract with any business, company, or firm that has discriminated in the solicitation, selection, hiring or treatment of vendors, suppliers, subcontractors or commercial customers against a Protected Class, or on the basis of any otherwise unlawful use of individual or personal characteristics regarding such vendor's, suppliers, commercial customers, employees, or owners in connection with a county contract or solicitation; provided that nothing in this non-discrimination policy shall prohibit or limit otherwise lawful efforts to remedy the effects of discrimination that has occurred or is occurring in the marketplace. 1. It is the policy of Orange County that every Orange County created contract and subcontract for goods or services shall contain a non-discrimination clause that prohibits discrimination as that term is defined herein. (b) It is further the policy of Orange County that discrimination has no place in Orange County, North Carolina and it is the intent of this ordinance to provide uniform legal protection to individuals in all Protected Classes, making it unlawful for any person to discriminate in housing, public accommodations, and transportation. (c) Should any provision of this Ordinance be found to be unconstitutional by a court of law such provision shall be severed from the remainder of the Ordinance and such action shall not affect the enforceability of the remaining provisions of the Ordinance. Sec. 12-52. - Definitions. (a) Discrimination means any disadvantage, difference, or distinction in the solicitation, selection, hiring, service to, or treatment of a vendor, supplier, subcontractor, or customer on the basis of Protected Class status or on the basis of any otherwise unlawful use of personal or individual characteristics. (b) Housing and public accommodations have the same common meaning as those terms are defined in the Orange County Civil Rights Ordinance. (c) Person means any individual, business, or company, regardless of organizational structure, providing for profit goods, facilities, services, accommodations, transportation, or access to the general public. (d) Protected Class means age (as defined in the Orange County Civil Rights Ordinance), race, ethnicity, color, national origin, religion, creed, sex, sexual orientation, gender, gender identity, gender expression, marital status, familial status, source of income, disability, political affiliation, veteran status, disabled veteran status. (e) Public Accommodation has the same meaning as that term is defined in the Orange County Civil Rights Ordinance except that for purposes of this Ordinance Public Accommodation includes: 1. Transportation companies and transportation providers operating company-owned or privately- Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D owned vehicles providing transportation to the general public; and 2. Private residences providing short-term rentals to members of the general public. A short-term rental means the provision of a room, space, or residential unit that is suitable or intended for occupancy for dwelling, sleeping, or lodging purposes, for a period of fewer than 30 consecutive days, in exchange for a charge for the occupancy. Sec. 12-53. - Contractor bid requirements. (a) All requests for bids or proposals issued for county contracts shall include a certification to be completed by the bidder or proposer in substantially the following form: The undersigned bidder or proposer hereby certifies and agrees that the following information is correct: 1. In preparing its enclosed bid or proposal, the bidder or proposer has considered all bids and proposals submitted from qualified, potential subcontractors and suppliers, and has not engaged in discrimination as defined in Section 12-52 of the Orange County Non- discrimination Ordinance. 2. Without limiting any other remedies that Orange County may have for a false certification, it is understood and agreed that, if this certification is false, such false certification will constitute grounds for Orange C ounty to reject the bid or proposal submitted with this certification, and terminate any contract awarded based on such bid or proposal. It shall also subject the bidder or proposer to disqualification from participating in county contracts or bid processes for up to two years. 3. As a condition of contracting with Orange County, the bidder or proposer agrees to promptly provide to Orange County all information and documentation that may be requested by Orange County from time to time regarding the solicitation and selection of suppliers and subcontractors in connection with this solicitation process. Failure to maintain or failure to provide such information constitutes grounds for Orange County to reject the bid or proposal and to terminate, without penalty to Orange County, any contract awarded on such bid or proposal. All such information and documentation shall be maintained for a period of three years after the expiration of the contract. 4. As part of its bid or proposal, the bidder or proposer shall provide to Orange County a list of all instances within the past ten years where a complaint was filed or pending against bidder or proposer in a legal or administrative proceeding alleging that bidder or proposer discriminated against its subcontractors, vendors, suppliers, or commercial customers, and a description of the status or resolution of that complaint, including any remedial action taken. 5. As a condition of submitting a bid or proposal to Orange County the bidder or proposer agrees to comply with the Orange County Non-discrimination Ordinance. Falsification of this certification shall constitute a violation of the Orange County Non-Discrimination Ordinance and shall be grounds for rejection of the bid or proposal or termination, without fault to Orange County, of a contract. 6. As a condition of submitting a bid or proposal to Orange County the bidder or proposer agrees that Orange County may consider the information submitted as part of this certification in its determination of the responsibility of the bidder or proposer. The bidder or proposer, as the case may be, waives the right to challenge the rejection of a bid or proposal when such rejection is based, in its entirety, on information contained in this certification. Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Sec. 12-54. - Prohibited acts. (a) It shall be unlawful for any person to deny any person the full and equal enjoyment of the goods, services, facilities, privileges, advantages, and accommodations of a place of public accommodation on the basis of Protected Class status or on the basis of any otherwise unlawful use of individual or personal characteristics. (b) It shall be unlawful for any person to make, print, circulate, post, mail or otherwise cause to be published a statement, advertisement, or sign which indicates that the full and equal enjoyment of the transportation, access, goods, services, facilities, privileges, advantages, and accommodations of a place of public accommodation will be refused, withheld from, or denied any person on the basis of Protected Class status or on the basis of any otherwise unlawful use of individual or personal characteristics, or that any person's patronage of or presence at a place of public accommodation is objectionable, unwelcome, unacceptable, or undesirable on the basis of Protected Class status or on the basis of any otherwise unlawful use of individual or personal characteristics; provided, however, this section does not apply to a private club or other establishment not, in fact, open to the public. (c) It shall be unlawful for any person to intentionally or knowingly: 1. Perform or attempt to perform any act which directly or indirectly results in an individual's bodily injury or property damage where such act is directed at an individual or a group of individuals because of that person's or that group's perceived or actual Protected Class status or on the basis of any otherwise unlawful use of individual or personal characteristics. 2. Solicit, encourage, compensate, assist, or conspire with another to perform or attempt to perform any act which directly or indirectly results in an individual's bodily injury or property damage where such act is directed at an individual or a group of individuals because of that person's or that group's perceived or actual Protected Class status or on the basis of any otherwise unlawful use of individual or personal characteristics. (d) No person shall be found to have violated this Ordinance solely on the basis of the content of any speech or communication used by such person. Sec. 12-55. Exemptions. (a) All applicable exemptions found in Section 12-11 of the Orange County Civil Rights Ordinance related to housing shall apply to alleged violations of Section 12-54 of this Ordinance. Sec. 12-56. Investigation, Enforcement, and Remedy. (a) Sections 12-16 through and including 12-21 of the Orange County Civil Rights Ordinance shall be followed and adhered to during the investigation of any alleged violation of this Ordinance. Any remedies available through said sections of the Orange County Civil Rights Ordinance shall be available hereunder. Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D ORANGE COUNTY NONDISCRIMINATION CERTIFICATION The undersigned bidder or proposer hereby certifies and agrees that the following information is correct: 1. In preparing its enclosed bid or proposal, the undersigned bidder or proposer has considered all bids and proposals submitted from qualified, potential subcontractors and suppliers, and has not engaged in discrimination as defined in Section 12-52 of the Orange County Non-discrimination Ordinance. 2. Without limiting any other remedies that Orange County may have for a false certification, it is understood and agreed that, if this certification is false, such false certification will constitute grounds for Orange County to reject the bid or proposal submitted with this certification, and terminate any contract awarded based on such bid or proposal. It shall also subject the bidder or proposer to disqualification from participating in county contracts or bid processes for up to two years. 3. As a condition of contracting with Orange County, the undersigned bidder or proposer agrees to promptly provide to Orange County all information and documentation that may be requested by Orange County from time to time regarding the solicitation and selection of suppliers and subcontractors in connection with this solicitation process. Failure to maintain or failure to provide such information constitutes grounds for Orange County to reject the bid or proposal and to terminate, without penalty to Orange County, any contract awarded on such bid or proposal. All such information and documentation shall be maintained for a period of three years after the expiration of the contract. 4. As part of its bid or proposal, the undersigned bidder or proposer shall provide to Orange County a list of all instances within the past ten years where a complaint was filed or pending against bidder or proposer in a legal or administrative proceeding alleging that bidder or proposer discriminated against its subcontractors, vendors, suppliers, or commercial customers, and a description of the status or resolution of that complaint, including any remedial action taken. 5. As a condition of submitting a bid or proposal to Orange County the undersigned bidder or proposer agrees to comply with the Orange County Non-discrimination Ordinance. Falsification of this certification shall constitute a violation of the Orange Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D County Non-Discrimination Ordinance and shall be grounds for rejection of the bid or proposal or termination of an existing contract, without fault or further obligation to Orange County. 6. As a condition of submitting a bid or proposal to Orange County the undersigned bidder or proposer agrees that Orange County may consider the information submitted as part of this certification in its determination of the responsibility of the undersigned bidder or proposer. The undersigned bidder or proposer, as the case may be, waives the right to challenge the rejection of a bid or proposal when such rejection is based, in its entirety, on information submitted as part of this certification. The bidder or proposer certifies the undersigned has full authority to sign on its behalf. By:________________________________________ ___________________________________________ Printed Name and Title On behalf of _________________________________ ___________________________________________ Company or Corporate name Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D ORANGE COUNTY NONDISCRIMINATION CERTIFICATION The undersigned bidder or proposer hereby certifies and agrees that the following information is correct: 1. In preparing its enclosed bid or proposal, the undersigned bidder or proposer has considered all bids and proposals submitted from qualified, potential subcontractors and suppliers, and has not engaged in discrimination as defined in Section 12 -52 of the Orange County Non-discrimination Ordinance. 2. Without limiting any other remedies that Orange Co unty may have for a false certification, it is understood and agreed that, if this certification is false, such false certification will constitute grounds for Orange County to reject the bid or proposal submitted with this certification, and terminate any contract awarded based on such bid or proposal. It shall also subject the bidder or proposer to disqualification from participating in county contracts or bid processes for up to two years. 3. As a condition of contracting with Orange County, the undersigned bidder or proposer agrees to promptly provide to Orange County all information and documentation that may be requested by Orange County from time to time regarding the solicitation and selection of suppliers and subcontractors in connection with this solicitation process. Failure to maintain or failure to provide such information constitutes grounds for Orange County to reject the bid or proposal and to terminate, without penalty to Orange County, any contract awarded on such bid or proposal. All such information and documentation shall be maintained for a period of three years after the expiration of the contract. 4. As part of its bid or proposal, the undersigned bidder or proposer shall provide to Orange County a list of all instances within the past ten years where a complaint was filed or pending against bidder or proposer in a legal or administrative proceeding alleging that bidder or proposer discriminated against its subcontractors, vendors, suppliers, or commercial customers, and a description of the status or resolution of that complaint, including any remedial action taken. 5. As a condition of submitting a bid or proposal to Orange County the undersigned bidder or proposer agrees to comply with the Orange County Non-discrimination Ordinance. Falsification of this certification shall constitute a violation of the Orange Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D County Non-Discrimination Ordinance and shall be grounds for rejection of the bid or proposal or termination of an existing contract, without fault or further obligation to Orange County. 6. As a condition of submitting a bid or proposal to Orange County the undersigned bidder or proposer agrees that Orange County may consider the information submitted as part of this certification in its determination of the responsibility of the undersigned bidder or proposer. The undersigned bidder or proposer, as the case may be, waives the right to challenge the rejection of a bid or proposal when such rejection is based, in its entirety, on information submitted as part of this certification. The bidder or proposer certifies the undersigned has full authority to sign on its behalf. By:________________________________________ ___________________________________________ Printed Name and Title On behalf of _________________________________ ___________________________________________ Company or Corporate name Date: ______________________________________ Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Revised 01/24 1 [Departmental Use Only] TITLE WCOB HVAC FY 2023-2024 NORTH CAROLINA CONSTRUCTION AGREEMENT UNDER $250,000.00 ORANGE COUNTY THIS CONSTRUCTION AGREEMENT (hereinafter called “Agreement”), made as of the day of , 20 , by and between , (hereinafter called the “Contractor”), and Orange County, a political subdivision of the State of North Carolina, (hereinafter called the “County,” “Orange County,” or “Owner”). W I T N E S S E T H: That the Contractor and the Owner, for the consideration herein named, agree as follows: 1. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS; PRIORITY The Contract Documents consist of this Agreement, the Request for Proposals, Proposal, Construction Drawings, and Written Specifications. The Contract Documents form the Contract. In the event of any inconsistency between or among the Contract Documents the Contract Documents shall be interpreted in the following order of priority: a. This Agreement. b. Designer Approved Bulletins and Field Orders. c. Request for Proposals and addenda thereto. d. Proposal. 2. SCOPE OF WORK The Contractor shall furnish and deliver all of the materials, and perform all of the work required by this Agreement within the time period stipulated in a written Notice-to-Proceed to be executed by the Contractor and Owner and in accordance with the following enumerated documents, which are made a part hereof as if fully contained herein: a. Construction Drawings prepared by (Sheet dated ) b. Written specifications prepared by the project engineer. c. proposal dated , 20 which fully describes the work to be performed. Such work will hereafter be called the “Work”. d. Related documents listed under Section 1 above. 3. TERM AND SCHEDULING a. The Contractor agrees to commence work pursuant to the written Notice to Proceed. b. The Contractor agrees to complete substantially all Work by , 20 . Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Revised 01/24 2 c. Time is of the essence with respect to all dates specified in the Contract Documents as Completion Dates. d. The Contractor shall perform the Work in the time, manner, and form required by the Contract Documents and as stipulated in a written Notice-to-Proceed to be executed by the Contractor and Owner. e. It is expressly understood that the Owner will employ other contractors to perform work as a part of the Project whose work will be performed simultaneously and sequentially with the performance of the Work by the Contractor. It shall be necessary for the Contractor to coordinate its activities with such other contractors, particularly with respect to access to work areas, storage of materials and other common facilities. f. Should the Owner determine that the Contractor is behind schedule Owner may require, at no additional cost to the Owner, the Contractor to expedite and accelerate its efforts, including providing additional resources and working overtime, as necessary, to perform the Work in accordance with the approved project schedule. 4. STANDARD OF CARE a. The Contractor shall exercise reasonable care and diligence in performing the Work in accordance with the highest generally accepted standards of this type of Contractor practice throughout the United States and in accordance with applicable federal, state and local laws and regulations applicable to the performance of these services. Contractor is solely responsible for the professional quality, accuracy and timely completion and submission of all work. b. The Contractor shall not load or permit any part of the Work to be loaded with a weight that will endanger its safety, intended performance or configuration. c. Contractor shall be responsible for all errors or omissions caused by its employees, agents, contractors, or assigns in the performance of the Agreement. Contractor shall correct any and all errors, omissions, discrepancies, ambiguities, mistakes or conflicts at no additional cost to the Owner. d. Contractor is an independent contractor of Owner. Any and all employees of the Contractor engaged by the Contractor in the performance of any work or services required of the Contractor under this Agreement, shall be considered employees or agents of the Contractor only and not of the Owner, and any and all claims that may or might arise under any workers compensation or other law or contract on behalf of said employees while so engaged shall be the sole obligation and responsibility of the Contractor. e. If activities related to the performance of this Agreement require specific licenses, certifications, or related credentials Contractor represents that it or its employees, agents and subcontractors engaged in such activities possess such licenses, certifications, or credentials and that such licenses certifications, or credentials are current, active, and not in a state of suspension or revocation. Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Revised 01/24 3 f. The Contractor is responsible for all physical damage to owned or rented machinery, tools, equipment, forms, and other items owned, rented or used by the Contractor and Subcontractor(s) in the performance of the Work including all of Owner’s property in Contractor’s care, custody, or control, and all such property while it is in transit. g. The Contractor is solely responsible for obtaining all permits necessary to complete the Work in compliance with all local, state, and federal laws. 5. PAYMENT & TAXES a. The Owner hereby agrees to pay to the Contractor for the faithful performance of this Agreement and the Contractor hereby agrees to perform all of the Work for a sum not-to- exceed Dollars ($ ). Not later than the fifth (5th) day of each calendar month the Contractor shall submit to the Owner’s Representative, generally the architect if an architect is retained on the Work, a Request for Payment for work done during the previous calendar month. i. The Request for Payment shall be in form of a standardized invoice or AIA Document G702-703 appropriately addressed to Owner’s Representative at and shall show substantially the value of work done during the previous calendar month. ii. The amount due for payment shall be ninety-five percent (95%) of the value of work completed since the last Request for Payment and this amount shall be paid by the Owner on or before the last business day of the month. Owner shall retain five percent (5%). 1. Upon Owner’s Representative’s certification that ninety percent (90%) of the Work has been satisfactorily completed retainage may be discontinued. Retainage may be discontinued, at Owner’s Discretion, so long as work continues to be completed satisfactorily and on schedule. iii. Final payment shall not be due to the Contractor until thirty (30) days after one hundred percent (100%) of the Work, including punch list work, has been satisfactorily (as determined by the County) completed and an appropriate affidavit as required in Section 7(c) below has been received by Owner. b. Should Owner reasonably determine that Contractor has failed to perform the Work related to a Request for Payment, Owner, at its discretion may provide the Contractor ten (10) days to cure the breach. Owner may withhold the accompanying payment without penalty until such time as Contractor cures the breach. i. Should Contractor or its representatives fail to cure the breach within ten (10) days, or fail to reasonably agree to such modified schedule, Owner may immediately terminate this Agreement in writing, without penalty or incurring further obligation to Contractor. ii. This section shall not be interpreted to limit the definition of breach to the failure to perform the Work related to a Request for Payment. c. The Contractor has included in the Contract Price and shall pay all taxes assessed by any authority on the Work or the labor and materials used therein. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to furnish the Owner documentary evidence showing the materials used and sales and use tax paid by the Contractor and each of its subcontractors. Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Revised 01/24 4 6. INSURANCE AND BONDS a. Minimum requirements – Contractor shall obtain, at its sole expense, Commercial General Liability Insurance, Automobile Insurance, Workers’ Compensation Insurance, and any additional insurance as may be required by Owner’s Risk Manager as such insurance requirements are described in the Orange County Risk Transfer Policy and Orange County Minimum Insurance Coverage Requirements (each document is incorporated herein by reference and may be viewed at http://www.orangecountync.gov/departments/purchasing_division/contracts.php). If Owner’s Risk Manager determines additional insurance coverage is required such additional insurance shall be designated here (if no additional insurance required mark N/A as being not applicable). Contractor shall not commence construction work until such insurance is in effect and certification thereof has been received by the Owner's Risk Manager. b. Performance Bonds – Contractor shall furnish bonds covering the faithful performance of the Contract and payment of all obligations arising under any of the Contract Documents or related in any way to the Work. Contractor shall immediately furnish a copy of such bonds to any requesting person who appears to be a potential beneficiary of bonds covering payment obligations arising under any of the Contract Documents. This subsection 6(b) applies only to Contracts of fifty thousand dollars ($50,000.00) or more where the total cost for the project is three hundred thousand dollars ($300,000.00) or more. 7. INDEMNITY a. To the extent authorized by North Carolina law the Contractor shall indemnify, without limitation, and hold harmless to the maximum extent permitted by law the Owner and its agents and employees from and against any and all claims, damages, losses and expenses, including attorney's fees, arising out of or resulting from the performance or nonperformance of the Work, provided that any such claim, damages, loss or expense (A) is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death or injury to, or destruction of, property, including the loss of use resulting therefrom; and (B) is caused in whole or in part by any breach of any provision of the Agreement or by any negligent or wrongful act or omission of the Contractor, any Subcontractor, or supplier of the Contractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable. The indemnification obligation under this paragraph shall not be limited in any way by any limitation of the amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for the Contractor or any subcontractor under workers' compensation acts, disability benefits acts or other employee benefit acts. It is the intent of this section that the Contractor shall indemnify the County to the maximum extent allowed by law. b. The Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner from any lien of whatever type through the purchase of appropriate bonds and insurance as designated in Section 6 above. In the event any such lien is filed against Owner’s property Contractor shall, through such bonds and insurance or at Contractors expense, defend Owner against all such claims of lien. c. Upon completion of the Work the Contractor shall execute an affidavit stating there are no unpaid debts for any work that has been done or materials that have been furnished to the Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Revised 01/24 5 project prior to and as of the date of substantial completion and further stating that Contractor shall indemnify, save and protect Owner and Owner’s lender, if any, harmless from and against any and all claims, liabilities, losses, damages, causes of action, and expenses (including court costs and reasonable attorney’s fees related thereto) arising out of, in connection with, or resulting from any such debts and liens. Such indemnification shall be in a form and substance acceptable to Owner. d. By executing this Agreement Contractor agrees to abide by and be bound by the indemnification provisions herein. 8. DISPUTE RESOLUTION AND GOVERNING LAW a. Any dispute with respect to any provision of, or the performance or non-performance of, this Agreement shall be subject to the Dispute Resolution Rules and Procedures for Orange County Design, Building Construction, Renovation, and Repair Projects. The policy is incorporated herein by reference and may be viewed at http://www.orangecountync.gov/departments/purchasing_division/contracts.php). b. The laws of the State of North Carolina shall apply to the interpretation and enforcement of this Agreement. Any and all suits or actions to enforce, interpret or seek damages with respect to any provision of, or the performance or nonperformance of, this Agreement or the Contract shall be brought in the General Court of Justice of North Carolina sitting in Orange County, North Carolina and it is agreed by the parties that no other court shall have jurisdiction or venue with respect to such suits or actions. c. Notice of any claim by Owner or Contractor must be initiated by written notice to the other Party within thirty (30) days of the occurrence of the event giving rise to the claim or within thirty (30) days of the discovery of the event or condition giving rise to the claim, whichever is later. i. Should any claim be made, regardless of whether such claim is made by Owner or Contractor, Contractor shall continue to faithfully and diligently perform the Work in such a manner as to meet all scheduled timelines. Any failure to faithfully and diligently perform the Work may be deemed, by the Owner, a breach of the Contract. ii. If a claim is made such claim shall be made to the initial decision maker, if applicable, who may request more supporting data, reject the claim in whole or in part, approve the claim in whole or in part or advise the parties the claim is unable to be resolved. iii. If a claim is made by the Owner the Owner may, but is not obligated to, notify the surety. 9. NON–APPROPRIATION a. Contractor acknowledges that Owner is a governmental entity, and the validity of this Agreement is based upon the availability of public funding under the authority of its statutory mandate. b. In the event that public funds are unavailable or not appropriated for the performance of Owner’s obligations under this Agreement, then this Agreement shall automatically expire without penalty to Owner immediately upon written notice to Contractor of the Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Revised 01/24 6 unavailability or non-appropriation of public funds. It is expressly agreed that Owner shall not activate this non-appropriation provision for its convenience or to circumvent the requirements of this Agreement. c. In the event of a change in the Owner’s statutory authority, mandate or mandated functions, by state or federal legislative or regulatory action, which adversely affects Owner’s authority to continue its obligations under this Agreement, then this Agreement shall automatically terminate without penalty to Owner upon written notice to Contractor of such limitation or change in Owner’s legal authority. 10. NOTICES Any notice required by this Agreement shall be in writing and delivered by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested to the following: Owner: Contractor: Orange County Attn: P.O. Box 8181 Hillsborough, NC 27278 11. MISCELLANEOUS a. Duties and Obligations imposed by the Contract Documents shall be in addition to any Duties and Obligations imposed by state, federal or local law, rules, regulations and ordinances. b. No act or failure to act by the Owner or Contractor shall constitute a waiver of any right or duty granted them under the Contract Documents, nor shall any act or failure to act constitute any approval except as specifically agreed in writing. c. The Work shall be tested and inspected as required by the Contract Documents and as required by law. Unless prohibited by law the costs of all such tests and inspections related to state and federal codes such as ADA, Administrative, Electrical, Plumbing, Mechanical and Building Codes shall be borne by the Contractor. The costs for material and structural testing shall be conducted by an independent third party at the expense of the Owner. Delays related to any of the aforementioned tests and inspections shall not be grounds for delaying the completion of the work. If any such tests and inspections reveal deficiencies in the Work such that the Work does not comply with terms or requirements of the Contract Documents and the requirements of any code or law the Contractor is solely responsible for the cost of bringing such deficiencies into compliance with the terms of the Contract Documents and any code or law. d. Should the Architect, if an architect is retained for the project involving the Work, or Owner reject any portion of the Work for failing to comply with the Contract Documents Contractor shall immediately, at Contractor’s expense, correct the Work. Any such rejection may be made before or after substantial completion. If applicable, any additional expense borne by the Architect under this section shall be paid at Contractor’s expense. e. The Contractor shall not assign any portion of this Agreement nor subcontract the Work in Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Revised 01/24 7 its entirety without the prior written consent of the Owner. f. By executing this Agreement Contractor affirms that Contractor and any subcontractors of Contractor are and shall remain in compliance with Article 2 of Chapter 64 of the North Carolina General Statutes. g. By executing this Agreement Contractor certifies that Contractor has not been identified, and has not utilized the services of any agent or subcontractor identified, on the list created by the State Treasurer pursuant to G.S. 147-86.58. h. By executing this Agreement Contractor certifies that Contractor has not been identified, and has not utilized the services of any agent or subcontractor identified, on the list created by the State Treasurer pursuant to G.S. 147-86.81. i. The County has designated ( ) to act as the County's representative with respect to the Work and shall have the authority to render decisions within guidelines established by the County Manager or the County Board of Commissioners and shall be available during working hours as often as may be reasonably required to render decisions and to furnish information. j. Contractor shall at all times remain in compliance with all applicable local, state, and federal laws, rules, and regulations including but not limited to all state and federal non- discrimination laws, policies, rules, and regulations and the Orange County Non- Discrimination Policy and Orange County Living Wage Policy (each Orange County policy is incorporated herein by reference and may be viewed at http://www.orangecountync.gov/departments/purchasing_division/contracts.php). Any violation of the Orange County Non-Discrimination Policy is a breach of this Agreement and County may immediately terminate this Agreement without further obligation on the part of the County. This paragraph is not intended to limit and does not limit the definition of breach to discrimination. k. This Agreement together with any amendments or modifications may be executed electronically. All electronic signatures affixed hereto evidence the consent of the Parties to utilize electronic signatures and intent of the Parties to comply with Article 11A and Article 40 of North Carolina General Statute Chapter 66. l. In the event of a breach by Contractor Owner has sole authority to determine the reasonableness of Contractor’s actions to remedy such breach or complete the performance of its obligations. m. Upon request of the Owner, the Contractor shall submit to County all relevant documentation, including but not limited to, job cost records, to support its claims for final compensation and if such request is made final compensation shall not be due until all relevant documentation is received, reviewed, and approved by Owner. 12. CONSEQUENTIAL AND LIQUIDATED DAMAGES a. Owner and Contractor mutually waive any claim against each other for consequential damages. Consequential Damages include: Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Revised 01/24 8 i. Damages incurred by Owner for loss of use, income, financing, or business. ii. Damages incurred by Contractor for office expenses, including personnel, loss of financing, profit, income, business, damage to reputation, or any other non-direct damages. b. Liquidated damages shall be in accord with the Contract Documents. If the Contract Documents do not otherwise address liquidated damages, such damages shall be in the amount of five hundred dollars ($500.00) per day. 13. TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION a. The Owner may, without cause, order the Contractor to terminate, suspend, delay or interrupt the Work in whole or in part for such period of time as the Owner may determine. i. If Owner issues a written order to delay, suspend, or interrupt the Work, and such order is not due to or as a result of any fault on the part of the Contractor or any subcontractor, the Contractor may recover a per diem amount of five hundred dollars ($500.00) per day with a not-to-exceed limit of ten thousand dollars ($10,000.00). ii. In the event of termination by the Owner under this Agreement, the Contractor shall be entitled to receive its reasonable and documented direct costs incurred prior to the date Owner mails the notice of termination, including the cost of materials purchased for the Work, but only if such purchases cannot be canceled, or materials returned, or which material cannot reasonably be used by the Contractor on other work, and the cost of closing down the work in a safe and efficient manner. iii. If Owner elects to suspend or terminate the contract pursuant to subparagraphs 13.a.i. or 13 a.ii. the sole remedy available to the Contractor are those listed in said subparagraphs and Contractor is not entitled to any right to further claims for any amount owed or disputed or for payment of damages alleged to have been sustained as a result of Owner’s order to delay, suspend, or interrupt the Work. b. The Owner may, with cause, order the Contractor to suspend, delay or interrupt the Work in whole or in part for such period of time as the cause remains. i. If Owner issues a written order to delay, suspend, or interrupt the Work, and such order is due to or as a result of any fault on the part of th e Contractor or any subcontractor, the Owner may reduce payment at a per diem amount of five hundred dollars ($500.00) per day for the full duration of the delay, suspension, or interruption. c. Contractor may terminate the Contract if, at the Owner’s written direction, the Work is stopped for thirty (30) consecutive days through no act or fault of the Contractor, their agents or employees, or a subcontractor or their agents or employees or any other person performing work pursuant to the Contract Documents. Contractor may terminate the Contract if a Court or other Public authority having jurisdiction enters a lawful order that Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Revised 01/24 9 requires all work to be stopped and such stoppage lasts for thirty (30) consecutive days. d. Either party may terminate this Agreement upon notice to the other party that obligations pursuant to this Agreement are made impossible due to declarations of emergency by Orange County or by North Carolina due to events directly impacting Orange County. Both parties shall remain responsible for all payment and performance due up to the receipt of such notice, but shall have no further obligation or responsibility beyond that date provided the terminating party has taken all reasonable steps to complete the performance of its obligations. 14. ENTIRE AGREEMENT All of the documents listed, referenced or described in this Agreement, the written Notice-to- Proceed, together with Modifications made or issued in accordance herewith are the Contract Documents, and the work, labor, materials and completed construction required by the Contract Documents and all parts thereof is the Work. The Contract Documents constitute the entire agreement between Owner and Contractor. This Agreement may be amended only by written instrument signed by both parties. Modifications may be evidenced by facsimile signatures. If any provision of the Agreement shall be declared invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of the Agreement shall continue in full force and effect. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and date first above written wholly or in a number of counterparts each of which shall, without proof or accounting for other counterparts, be deemed an original contract. ORANGE COUNTY CONTRACTOR ____________________________________ ________________________________________ Signature Signature County Manager ________________________________________ Printed Name and Title Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Revised 01/24 10 ORANGE COUNTY—INTERNAL USE ONLY ______________________________________________________________________________ Finance Information Vendor Name: Vendor Contact Person: Phone: Address: City State: Zip: Department: Amount: Purpose: Budget Code(s): Vendor # Vendor Status with NCSOS: Vendor is a BOCC consultant: Yes No Contract Details Contract Type: New Amendment (Original Contract: ) (Most Recent Amendment ) Effective Date End Date Notice Date (Notice Purpose ) Award Approved by Board (Agenda Date: ); Made or Administered by Signature Authority - BOCC Express Delegation (Agenda Date: ) - Policy 9.4: Under $5,000; Service Under $90,000; Construction Under $250,000 - Budget Policy Section XV (Capital Improvement Project: ) Bidding Informal Bidding ($30k-$90k); Formal RFP ($90k+); Other (<$30k); Exception(# ) Department Affirmation This agreement is approved as to technical form and content and I as Department Director affirmatively state work on this project has not been initiated prior to execution of the agreement ; OR This agreement is approved as to technical form and content . Services related to this agreement have already begun or been completed. Description of the nature of the emergency condition that was addressed: Department Director’s Signature ________________________________________ Date: ________ Information Technologies This agreement has been reviewed and is approved as to information technology content an d specifications: Office of the Chief Information Officer___________________________________ Date: ________ Inapplicable because no hardware/software purchases or related services Risk Management This agreement is approved for sufficiency of insurance standards, specifications, and requirements: Office of the Risk Management Officer___________________________________ Date: _________ Financial Services This instrument has been pre-audited in the manner required by the Local Government Budget and Fiscal Control Act: Office of the Chief Financial Officer ____________________________________ Date: _________ Legal Services This agreement is approved as to legal form and sufficiency: Office of the County Attorney __________________________________________Date: ________ Clerk to the Board All Docusign contracts must be copied to the Clerk upon completion: occlerkdocs@orangecountync.gov The following signature block is for hard copies only and is not required for Docusign contracts: Received for record retention: Office of the Clerk to the Board __________________________________________Date:_________ Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Revised 06/21 10 ORANGE COUNTY—DEPARTMENT USE ONLY ______________________________________________________________________________ Party/Vendor Name: Party/Vendor Contact Person: Contact Phone: Party/Vendor Address: City State: Zip: Department: Amount: Purpose: Budget Code(s): Vendor # (N/A if new vendor) Vendor is a BOCC consultant? Yes No Contract Type: (Check one) New Renewal Amendment Effective Date Approved by Board Yes No Agenda Date: --- For Section XIV. c. contracts only, Approved by Board in Current FY Budget Yes No This agreement is approved as to technical form and content and I as Department Director affirmatively state work on this project has not been initiated prior to execution of the a greement: Department Director’s Signature ________________________________________ Date: ________ Agreements for emergency services or repair are not subject to the above affirmation. If services related to this agreement have already begun or been completed please briefly describe the nature of the emergency condition that was addressed: Risk Management This agreement is approved for sufficiency of insurance standards, specifications, and requirements: Office of the Risk Management Officer___________________________________ Date: _________ Financial Services This instrument has been pre-audited in the manner required by the Local Government Budget and Fiscal Control Act: Office of the Chief Financial Officer ____________________________________ Date: _________ Legal Services This agreement is approved as to legal form and sufficiency: Office of the County Attorney __________________________________________Date: ________ Clerk to the Board Received for record retention: All Docusign contracts must be copied to the Clerk upon completion: occlerkdocs@orangecountync.gov The following signature block is for hard copies only and is not required for Docusign contracts: Office of the Clerk to the Board __________________________________________Date:_________ Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Revised 11/19 ORANGE COUNTY NORTH CAROLINA DISPUTE RESOLUTION RULES AND PROCEDURES FOR ORANGE COUNTY DESIGN, BUILDING CONSTRUCTION, RENOVATION, AND REPAIR PROJECTS RULE 1. INITIATING MEDIATED SETTLEMENT CONFERENCES A. Purpose of Mandatory Settlement Conferences. Pursuant to G.S. §143-128(f1) and 143- 135.26(11), these Rules are promulgated to implement a mediated settlement program designed to focus the parties’ attention on settlement rather than on claim preparation and to provide an opportunity for orderly settlement negotiations to take place. Nothing herein is intended to limit or prevent the parties from engaging in settlement procedures voluntarily at any time prior to or during commencement of the dispute resolution process. B. Initiating the Dispute Resolution Process 1. Any party to a County public construction contract (referred to herein generally as the “Contract”) governed by Article 8. Ch. 143 of the General Statutes and identified in G.S. § 143- 128(f1) and who is a party to a dispute arising out of the Contract and the construction process in which the amount in controversy is at least $15,000 may submit a written request to the County for mediation of the dispute. 2. Prior to submission of a written request for mediation to the County, the party requesting mediation should give notice of any and all claims in accordance with their respective contracts, obtain decisions on the claims as required or allowed by their respective contracts, and attempt to resolve the dispute according to the terms and conditions in their respective contracts. The Mediator may adjourn any mediated settlement conference if the Mediator believes, in his or her sole discretion, that the parties have not satisfied all of the terms and conditions of their respective contracts and that doing so will enhance the prospects for a negotiated settlement. C. Condition Precedent to Litigation. Before any party to a Contract may commence a civil action against the County seeking remedies for breach or non-performance of the Contract by the County, said party must first initiate the dispute resolution process under these rules and attend and participate in good faith in the mediated settlement conference. RULE 2. SELECTION OF MEDIATOR A. Mediator Listing. A List of Mediators acceptable to the County is maintained by the County Attorney and that list is incorporated by reference into these Rules. B. Selection of Mediator. The party requesting mediation shall select a Mediator from the List of Mediators and shall file, with the County, a Notice of Selection of Mediator within 21 days of the request for mediation. Such notice shall state the name, address, and phone number of the Mediator selected. If Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Revised 11/19 the Mediator selected is not available or declines to participate for any reason, the requesting party shall select another person from the List of Mediators. If the party requesting mediation does not select and designate a mediator within 21 days of the request for mediation, the County shall have the right in its absolute discretion to appoint a mediator from its List of Mediators. C. Disqualification of Mediator. Any party may request replacement of the Mediator for good cause. Nothing in this provision shall preclude Mediators from disqualifying themselves. RULE 3. THE MEDIATED SETTLEMENT CONFERENCE A. Where Conference is to be Held. Unless all parties and the Mediator otherwise agree, the mediated settlement conference shall be held in county seat of Orange County. The Mediator shall be responsible for reserving a place, making arrangements for the conference, and giving timely notice of the time and location of the conference to all attorneys, unrepresented parties and other persons or entities required to attend. B. When Conference is to be Held. The mediation shall be completed within 90 days after selection of the Mediator unless all parties to the mediation agree to a different schedule. C. Request to Accelerate or Extend Deadline for Completion. Any party or the Mediator may request the County to accelerate or extend the deadline for completion of the conference. Such request shall state the reasons the acceleration or extension is sought and shall be served by the moving party upon the other parties and the Mediator. Objections to the request must be promptly communicated to the County and to the Mediator. The County, with the concurrence of the designated Mediator, may grant the request by adjusting the time for completion of the conference. D. Recesses. The Mediator may recess the mediation conference at any time and may set times for reconvening. If the Mediator determines the time and place where the conference is to reconvene before the conference is recessed, no further notice is required to persons present at the conference. E. Project Delay. The mediated settlement conference that results from a construction contract dispute shall not be cause for the delay of the construction project. RULE 4. DUTIES OF PARTIES AND OTHER PARTICIPANTS IN FORMAL DISPUTE RESOLUTION PROCESS A. Attendance. 1. All parties to the dispute must designate an official representative to attend the mediation. 2. “Attendance” means physical attendance, not by telephone or other electronic means. Any attendee representing a party must have authority from that party to bind it to any agreement reached as a result of the mediation. 3. Attorneys representing parties may attend the mediation, but are not required to do so. Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Revised 11/19 4. Sureties and insurance company representatives are required to physically attend the mediation unless the Mediator and all of the other parties to the mediation excuse their attendance or consent to their attendance by telephone or other electronic means. 5. The parties who attend a duly scheduled mediation conference shall have the right to recover their share of the Mediator’s compensation from any party or parties who fail to attend the conference without good cause. B. Finalizing Agreement. If an agreement is reached in the conference, the terms of the agreement shall be confirmed in writing and signed by all parties. C. Payment of Mediation Fee: Mediation Fees charged by the Mediator shall be paid in accordance with G.S. § 143-128(f1). D. Failure to Compensate Mediator. Any party’s failure to compensate the Mediators in accordance with G.S. § 143-128(f1) shall subject that party to a withholding by the County of said amount of money from the party’s payment or any other moneys owed by that party to the County. Should the County fail to compensate the Mediator, it shall hereby be subject to a civil cause of action from the Mediator for the County’s portion of the Mediator’s total fee as required by G.S. § 143-128(f1). RULE 5. AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF MEDIATORS A. Authority of Mediator. 1.Control of Conference. The Mediator shall at all times be in control of the conference and the procedures to be followed. 2.Private Consultation. The Mediator may communicate privately with any participant or counsel prior to and during the conference. The fact that private communications have occurred with a participant shall be disclosed to all other participants at the beginning of the conference. 3.Scheduling the Conference. The Mediator shall make a good faith effort to schedule the conference at a time that is convenient with the participants, attorneys and Mediator. In the absence of agreement, the Mediator shall select the date for the conference. 4.Determining good cause for a party’s failure to appear at a scheduled mediation conference. B.Duties of Mediator. 1.The Mediator shall define and describe the following at the beginning of the conference: a.The process of mediation. b.The difference between mediation and other forms of conflict resolution. c.The costs of the mediated settlement conference. d.That the mediated settlement conference is not a trial, the Mediator is not a judge, and the parties retain their legal rights if they do not reach settlement; however, the Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Revised 11/19 Mediator will advise all parties that failure to appear at mediation without good cause may result in imposition of sanctions and may be asserted as a bar to lawsuits by claimants who have failed to exhaust this administrative remedy. e.The circumstances under which the Mediator may meet and communicate privately with any of the parties or with any other person. f.Whether and under what conditions communications with the Mediator will be held in confidence during the conference. g.The inadmissibility of conduct and statements as provided by G.S. §7A-38.1(1). h.The duties and responsibilities of the Mediator and the participants. i.That any agreement reached will be reached by mutual consent. 2. Disclosure: The Mediator has a duty to be impartial and to advise all participants of any possible bias, prejudice or partiality. 3. Declaring Impasse: The Mediator may determine at any time during the mediation conference that an impasse exists and that the conference should end. 4. Reporting Results of Conference. The Mediator shall submit a written report to the County and the other parties within 10 days of the conference stating whether or not the parties reached an agreement. The Mediator’s report shall indicate the absence of any party from the mediated settlement conference without permission or good cause. 5. Scheduling and Holding the Conference. It is the duty of the Mediator to schedule the conference and conduct it prior to the deadline of completion set by the rules. The Mediator shall strictly observe deadlines for completion of the conference unless said time limit is changed by agreement of the parties. RULE 6. COMPENSATION OF THE MEDIATOR The parties shall compensate the Mediator for mediation services at the rate proposed by the Mediator and agreed to by the parties at the time the Mediator is selected. RULE 7. RULE MAKING These Rules may be amended by the County at any time. Amendments will not affect mediations where claims and/or requests for mediation have been filed at the time the amendment takes effect. RULE 8. DEFINITIONS A. “County” shall mean Orange County North Carolina. B. “Project Designer” is that person or firm stipulated as project designer in the Contract Documents for the project. Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Revised 11/19 C. “Claim” is a demand or assertion by a party seeking adjustment or interpretation of Contract terms, payment of money, extension of time or other relief with respect to the terms of the Contract. The term “Claim” also includes other disputes and matters in question between the parties to a Contract involved in the County’s building construction renovation and repair projects arising out of or relating to the Contract or the construction process. Claims must be initiated by a written notice. The responsibility to substantiate Claims shall rest with the party making the Claim. D. “Good Cause” generally includes any circumstance beyond the control of a party, which prevents that party from meeting obligations. When good cause is asserted as an excuse for a party’s failure to appear at a mediation conference or to otherwise comply with the requirements of these Rules, the Mediator, in his or her sole discretion, will determine whether good cause exists to excuse the party’s failure to appear or otherwise comply with these rules. RULE 9. TIME LIMITS A. Any time limit provided for by these Rules may be waived or extended at the sole discretio n of the County, if no Mediator has been selected, and at the discretion of the County with concurrence of the Mediator if a Mediator has been selected. Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County Minimum Insurance Coverage Requirements Note: An Exception or Waiver of Minimum Coverage may only be granted at the discretion and approval of Risk Management based on assessment of risk posed to the county. Coverage Low Risk Profile Standard Risk Profile High Risk Profile Specialty Encroachment Premises Lease Commercial General Liability Products/Completed Operation Explosion, Collapse & Underground (XCU) $1,000,000/$2,000,000 Per accident As above $1,000,000/$2,000,000 As Above If any, Limit to be determined. $1,000,000/$2,000,000 As above If any, TBD. $1,000,000* As Above If any, TBD. $1,000,000 $1,000,000 Automobile Liability $1,000,000 (CSL) Per occurrence $1,000,000* $1,000,000* $1,000,000* N/A N/A **Workers’ Compensation Statutory Statutory Statutory Statutory N/A Statutory **Employer’s Liability 100/500/100 500/500/500* 500/500/500 500/500/500* N/A 100/500/100 ** Waiver of Subrogation on WC Required if available Required if available Required Required N/A N/A Umbrella Liability $1,000,000 $2,000,000 $2,000,000+ $9,000,000+ N/A N/A Professional Liability may be required on a risk profile depending on nature of services provided by contract. Coverage required for professional service such as accountant, attorney, architect, design, engineering, health care and most consultants. $1,000,000 per occurrence $1,000,000 TBD TBD N/A N/A Sexual Misconduct (Sexual Abuse/Molestation) may be required for contractors working directly one-on- one with children and elderly or in overnight sheltering capacities. $1,000,000/$2,000,000 $1,000,000/$2,000,000 TBD TBD N/A TBD Cyber Liability may be required for contractors having access to personal identifying information, and/or computer networks. $1,000,000/$2,000,000 TBD TBD TBD N/A Environmental/Pollution Liability required if demolition, use of N/A $1,000,000 $1,000,000+* $1,000,000+* N/A N/A Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County Minimum Insurance Coverage Requirements Note: An Exception or Waiver of Minimum Coverage may only be granted at the discretion and approval of Risk Management based on assessment of risk posed to the county. hazardous material or environmentally sensitive Fidelity Bond (loss of money or other property due to dishonest acts). Only for contracts such as Banking, Janitorial, Fundraising, TPA’s and similar, ETA TBD Amount depends on exposure to loss TBD TBD N/A N/A Other Coverage As required TBD TBD TBD TBD N/A N/A Bid, Performance & Payment Bonds TBD TBD TBD TBD N/A N/A *A combination of Umbrella/Excess and primary limit may be used to provide coverage for the amount shown. ** Workers’ Compensation is required if the contractor/vendor has employees. Owner Waiver is acceptable for a Sole Proprietor. Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 Performance Bond 00 90 00.01 - 1 Section 00 90 00.01 -Performance Bond Date of Contract: ___________________________________________________________________ Date of Execution: __________________________________________________________________ Name of Principal: __________________________________________________________________ (Contractor):_______________________________________________________________________ Name of Surety:____________________________________________________________________ Name of Contractor _________________________________________________________________ County__________________________________________________________________ Amount of Bond:____________________________________________________________________ Project: ___________________________________________________________________________ KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS,that we,the principal and surety above named,are held and firmly bound unto the above named contracting body,hereinafter called the contracting body,in the penal sum of the amount stated above for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made,we bind ourselves,our heirs,executors,administrators,and successors,jointly and severally,firmly by these presents. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH,that whereas the principal entered into a certain contract with the contracting body,identified as shown above and hereto attached: NOW,THEREFORE,if the principal shall well and truly perform and fulfill all the undertakings, covenants,terms,conditions and agreements of said contract during the original term of said contract and any extensions thereof that may be granted by the contracting body,with or without notice to the surety,and during the life of any guaranty required under the contract,and shall also well and truly perform and fulfill all the undertakings,covenants,terms,conditions and agreements of any and all duly authorized modifications of said contract that may hereafter be made,notice of which modifications to the surety being hereby waived,then this obligation to be void;otherwise to remain in full force and virtue. ​ Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 Performance Bond 00 90 00.01 - 2 IN WITNESS WHEREOF,the above-bounden parties have executed this instrument under their several seals on the date indicated above,the name and corporate seal of each corporate party being hereto affixed and these presents duly signed by its undersigned representative,pursuant to authority of its governing body. Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 Performance Bond 00 90 00.01 - 3 Executed in ________________________________counterparts. Witness: ____________________________________________ Contractor (Trade or Corporate Name) _______________________________ By: _____________________________________________ (Proprietorship or Partnership) Attest: (Corporation) Title: ____________________________________________ (Owner,Partner,or Corporate President or Vice President Only) By: _______________________________________ Title: ______________________________________ (CORPORATE SEAL) (Corporate Secretary or Assistant Secretary only) __________________________________________________ (Surety Company) Witness: By: ______________________________________________ _________________________________ Title: ____________________________________________ (Attorney in Fact) Countersigned: ____________________________________ ____________________________________ (North Carolina Licensed Resident Agent) (SURETY CORPORATE SEAL) ____________________________________ Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 Performance Bond 00 90 00.01 - 4 ____________________________________ Name and Address -Surety Agency ____________________________________ ____________________________________ Surety Company Name and NC Regional or Branch Office Address End of Section 00 90 00.01 Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 Payment Bond 00 90 00.02 - 1 Section 00 90 00.02 -Payment Bond Date of Contract: ____________________________________________________________________ Date of Execution: ___________________________________________________________________ Name of Principal: ___________________________________________________________________ (Contractor): ________________________________________________________________________ Name of Surety: _____________________________________________________________________ County: _________________________________________________________________ Amount of Bond: ____________________________________________________________________ Project: ___________________________________________________________________________ KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS,that we,the principal and surety above named,are held and firmly bound unto the above named contracting body,hereinafter called the contracting body,in the penal sum of the amount stated above for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made,we bind ourselves,our heirs,executors,administrators,and successors,jointly and severally,firmly by these presents. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH,that whereas the principal entered into a certain contract with the contracting body,identified as shown above and hereto attached: NOW,THEREFORE,if the principal shall promptly make payment to all persons supplying labor/material in the prosecution of the work provided for in said contract,and any and all duly authorized modifications of said contract that may hereafter be made,notice of which modifications to the surety being hereby waived,then this obligation to be void;otherwise to remain in full force and virtue. Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 Payment Bond 00 90 00.02 - 2 IN WITNESS WHEREOF,the above-bounden parties have executed this instrument under their several seals on the date indicated above,the name and corporate seal of each corporate party being hereto affixed and these presents duly signed by its undersigned representative,pursuant to authority of its governing body. Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 Payment Bond 00 90 00.02 - 3 Executed in ________________________________counterparts. Witness:___________________________________________ Contractor (Trade or Corporate Name) ______________________________ By: ______________________________________________ (Proprietorship or Partnership) Attest: (Corporation) Title: ____________________________________________ (Owner,Partner,or Corporate President or Vice President Only) By: _______________________________________ Title: ______________________________________(CORPORATE SEAL) (Corporate Secretary or Assistant Secretary only) ___________________________________________ (Surety Company) Witness:By: ________________________________________ ____________________________________Title: ______________________________________ (Attorney in Fact) Countersigned: ____________________________________ ____________________________________ (North Carolina Licensed Resident Agent) (SURETY CORPORATE SEAL) ____________________________________ ____________________________________ Name and Address -Surety Agency ____________________________________ Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 Payment Bond 00 90 00.02 - 4 ____________________________________ Surety Company Name and North Carolina Regional or Branch Office Address End of Section 00 90 00.02 Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 Bid Bond 00 90 00.03 - 1 Section 00 90 00.03 -Bid Bond ______________________________________,as Principal,and ______________________________ ___________________________________________________________________,as Surety,who is duly licensed to act as Surety in North Carolina through the ___________________________________, as Obligee,in the penal sum of __________________________________________________________ DOLLARS,lawful money of the United States of America,for the payment of which,well and truly to be made,we bind ourselves,our heirs,executors,administrators,successors and assigns,jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. SIGNED,sealed and dated this __________day of _________________________,20________. WHEREAS,the said Principal is herewith submitting Proposal for: ______________________________________________________________________________ and the Principal desires to file this Bid Bond in lieu of making the cash deposit as required by G.S. 143-129: NOW,THEREFORE,THE CONDITION OF THE ABOVE OBLIGATION is such,that if the Principal shall be awarded the Contract for which the bid is submitted and shall execute the Contract and give bond for the faithful performance thereof within ten days after the award of same to the Principal,then this obligation shall be null and void;but if the Principal fails to so execute such Contract and give Performance Bond as required by G.S.143-129,the Surety shall upon demand,forthwith pay to the Obligee the amount set forth in the first paragraph hereof;and provided further,that the bid may be withdrawn as provided by G.S.143-129.1. ______________________________________________(SEAL) Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 Insurance Certificates (Blank)00 90 00.04 - 1 SECTION 00 90 00.04 INSURANCE CERTIFICATES (BLANK) ​ PLACE HOLDER FOR ATTACHING SHEET END OF SECTION 00 90 00.04 Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 Power of Attorney (Blank)00 90 00.05 - 1 SECTION 00 90 00.05 POWER OF ATTORNEY (BLANK) PLACE HOLDER FOR ATTACHING SHEET ​ END OF SECTION 00 90 00.05 Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 Summary 01 10 00 - 1 SECTION 01 10 00 SUMMARY PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 CONTRACT DESCRIPTION A.Contract Type: A single prime contract based on a Stipulated Price as described in Document 00 52 00 -Agreement Form. 1.02 OWNER OCCUPANCY A.Owner intends to occupy the Project upon Substantial Completion. B.Owner intends to occupy a certain portion of the Project prior to the completion date for the conduct of normal operations. C.Cooperate with Owner to minimize conflict and to facilitate Owner's operations. D.Schedule the Work to accommodate Owner occupancy. 1.03 CONTRACTOR USE OF SITE AND PREMISES A.Arrange use of site and premises to allow: 1.Owner occupancy. B.Provide access to and from site as required by law and by Owner: 1.Emergency Building Exits During Construction: Keep all exits required by code open during construction period;provide temporary exit signs if exit routes are temporarily altered. 2.Do not obstruct roadways,sidewalks,or other public ways without permit. C.Utility Outages and Shutdown: 1.Limit disruption of utility services to hours the building is unoccupied. 2.Do not disrupt or shut down life safety systems,including but not limited to fire sprinklers and fire alarm system,without 7 days notice to Owner and authorities having jurisdiction. 3.Prevent accidental disruption of utility services to other facilities. END OF SECTION 01 10 00 Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 Work Restrictions 01 14 00 - 1 SECTION 01 14 00 WORK RESTRICTIONS PART 1 –GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS: A.Drawings,Notice to Bidders and Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract, including Supplementary General Conditions and Division-1 Specification sections,apply to work of this section. 1.02 WORK SEQUENCE: A.Work shall begin after NTP.Work shall not disrupt service to Owner’s facility. 1.03 WORK RESTRICTION: A.Behavior policy:All construction personnel shall be respectful of all state employees and visitors of the project site.Any incidents of disrespect,verbal abuse,threatening statements,unwelcome comments,unwelcome interaction or any form of harassment from any construction personnel toward any state employee or visitor is strictly prohibited.Any such act shall constitute sufficient cause for NC State to remove any individual permanently from the project and property.In addition,any of the contractor(s)project personnel who ignore or refuse to take action on any requirements of the contract documents;ignore or refuse to take immediate action to correct any endangerment to the health and safety of the public;as solely determined by NC State;then those actions shall be sufficient cause for NC State to permanently remove those individuals from the project and property.If in the sole determination of NC State,it would be in the best interest of the project and NC State to have any of the contractor(s)personnel removed from the project then the contractor shall do so upon request.Such actions taken shall not constitute grounds for a delay claim.NC State will not be responsible for any delays caused to the project due to any individual being removed from the project. B.Use of the Premises:Parking is limited on site and will be coordinated during construction. C.OSHA Compliance. 1.It is the intent of NC State that all projects be designed in such a manner that they can be constructed and built in utilizing work practices in accordance with OSHA regulations.All Contractors and Subcontractors shall meet all requirements specified in 29 CFR 1910 and 1926,along with the Association of General Contractors Accident Prevention Manual. 2.Contractors are referred to resources including,but not limited to,OSHA standards 1910 and 1926,and the Association of General Contractors Accident Prevention Manual.Also,each project will have a designated safety manager. 3.The Contractor must designate,in writing,a safety manager for each project. 4.It shall be the Contractor’s responsibility to: a.Provide a safe and healthful workplace free from recognized hazards to minimize the likelihood of accident or injury to all personnel. b.Comply with OSHA standards 1910 and 1926,and any other applicable environmental health and safety regulations. c.Comply with the requirements of the Association of General Contractors Accident Prevention Manual. d.Provide adequate work-area protection to protect the safety and well-being of faculty, staff,and visitors. e.Maintain an accurate list of chemicals used during construction,which must be made available to campus or other requesting personnel. f.Establish and maintain an effective safety and health program involving all levels of the contracting organization,including managers,supervisors,and employees.A person designated as being responsible for safety must be present on site at all times work is in progress. 1) Assure that a “competent person”as defined by OSHA is present during all projects that involve trenching or use of scaffolding. 1.04 BUILDING ACCESS: Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 Work Restrictions 01 14 00 - 2 A.The building will be occupied during construction.Contractor shall coordinate all construction activities with the Owner. END OF SECTION 01 14 00 Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 Price and Payment Procedures 01 20 00 - 1 SECTION 01 20 00 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A.Procedures for preparation and submittal of applications for progress payments. B.Documentation of changes in Contract Sum and Contract Time. C.Procedures for preparation and submittal of application for final payment. 1.02 SCHEDULE OF VALUES A.Use Schedule of Values Form: AIA G703. B.Electronic media printout including equivalent information will be considered in lieu of standard form specified;submit draft to Architect for approval. C.Forms filled out by hand will not be accepted. D.Submit Schedule of Values in duplicate within 20 days after date of Owner-Contractor Agreement. E.Format: Utilize the Table of Contents of this Project Manual.Identify each line item with number and title of the specification section. Identify site mobilization. F.Revise schedule to list approved Change Orders,with each Application For Payment. 1.03 APPLICATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENTS A.Payment Period: Submit at intervals stipulated in the General and Supplementary Conditions. B.Use Form AIA G702 and Form AIA G703. C.Forms filled out by hand will not be accepted. D.Execute certification by signature of authorized officer. E.Use data from approved Schedule of Values. Provide dollar value in each column for each line item for portion of work performed and for stored products. F.List each authorized Change Order as a separate line item,listing Change Order number and dollar amount as for an original item of work. G.Submit one electronic and three hard-copies of each Application for Payment. H.Include the following with the application: 1.Transmittal letter as specified for submittals in Section 01 30 00. 2.Construction progress schedule,revised and current as specified in Section 01 30 00. 3.State Tax form if required 1.04 MODIFICATION PROCEDURES A.For minor changes not involving an adjustment to the Contract Sum or Contract Time,Architect will issue instructions directly to Contractor. B.For changes for which advance pricing is desired,Architect will issue a document that includes a detailed description of a proposed change with supplementary or revised drawings and specifications,a change in Contract Time for executing the change with a stipulation of any overtime work required and the period of time during which the requested price will be considered valid. Contractor shall prepare and submit a fixed price quotation within 7 days. C.Computation of Change in Contract Amount: As specified in the Agreement and Conditions of the Contract. 1.05 APPLICATION FOR FINAL PAYMENT A.Prepare Application for Final Payment as specified for progress payments,identifying total adjusted Contract Sum,previous payments,and sum remaining due. B.Application for Final Payment will not be considered until the following have been accomplished: 1.All closeout procedures specified in Section 01 70 00. Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 Price and Payment Procedures 01 20 00 - 2 END OF SECTION 01 20 00 Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 Allowances 01 21 00 - 1 SECTION 01 21 00 ALLOWANCES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A.Contingency allowance. 1.02 CONTINGENCY ALLOWANCE A.Contractor's costs for products,delivery,installation,labor,insurance,payroll,taxes,bonding, equipment rental,overhead and profit will be included in Change Orders authorizing expenditure of funds from this Contingency Allowance. B.Funds will be drawn from the Contingency Allowance only by Change Order. C.At closeout of Contract,funds remaining in Contingency Allowance will be credited to Owner by Change Order. 1.03 ALLOWANCES SCHEDULE A.Contingency Allowance: Include the stipulated sum/price of $​​5,000​​for use upon Owner's instructions. PART 2 PRODUCTS -NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION -NOT USED END OF SECTION 01 21 00 Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 Substitution Procedures 01 25 00 - 1 SECTION 01 25 00 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A.Procedural requirements for proposed substitutions. PART 2 PRODUCTS -NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A.A Substitution Request for products,assemblies,materials,and equipment constitutes a representation that the submitter: 1.Has investigated proposed product and determined that it meets or exceeds the quality level of the specified product,equipment,assembly,or system. 2.Agrees to provide the same warranty for the substitution as for the specified product. 3.Agrees to coordinate installation and make changes to other work that may be required for the work to be complete,with no additional cost to Owner. 4.Waives claims for additional costs or time extension that may subsequently become apparent. B.Document each request with complete data substantiating compliance of proposed substitution with Contract Documents. Burden of proof is on proposer. C.Content: Include information necessary for tracking the status of each Substitution Request,and information necessary to provide an actionable response. 1.Forms indicated in the Project Manual are adequate for this purpose,and must be used. D.Limit each request to a single proposed substitution item. 1.Submit an electronic document,combining the request form with supporting data into single document. 3.02 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES DURING PROCUREMENT A.Submittal Time Restrictions: B.Submittal Form (before award of contract): 1.Submit substitution requests by completing the form attached to this section. See this form for additional information and instructions. Use only this form;other forms of submission are unacceptable. 3.03 RESOLUTION A.Architect may request additional information and documentation prior to rendering a decision. Provide this data in an expeditious manner. B.Architect will notify Contractor in writing of decision to accept or reject request. 3.04 ACCEPTANCE A.Accepted substitutions change the work of the Project. They will be documented and incorporated into work of the project by Change Order,Construction Change Directive,Architectural Supplementary Instructions,or similar instruments provided for in the Conditions of the Contract. END OF SECTION 01 25 00 Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 Administrative Requirements 01 30 00 - 1 SECTION 01 30 00 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A.General administrative requirements. B.Preconstruction meeting. C.Progress meetings. D.Construction progress schedule. E.Submittals for review,information,and project closeout. F.Number of copies of submittals. G.Requests for Interpretation (RFI)procedures. H.Submittal procedures. 1.02 GENERAL ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A.Comply with requirements of Section 01 70 00 -Execution and Closeout Requirements for coordination of execution of administrative tasks with timing of construction activities. PART 2 PRODUCTS -NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING A.Architect will schedule a meeting after Construction Contracts are finalized. B.Attendance Required: 1.Owner. 2.Architect. 3.Contractor. C.Agenda: 1.Execution of Owner-Contractor Agreement. 2.Submission of executed bonds and insurance certificates. 3.Distribution of Contract Documents. 4.Submission of list of subcontractors,list of products,schedule of values,and progress schedule. 5.Designation of personnel representing the parties to Contract and Engineer. 6.Procedures and processing of field decisions,submittals,substitutions,applications for payments,proposal request,Change Orders,and Contract closeout procedures. 7.Scheduling. D.Record minutes and distribute copies within two days after meeting to participants,with two copies to Architect,Owner,participants,and those affected by decisions made. 3.02 PROGRESS MEETINGS A.Schedule and administer meetings throughout progress of the work at maximum bi-monthly intervals. B.Make arrangements for meetings,prepare agenda with copies for participants,preside at meetings. C.Attendance Required: 1.Contractor. 2.Owner. 3.Architect. 4.Contractor's superintendent. 5.Major subcontractors. D.Agenda: Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 Administrative Requirements 01 30 00 - 2 1.Review minutes of previous meetings. 2.Review of work progress. 3.Field observations,problems,and decisions. 4.Identification of problems that impede,or will impede,planned progress. 5.Review of submittals schedule and status of submittals. 6.Maintenance of progress schedule. 7.Corrective measures to regain projected schedules. 8.Planned progress during succeeding work period. 9.Maintenance of quality and work standards. 10.Effect of proposed changes on progress schedule and coordination. 11.Other business relating to work. E.Record minutes and distribute copies within two days after meeting to participants,with two copies to Architect,Owner,participants,and those affected by decisions made. 3.03 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE -SEE SECTION 01 32 16 A.Within 10 days after date of the Agreement,submit preliminary schedule defining planned operations for the first 60 days of work,with a general outline for remainder of work. 3.04 SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW A.When the following are specified in individual sections,submit them for review: 1.Product data. 2.Shop drawings. 3.Samples for selection. 4.Samples for verification. B.Submit to Architect for review for the limited purpose of checking for compliance with information given and the design concept expressed in Contract Documents. C.Samples will be reviewed for aesthetic,color,or finish selection. D.After review,provide copies and distribute in accordance with SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES article below and for record documents purposes described in Section 01 78 00 -Closeout Submittals. 3.05 SUBMITTALS FOR INFORMATION A.When the following are specified in individual sections,submit them for information: 1.Design data. 2.Certificates. 3.Test reports. 4.Inspection reports. 5.Manufacturer's instructions. 6.Manufacturer's field reports. 7.Other types indicated. B.Submit for Architect's knowledge as contract administrator or for Owner. 3.06 SUBMITTALS FOR PROJECT CLOSEOUT A.Submit Correction Punch List for Substantial Completion. B.Submit Final Correction Punch List for Substantial Completion. C.When the following are specified in individual sections,submit them at project closeout in compliance with requirements of Section 01 78 00 -Closeout Submittals: 1.Project record documents. 2.Operation and maintenance data. 3.Warranties. 4.Bonds. 5.Other types as indicated. D.Submit for Owner's benefit during and after project completion. 3.07 NUMBER OF COPIES OF SUBMITTALS Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 Administrative Requirements 01 30 00 - 3 A.Electronic Documents: Submit one electronic copy in PDF format;an electronically-marked up file will be returned. Create PDFs at native size and right-side up;illegible files will be rejected. 1.PDFs are to be bookmarked with approriate sections. B.Samples: Submit the number specified in individual specification sections;one of which will be retained by Architect. 1.After review,produce duplicates. 2.Retained samples will not be returned to Contractor unless specifically so stated. 3.08 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A.General Requirements: 1.Use a single transmittal for related items. 2.Sequentially identify each item. For revised submittals use original number and a sequential numerical suffix. 3.Identify: Project;Contractor;subcontractor or supplier;pertinent drawing and detail number; and specification section number and article/paragraph,as appropriate on each copy. 4.Apply Contractor's stamp,signed or initialed certifying that review,approval,verification of products required,field dimensions,adjacent construction work,and coordination of information is in accordance with the requirements of the work and Contract Documents. 5.Deliver each submittal on date noted in submittal schedule,unless an earlier date has been agreed to by all affected parties,and is of the benefit to the project. a.Send submittals in electronic format via email to Architect. 6.Schedule submittals to expedite the Project,and coordinate submission of related items. a.For each submittal for review,allow 10 business days excluding delivery time to and from the Contractor. b.For sequential reviews involving Architect's consultants,Owner,or another affected party,allow an additional 7 days. 7.Identify variations from Contract Documents and product or system limitations that may be detrimental to successful performance of the completed work. 8.Provide space for Contractor and Architect review stamps. 9.When revised for resubmission,identify all changes made since previous submission. B.Shop Drawing Procedures: 1.Prepare accurate,drawn-to-scale,original shop drawing documentation by interpreting Contract Documents and coordinating related work. 2.Do not reproduce Contract Documents to create shop drawings. 3.Generic,non-project-specific information submitted as shop drawings do not meet the requirements for shop drawings. 3.09 SUBMITTAL REVIEW A.Submittals for Review: Architect will review each submittal,and approve,or take other appropriate action. B.Submittals for Information: Architect will not acknowledge receipt,and take no other action. C.Architect's actions will be reflected by marking each returned submittal using virtual stamp on electronic submittals. 1.Notations may be made directly on submitted items and/or listed on appended Submittal Review cover sheet. D.Architect's and consultants'actions on items submitted for review: 1.Authorizing purchasing,fabrication,delivery,and installation: a."Approved",or language with same legal meaning. b."Approved as Noted,Resubmission not required",or language with same legal meaning. 1)At Contractor's option,submit corrected item,with review notations acknowledged and incorporated. 2)A corrected submittal shall be included in the closeout documents. c."Approved as Noted,Resubmit for Record",or language with same legal meaning. Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 Administrative Requirements 01 30 00 - 4 1)Resubmit corrected item,with review notations acknowledged and incorporated. Resubmit separately,or as part of project record documents. 2.Not Authorizing fabrication,delivery,and installation: a."Revise and Resubmit". 1)Resubmit revised item,with review notations acknowledged and incorporated. b."Rejected". 1)Submit item complying with requirements of Contract Documents. E.Architect's and consultants'actions on items submitted for information: 1.Items for which no action was taken: a."Received"- to notify the Contractor that the submittal has been received for record only. 2.Items for which action was taken: a."Reviewed"-no further action is required from Contractor. END OF SECTION 01 30 00 Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 Construction Progress Schedule 01 32 16 - 1 SECTION 01 32 16 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A.Preliminary schedule. B.Construction progress schedule,bar chart type. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A.Within 10 days after date of Agreement,submit preliminary schedule. B.If preliminary schedule requires revision after review,submit revised schedule within 10 days. C.Within 20 days after review of preliminary schedule,submit draft of proposed complete schedule for review. D.Submit updated schedule with each Application for Payment. 1.03 SCHEDULE FORMAT A.Listings: In chronological order according to the start date for each activity. Identify each activity with the applicable specification section number. B.Diagram Sheet Size: Maximum 22 x 17 inches. PART 2 PRODUCTS -NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PRELIMINARY SCHEDULE A.Prepare preliminary schedule in the form of a horizontal bar chart. 3.02 CONTENT A.Show complete sequence of construction by activity,with dates for beginning and completion of each element of construction. B.Identify each item by specification section number. C.Show accumulated percentage of completion of each item,and total percentage of Work completed,as of the first day of each month. D.Provide legend for symbols and abbreviations used. 3.03 BAR CHARTS A.Include a separate bar for each major portion of Work or operation. B.Identify the first work day of each week. 3.04 UPDATING SCHEDULE A.Maintain schedules to record actual start and finish dates of completed activities. B.Indicate progress of each activity to date of revision,with projected completion date of each activity. C.Annotate diagrams to graphically depict current status of Work. D.Identify activities modified since previous submittal,major changes in Work,and other identifiable changes. E.Indicate changes required to maintain Date of Substantial Completion. F.Submit reports required to support recommended changes. 3.05 DISTRIBUTION OF SCHEDULE A.Distribute copies of updated schedules to Contractor's project site file,to subcontractors,suppliers, Architect,Owner,and other concerned parties. B.Instruct recipients to promptly report,in writing,problems anticipated by projections indicated in schedules. Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 Construction Progress Schedule 01 32 16 - 2 END OF SECTION 01 32 16 Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 Quality Requirements 01 40 00 - 1 SECTION 01 40 00 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A.References and standards. B.Control of installation. C.Defect Assessment. 1.02 REFERENCES AND STANDARDS A.For products and workmanship specified by reference to a document or documents not included in the Project Manual,also referred to as reference standards,comply with requirements of the standard,except when more rigid requirements are specified or are required by applicable codes. B.Comply with reference standard of date of issue current on date of Contract Documents,except where a specific date is established by applicable code. C.Obtain copies of standards where required by product specification sections. D.Maintain copy at project site during submittals,planning,and progress of the specific work,until Substantial Completion. E.Should specified reference standards conflict with Contract Documents,request clarification from Architect before proceeding. F.Neither the contractual relationships,duties,or responsibilities of the parties in Contract nor those of Architect shall be altered from Contract Documents by mention or inference otherwise in any reference document. PART 3 EXECUTION 2.01 CONTROL OF INSTALLATION A.Monitor quality control over suppliers,manufacturers,products,services,site conditions,and workmanship,to produce work of specified quality. B.Comply with manufacturers'instructions,including each step in sequence. C.Should manufacturers'instructions conflict with Contract Documents,request clarification from Architect before proceeding. D.Comply with specified standards as minimum quality for the work except where more stringent tolerances,codes,or specified requirements indicate higher standards or more precise workmanship. E.Have work performed by persons qualified to produce required and specified quality. F.Verify that field measurements are as indicated on shop drawings or as instructed by the manufacturer. G.Secure products in place with positive anchorage devices designed and sized to withstand stresses,vibration,physical distortion,and disfigurement. 2.02 DEFECT ASSESSMENT A.Replace Work or portions of the Work not complying with specified requirements. END OF SECTION 01 40 00 Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 Product Requirements 01 60 00 - 1 SECTION 01 60 00 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A.Transportation,handling,storage and protection. B.Product option requirements. C.Substitution limitations. D.Maintenance materials,including extra materials,spare parts,tools,and software. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A.NEMA MG 1 -Motors and Generators;2018. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A.Product Data Submittals: Submit manufacturer's standard published data. Mark each copy to identify applicable products,models,options,and other data. Supplement manufacturers' standard data to provide information specific to this Project. B.Shop Drawing Submittals: Prepared specifically for this Project;indicate utility and electrical characteristics,utility connection requirements,and location of utility outlets for service for functional equipment and appliances. C.Sample Submittals: Illustrate functional and aesthetic characteristics of the product,with integral parts and attachment devices.Coordinate sample submittals for interfacing work. 1.For selection from standard finishes,submit samples of the full range of the manufacturer's standard colors,textures,and patterns. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 NEW PRODUCTS A.Provide new products unless specifically required or permitted by Contract Documents. B.Use of products having any of the following characteristics is not permitted: 1.Containing lead,cadmium,or asbestos. 2.02 PRODUCT OPTIONS A.Products Specified by Reference Standards or by Description Only: Use any product meeting those standards or description. B.Products Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers: Use a product of one of the manufacturers named and meeting specifications,no options or substitutions allowed. C.Products Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers with a Provision for Substitutions: Submit a request for substitution for any manufacturer not named. 2.03 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A.Furnish extra materials,spare parts,tools,and software of types and in quantities specified in individual specification sections. B.Deliver to Project site;obtain receipt prior to final payment. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 SUBSTITUTION LIMITATIONS A.See Section 01 25 00 -Substitution Procedures. 3.02 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING A.Package products for shipment in manner to prevent damage;for equipment,package to avoid loss of factory calibration. B.If special precautions are required,attach instructions prominently and legibly on outside of packaging. Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 Product Requirements 01 60 00 - 2 C.Coordinate schedule of product delivery to designated prepared areas in order to minimize site storage time and potential damage to stored materials. D.Transport and handle products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. E.Transport materials in covered trucks to prevent contamination of product and littering of surrounding areas. F.Promptly inspect shipments to ensure that products comply with requirements,quantities are correct,and products are undamaged. G.Provide equipment and personnel to handle products by methods to prevent soiling,disfigurement, or damage,and to minimize handling. H.Arrange for the return of packing materials,such as wood pallets,where economically feasible. 3.03 STORAGE AND PROTECTION A.Designate receiving/storage areas for incoming products so that they are delivered according to installation schedule and placed convenient to work area in order to minimize waste due to excessive materials handling and misapplication. See Section 01 74 19. B.Store and protect products in accordance with manufacturers'instructions. C.Store with seals and labels intact and legible. D.Store sensitive products in weathertight,climate-controlled enclosures in an environment favorable to product. E.For exterior storage of fabricated products,place on sloped supports above ground. F.Protect products from damage or deterioration due to construction operations,weather, precipitation,humidity,temperature,sunlight and ultraviolet light,dirt,dust,and other contaminants. G.Comply with manufacturer's warranty conditions,if any. H.Cover products subject to deterioration with impervious sheet covering. Provide ventilation to prevent condensation and degradation of products. I.Prevent contact with material that may cause corrosion,discoloration,or staining. J.Provide equipment and personnel to store products by methods to prevent soiling,disfigurement, or damage. K.Arrange storage of products to permit access for inspection.Periodically inspect to verify products are undamaged and are maintained in acceptable condition. END OF SECTION 01 60 00 Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 Execution and Closeout Requirements 01 70 00 - 1 SECTION 01 70 00 EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A.Examination,preparation,and general installation procedures. B.Requirements for alterations work,including selective demolition​​. C.Cutting and patching. D.Cleaning and protection. E.Starting of systems and equipment. F.Demonstration and instruction of Owner personnel. G.Closeout procedures,including Contractor's Correction Punch List,except payment procedures. H.General requirements for maintenance service. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A.NFPA 241 -Standard for Safeguarding Construction,Alteration,and Demolition Operations;2022, with Errata (2021). 1.03 SUBMITTALS A.See Section 01 30 00 -Administrative Requirements,for submittal procedures. B.Cutting and Patching: Submit written request in advance of cutting or alteration that affects: 1.Structural integrity of any element of Project. 2.Integrity of weather exposed or moisture resistant element. 3.Efficiency,maintenance,or safety of any operational element. 4.Visual qualities of sight exposed elements. 5.Work of Owner or separate Contractor. C.Project Record Documents: Accurately record actual locations of capped and active utilities. 1.04 PROJECT CONDITIONS A.Ventilate enclosed areas to assist cure of materials,to dissipate humidity,and to prevent accumulation of dust,fumes,vapors,or gases. B.Dust Control: Execute work by methods to minimize raising dust from construction operations. Provide positive means to prevent air-borne dust from dispersing into atmosphere and over adjacent property. 1.Provide dust-proof barriers between construction areas and areas continuing to be occupied by Owner. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PATCHING MATERIALS A.New Materials: As specified in product sections;match existing products and work for patching and extending work. B.Type and Quality of Existing Products: Determine by inspecting and testing products where necessary,referring to existing work as a standard. C.Product Substitution: For any proposed change in materials,submit request for substitution described in Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A.Verify that existing site conditions and substrate surfaces are acceptable for subsequent work. Start of work means acceptance of existing conditions. B.Verify that existing substrate is capable of structural support or attachment of new work being applied or attached. Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 Execution and Closeout Requirements 01 70 00 - 2 C.Examine and verify specific conditions described in individual specification sections. D.Take field measurements before confirming product orders or beginning fabrication,to minimize waste due to over-ordering or misfabrication. E.Verify that utility services are available,of the correct characteristics,and in the correct locations. F.Prior to Cutting: Examine existing conditions prior to commencing work,including elements subject to damage or movement during cutting and patching. After uncovering existing work, assess conditions affecting performance of work. Beginning of cutting or patching means acceptance of existing conditions. 3.02 PREPARATION A.Clean substrate surfaces prior to applying next material or substance. B.Seal cracks or openings of substrate prior to applying next material or substance. C.Apply manufacturer required or recommended substrate primer,sealer,or conditioner prior to applying any new material or substance in contact or bond. 3.03 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A.Install products as specified in individual sections,in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations,and so as to avoid waste due to necessity for replacement. B.Make vertical elements plumb and horizontal elements level,unless otherwise indicated. C.Install equipment and fittings plumb and level,neatly aligned with adjacent vertical and horizontal lines,unless otherwise indicated. D.Make consistent texture on surfaces,with seamless transitions,unless otherwise indicated. E.Make neat transitions between different surfaces,maintaining texture and appearance. 3.04 ALTERATIONS A.Drawings showing existing construction and utilities are based on casual field observation and existing record documents only. 1.Verify that construction and utility arrangements are as indicated. 2.Report discrepancies to Architect before disturbing existing installation. 3.Beginning of alterations work constitutes acceptance of existing conditions. B.Remove existing work as indicated and as required to accomplish new work. 1.Remove items indicated on drawings. 2.Relocate items indicated on drawings. 3.Where new surface finishes are to be applied to existing work,perform removals,patch,and prepare existing surfaces as required to receive new finish;remove existing finish if necessary for successful application of new finish. 4.Where new surface finishes are not specified or indicated,patch holes and damaged surfaces to match adjacent finished surfaces as closely as possible. C.Services (Including but not limited to HVAC,Plumbing,Fire Protection,Electrical,and Telecommunications): Remove,relocate,and extend existing systems to accommodate new construction. 1.Maintain existing active systems that are to remain in operation;maintain access to equipment and operational components;if necessary,modify installation to allow access or provide access panel. 2.Where existing systems or equipment are not active and Contract Documents require reactivation,put back into operational condition;repair supply,distribution,and equipment as required. 3.Where existing active systems serve occupied facilities but are to be replaced with new services,maintain existing systems in service until new systems are complete and ready for service. a.Disable existing systems only to make switchovers and connections;minimize duration of outages. b.Provide temporary connections as required to maintain existing systems in service. Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 Execution and Closeout Requirements 01 70 00 - 3 4.Verify that abandoned services serve only abandoned facilities. 5.Remove abandoned pipe,ducts,conduits,and equipment ,including those above accessible ceilings;remove back to source of supply where possible,otherwise cap stub and tag with identification;patch holes left by removal using materials specified for new construction. D.Protect existing work to remain. 1.Prevent movement of structure;provide shoring and bracing if necessary. 2.Perform cutting to accomplish removals neatly and as specified for cutting new work. 3.Repair adjacent construction and finishes damaged during removal work. E.Adapt existing work to fit new work: Make as neat and smooth transition as possible. F.Patching: Where the existing surface is not indicated to be refinished,patch to match the surface finish that existed prior to cutting. Where the surface is indicated to be refinished,patch so that the substrate is ready for the new finish. G.Refinish existing surfaces as indicated: 1.Where rooms or spaces are indicated to be refinished,refinish all visible existing surfaces to remain to the specified condition for each material,with a neat transition to adjacent finishes. 2.If mechanical or electrical work is exposed accidentally during the work,re-cover and refinish to match. H.Clean existing systems and equipment. I.Remove demolition debris and abandoned items from alterations areas and dispose of off-site;do not burn or bury. J.Do not begin new construction in alterations areas before demolition is complete. K.Comply with all other applicable requirements of this section. 3.05 CUTTING AND PATCHING A.Whenever possible,execute the work by methods that avoid cutting or patching. B.See Alterations article above for additional requirements. C.Perform whatever cutting and patching is necessary to: 1.Complete the work. 2.Fit products together to integrate with other work. 3.Provide openings for penetration of mechanical,electrical,and other services. 4.Match work that has been cut to adjacent work. 5.Repair areas adjacent to cuts to required condition. 6.Repair new work damaged by subsequent work. 7.Remove samples of installed work for testing when requested. 8.Remove and replace defective and non-complying work. D.Execute work by methods that avoid damage to other work and that will provide appropriate surfaces to receive patching and finishing. In existing work,minimize damage and restore to original condition. E.Employ original installer to perform cutting for weather exposed and moisture resistant elements, and sight exposed surfaces. F.Cut rigid materials using masonry saw or core drill. Pneumatic tools not allowed without prior approval. G.Restore work with new products in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents. H.Fit work air tight to pipes,sleeves,ducts,conduit,and other penetrations through surfaces. I.At penetrations of fire rated walls,partitions,ceiling,or floor construction,completely seal voids with fire rated material in accordance with Section 07 84 00,to full thickness of the penetrated element. J.Patching: 1.Finish patched surfaces to match finish that existed prior to patching. On continuous surfaces,refinish to nearest intersection or natural break. For an assembly,refinish entire Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 Execution and Closeout Requirements 01 70 00 - 4 unit. 2.Match color,texture,and appearance. 3.Repair patched surfaces that are damaged,lifted,discolored,or showing other imperfections due to patching work.If defects are due to condition of substrate,repair substrate prior to repairing finish. 3.06 PROGRESS CLEANING A.Maintain areas free of waste materials,debris,and rubbish. Maintain site in a clean and orderly condition. B.Remove debris and rubbish from pipe chases,plenums,attics,crawl spaces,and other closed or remote spaces,prior to enclosing the space. C.Broom and vacuum clean interior areas prior to start of surface finishing,and continue cleaning to eliminate dust. D.Collect and remove waste materials,debris,and trash/rubbish from site periodically and dispose off-site;do not burn or bury. 3.07 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED WORK A.Protect installed work from damage by construction operations. B.Provide special protection where specified in individual specification sections. C.Provide temporary and removable protection for installed products.Control activity in immediate work area to prevent damage. D.Provide protective coverings at walls,projections,jambs,sills,and soffits of openings. E.Protect finished floors,stairs,and other surfaces from traffic,dirt,wear,damage,or movement of heavy objects,by protecting with durable sheet materials. F.Prohibit traffic or storage upon waterproofed or roofed surfaces. If traffic or activity is necessary, obtain recommendations for protection from waterproofing or roofing material manufacturer. G.Remove protective coverings when no longer needed;reuse or recycle coverings if possible. 3.08 SYSTEM STARTUP A.Coordinate schedule for start-up of various equipment and systems. B.Verify that each piece of equipment or system has been checked for proper lubrication,drive rotation,belt tension,control sequence,and for conditions that may cause damage. C.Verify tests,meter readings,and specified electrical characteristics agree with those required by the equipment or system manufacturer. D.Verify that wiring and support components for equipment are complete and tested. E.Execute start-up under supervision of applicable Contractor personnel and manufacturer's representative in accordance with manufacturers'instructions. F.Submit a written report that equipment or system has been properly installed and is functioning correctly. 3.09 DEMONSTRATION AND INSTRUCTION A.Demonstrate start-up,operation,control,adjustment,trouble-shooting,servicing,maintenance, and shutdown of each item of equipment at scheduled time,at equipment location. B.For equipment or systems requiring seasonal operation,perform demonstration for other season within six months. C.Provide a qualified person who is knowledgeable about the Project to perform demonstration and instruction of Owner's personnel. 3.10 ADJUSTING A.Adjust operating products and equipment to ensure smooth and unhindered operation. 3.11 FINAL CLEANING Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 Execution and Closeout Requirements 01 70 00 - 5 A.Use cleaning materials that are nonhazardous. B.Clean interior and exterior glass,surfaces exposed to view;remove temporary labels,stains and foreign substances,polish transparent and glossy surfaces, vacuum carpeted and soft surfaces. C.Remove all labels that are not permanent. Do not paint or otherwise cover fire test labels or nameplates on mechanical and electrical equipment. D.Clean equipment and fixtures to a sanitary condition with cleaning materials appropriate to the surface and material being cleaned. E.Clean filters of operating equipment. F.Clean debris from roofs,gutters,downspouts,and area drains. G.Clean site;sweep paved areas,rake clean landscaped surfaces. H.Remove waste,surplus materials,trash/rubbish,and construction facilities from the site;dispose of in legal manner;do not burn or bury. 3.12 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES A.Make submittals that are required by governing or other authorities. 1.Provide copies to Architect and Owner. B.Accompany Project Coordinator on preliminary inspection to determine items to be listed for completion or correction in the Contractor's Correction Punch List for Contractor's Notice of Substantial Completion. C.Notify Architect when work is considered ready for Architect's Substantial Completion inspection. D.Submit written certification containing Contractor's Correction Punch List,that Contract Documents have been reviewed,work has been inspected,and that work is complete in accordance with Contract Documents and ready for Architect's Substantial Completion inspection. E.Conduct Substantial Completion inspection and create Final Correction Punch List containing Architect's and Contractor's comprehensive list of items identified to be completed or corrected and submit to Architect. F.Correct items of work listed in Final Correction Punch List and comply with requirements for access to Owner-occupied areas. G.Notify Architect when work is considered finally complete and ready for Architect's Substantial Completion final inspection. H.Complete items of work determined by Architect listed in executed Certificate of Substantial Completion. 3.13 MAINTENANCE A.Provide service and maintenance of components indicated in specification sections. B.Maintenance Period: As indicated in specification sections or,if not indicated,not less than one year from the Date of Substantial Completion or the length of the specified warranty,whichever is longer. C.Examine system components at a frequency consistent with reliable operation. Clean,adjust,and lubricate as required. D.Include systematic examination,adjustment,and lubrication of components. Repair or replace parts whenever required. Use parts produced by the manufacturer of the original component. E.Maintenance service shall not be assigned or transferred to any agent or subcontractor without prior written consent of the Owner. END OF SECTION 01 70 00 Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 Closeout Submittals 01 78 00 - 1 SECTION 01 78 00 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A.Project record documents. B.Operation and maintenance data. C.Warranties and bonds. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A.Section 01 30 00 -Administrative Requirements: Submittals procedures,shop drawings,product data,and samples. B.Individual Product Sections: Specific requirements for operation and maintenance data. C.Individual Product Sections: Warranties required for specific products or Work. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A.Project Record Documents: Submit documents to Architect with claim for final Application for Payment. B.Operation and Maintenance Data: 1.Submit two copies of preliminary draft or proposed formats and outlines of contents before start of Work. Architect will review draft and return one copy with comments. 2.For equipment,or component parts of equipment put into service during construction and operated by Owner,submit completed documents within ten days after acceptance. 3.Submit one copy of completed documents 15 days prior to final inspection. This copy will be reviewed and returned after final inspection,with Architect comments. Revise content of all document sets as required prior to final submission. 4.Submit two sets of revised final documents in final form within 10 days after final inspection. C.Warranties and Bonds: 1.For equipment or component parts of equipment put into service during construction with Owner's permission,submit documents within 10 days after acceptance. 2.Make other submittals within 10 days after Date of Substantial Completion,prior to final Application for Payment. 3.For items of Work for which acceptance is delayed beyond Date of Substantial Completion, submit within 10 days after acceptance,listing the date of acceptance as the beginning of the warranty period. PART 2 PRODUCTS -NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A.Maintain on site one set of the following record documents;record actual revisions to the Work: 1.Drawings. 2.Specifications. 3.Addenda. 4.Change Orders and other modifications to the Contract. 5.Reviewed shop drawings,product data,and samples. 6.Manufacturer's instruction for assembly,installation,and adjusting. B.Ensure entries are complete and accurate,enabling future reference by Owner. C.Store record documents separate from documents used for construction. D.Record information concurrent with construction progress. E.Specifications: Legibly mark and record at each product section description of actual products installed,including the following: 1.Changes made by Addenda and modifications. Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 Closeout Submittals 01 78 00 - 2 F.Record Drawingsand Shop Drawings: Legibly mark each item to record actual construction including: 1.Measured horizontal and vertical locations of underground utilities and appurtenances, referenced to permanent surface improvements. 2.Measured locations of internal utilities and appurtenances concealed in construction, referenced to visible and accessible features of the Work. 3.Field changes of dimension and detail. 4.Details not on original Contract drawings. 3.02 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A.Source Data: For each product or system,list names,addresses and telephone numbers of Subcontractors and suppliers,including local source of supplies and replacement parts. B.Product Data: Mark each sheet to clearly identify specific products and component parts,and data applicable to installation. Delete inapplicable information. C.Drawings: Supplement product data to illustrate relations of component parts of equipment and systems,to show control and flow diagrams. Do not use Project Record Documents as maintenance drawings. D.Typed Text: As required to supplement product data. Provide logical sequence of instructions for each procedure,incorporating manufacturer's instructions. 3.03 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA FOR MATERIALS AND FINISHES A.For Each Product,Applied Material,and Finish: 1.Product data,with catalog number,size,composition,and color and texture designations. 2.Information for re-ordering custom manufactured products. B.Instructions for Care and Maintenance: Manufacturer's recommendations for cleaning agents and methods,precautions against detrimental cleaning agents and methods,and recommended schedule for cleaning and maintenance. C.Moisture protection and weather-exposed products: Include product data listing applicable reference standards,chemical composition,and details of installation. Provide recommendations for inspections,maintenance,and repair. D.Where additional instructions are required,beyond the manufacturer's standard printed instructions,have instructions prepared by personnel experienced in the operation and maintenance of the specific products. 3.04 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA FOR EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS A.For Each Item of Equipment and Each System: 1.Description of unit or system,and component parts. 2.Identify function,normal operating characteristics,and limiting conditions. 3.Include performance curves,with engineering data and tests. 4.Complete nomenclature and model number of replaceable parts. B.Where additional instructions are required,beyond the manufacturer's standard printed instructions,have instructions prepared by personnel experienced in the operation and maintenance of the specific products. C.Operating Procedures: Include start-up,break-in,and routine normal operating instructions and sequences. Include regulation,control,stopping,shut-down,and emergency instructions. Include summer,winter,and any special operating instructions. D.Maintenance Requirements: Include routine procedures and guide for preventative maintenance and trouble shooting;disassembly,repair,and reassembly instructions;and alignment,adjusting, balancing,and checking instructions. E.Provide servicing and lubrication schedule,and list of lubricants required. F.Include manufacturer's printed operation and maintenance instructions. G.Include sequence of operation by controls manufacturer. Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 Closeout Submittals 01 78 00 - 3 H.Provide original manufacturer's parts list,illustrations,assembly drawings,and diagrams required for maintenance. I.Provide control diagrams by controls manufacturer as installed. J.Provide charts of valve tag numbers,with location and function of each valve,keyed to flow and control diagrams. K.Provide list of original manufacturer's spare parts,current prices,and recommended quantities to be maintained in storage. L.Include test and balancing reports. M.Additional Requirements: As specified in individual product specification sections. 3.05 ASSEMBLY OF OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A.Assemble operation and maintenance data into durable manuals for Owner's personnel use,with data arranged in the same sequence as,and identified by,the specification sections. B.Where systems involve more than one specification section,provide separate tabbed divider for each system. C.Binders: Commercial quality,8-1/2 by 11 inch three D side ring binders with durable plastic covers;3 inch maximum ring size. When multiple binders are used,correlate data into related consistent groupings. D.Cover: Identify each binder with typed or printed title OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS;identify title of Project;identify subject matter of contents. E.Project Directory: Title and address of Project;names,addresses,and telephone numbers of Architect,Consultants,Contractor and subcontractors,with names of responsible parties. F.Tables of Contents: List every item separated by a divider,using the same identification as on the divider tab;where multiple volumes are required,include all volumes Tables of Contents in each volume,with the current volume clearly identified. G.Dividers: Provide tabbed dividers for each separate product and system;identify the contents on the divider tab;immediately following the divider tab include a description of product and major component parts of equipment. H.Text: Manufacturer's printed data,or typewritten data on 20 pound paper. I.Drawings: Provide with reinforced punched binder tab. Bind in with text;fold larger drawings to size of text pages. J.Provide a PDF copy,properly bookmarked as well. 3.06 WARRANTIES AND BONDS A.Obtain warranties and bonds,executed in duplicate by responsible Subcontractors,suppliers,and manufacturers,within 10 days after completion of the applicable item of work. Except for items put into use with Owner's permission,leave date of beginning of time of warranty until Date of Substantial completion is determined. B.Verify that documents are in proper form,contain full information,and are notarized. C.Co-execute submittals when required. D.Retain warranties and bonds until time specified for submittal. E.Table of Contents: Neatly typed,in the sequence of the Table of Contents of the Project Manual, with each item identified with the number and title of the specification section in which specified, and the name of product or work item. END OF SECTION 01 78 00 Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 General Commissioning Requirements 01 91 13 - 1 SECTION 01 91 13 GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A.Commissioning is intended to achieve the following specific objectives;this section specifies the Contractor's responsibilities for commissioning: 1.Verify that the work is installed in accordance with Contract Documents and the manufacturer’s recommendations and instructions,and that it receives adequate operational checkout prior to startup: Startup reports and Prefunctional Checklists executed by Contractor are utilized to achieve this. 2.Verify and document that functional performance is in accordance with Contract Documents: Functional Tests executed by Contractor and witnessed by the Commissioning Authority are utilized to achieve this. 3.Verify that operation and maintenance manuals submitted to Owner are complete: Detailed operation and maintenance (O&M)data submittals by Contractor are utilized to achieve this. 4.Verify that the Owner’s operating personnel are adequately trained: Formal training conducted by Contractor is utilized to achieve this. B.Commissioning,including Functional Tests,O&M documentation review,and training,is to occur after startup and initial checkout and be completed before Substantial Completion. C.The Commissioning Authority directs and coordinates all commissioning activities;this section describes some but not all of the Commissioning Authority's responsibilities. D.The Commissioning Authority is employed by Owner. 1.02 SCOPE OF COMMISSIONING A.The following are to be commissioned: B.Plumbing Systems: 1.Water heaters. 2.Booster pumps. C.HVAC System,including: 1.Major and minor equipment items. 2.Piping systems and equipment. 3.Terminal units. 4.Control system. 5.Variable frequency drives. D.Special Ventilation: 1.Specialty fans. E.Electrical Systems: 1.Emergency power systems. 2.Uninterruptible power systems. 3.Lighting controls other than manual switches. F.Electronic Safety and Security: 1.Security system,including doors and hardware. G.Other equipment and systems explicitly identified elsewhere in Contract Documents as requiring commissioning. 1.03 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A.Section 01 78 00 -Closeout Submittals: Scope and procedures for operation and maintenance manuals and project record documents. B.Section 22 08 00 -Commissioning of Plumbing C.Section 23 08 00 -Commissioning of HVAC:HVAC control system testing;other requirements. D.Section 26 08 00 -Commissioning of Electrical Systems Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 General Commissioning Requirements 01 91 13 - 2 1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS A.CSI/CSC MF -Masterformat;2016. B.PECI (Samples)-Sample Forms for Prefunctional Checklists and Functional Performance Tests; Current Edition. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A.See Section 01 30 00 -Administrative Requirements,for submittal procedures;except: 1.Make all submittals specified in this section,and elsewhere where indicated for commissioning purposes,directly to the Commissioning Authority,unless they require review by Architect;in that case,submit to Architect first. 2.Submit one copy to the Commissioning Authority,not to be returned. 3.Make commissioning submittals on time schedule specified by Commissioning Authority. 4.Submittals indicated as "Draft"are intended for the use of the Commissioning Authority in preparation of Prefunctional Checklists or Functional Test requirements;submit in editable electronic format,Microsoft Word 2010 preferred. 5.As soon as possible after submittals made to Architect are approved,submit copy of approved submittal to the Commissioning Authority. B.Product Data: If submittals to Architect do not include the following,submit copies as soon as possible: 1.Manufacturer's product data,cut sheets,and shop drawings. 2.Manufacturer's installation instructions. 3.Startup,operating,and troubleshooting procedures. 4.Fan and pump curves. 5.Factory test reports. 6.Warranty information,including details of Owner's responsibilities in regard to keeping warranties in force. C.Manufacturers'Instructions: Submit copies of all manufacturer-provided instructions that are shipped with the equipment as soon as the equipment is delivered. D.Startup Plans and Reports. E.Completed Prefunctional Checklists. F.Commissioning Issues Log: 1.Construction observations. 2.Supporting photographs. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 TEST EQUIPMENT A.Provide all standard testing equipment required to perform startup and initial checkout and required Functional Testing;unless otherwise noted such testing equipment will NOT become the property of Owner. B.Calibration Tolerances: Provide testing equipment of sufficient quality and accuracy to test and/or measure system performance with the tolerances specified. If not otherwise noted,the following minimum requirements apply: 1.Temperature Sensors and Digital Thermometers: Certified calibration within past year to accuracy of 0.5 degree F and resolution of plus/minus 0.1 degree F. 2.Pressure Sensors: Accuracy of plus/minus 2.0 percent of the value range being measured (not full range of meter),calibrated within the last year. 3.Calibration: According to the manufacturer’s recommended intervals and when dropped or damaged;affix calibration tags or keep certificates readily available for inspection. C.Equipment-Specific Tools: Where special testing equipment,tools and instruments are specific to a piece of equipment,are only available from the vendor,and are required in order to accomplish startup or Functional Testing,provide such equipment,tools,and instruments as part of the work at no extra cost to Owner;such equipment,tools,and instruments are to become the property of Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 General Commissioning Requirements 01 91 13 - 3 Owner. D.Dataloggers: Independent equipment and software for monitoring flows,currents,status, pressures,etc.of equipment. 1.Dataloggers required to for Functional Tests will be provided by the Commissioning Authority and will not become the property of Owner. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 COMMISSIONING PLAN A.Commissioning Authority will prepare the Commissioning Plan. 1.Attend meetings called by the Commissioning Authority for purposes of completing the commissioning plan. 2.Require attendance and participation of relevant subcontractors,installers,suppliers,and manufacturer representatives. B.Contractor is responsible for compliance with the Commissioning Plan. C.Commissioning Plan: The commissioning schedule,procedures,and coordination requirements for all parties in the commissioning process. D.Commissioning Schedule: 1.Submit anticipated dates of startup of each item of equipment and system to Commissioning Authority within 20 days after award of Contract. 2.Re-submit anticipated startup dates whenever revised,but not less than 4 weeks prior to startup. 3.Prefunctional Checklists and Functional Tests are to be performed in sequence from components,to subsystems,to systems. 4.Provide sufficient notice to Commissioning Authority for delivery of relevant Checklists and Functional Test procedures,to avoid delay. 3.02 DOCUMENTATION IDENTIFICATION SYSTEM A.Give each submitted form or report a unique identification;use the following scheme. B.Type of Document: Use the following prefixes: 1.Startup Plan: SP-. 2.Startup Report: SR-. 3.Prefunctional Checklist: PC-. 4.Functional Test Procedure: FTP-. 5.Functional Test Report: FTR-. C.System Type: Use the first 4 digits from CSI/CSC MF (Master Format),that are applicable to the system;for example: 1.2300:HVAC system as a whole. 2.2320: HVAC Piping and Pumps. 3.2330: HVAC Air Distribution. D.Component Number: Assign numbers sequentially,using 1,2,or 3 digits as required to accommodate the number of units in the system. E.Test,Revision,or Submittal Number: Number each successive iteration sequentially,starting with 1. F.Example: PC-2320-001.2 would be the Prefunctional Checklist for equipment item 1 in the HVAC piping system,probably a pump;this is the second,revised submittal of this checklist. 3.03 STARTUP PLANS AND REPORTS A.Startup Plans: For each item of equipment and system for which the manufacturer provides a startup plan,submit the plan not less than 3 weeks prior to startup. B.Submit directly to the Commissioning Authority. 3.04 PREFUNCTIONAL CHECKLISTS Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 General Commissioning Requirements 01 91 13 - 4 A.A Prefunctional Checklist is required to be filled out for each item of equipment or other assembly specified to be commissioned. 1.No sampling of identical or near-identical items is allowed. 2.These checklists do not replace manufacturers'recommended startup checklists,regardless of apparent redundancy. 3.Prefunctional Checklist forms will not be complete until after award of the contract;the following types of information will be gathered via the completed Checklist forms: a.Certification by installing contractor that the unit is properly installed,started up,and operating and ready for Functional Testing. b.Confirmation of receipt of each shop drawing and commissioning submittal specified, itemized by unit. c.Manufacturer,model number,and relevant capacity information;list information "as specified,""as submitted,"and "as installed." d.Serial number of installed unit. e.List of inspections to be conducted to document proper installation prior to startup and Functional Testing;these will be primarily static inspections and procedures;for equipment and systems may include normal manufacturer’s start-up checklist items and minor testing. f.Sensor and actuator calibration information. 4.PECI (Samples)found at http://www.peci.org/library/mcpgs.htm indicate anticipated level of detail for Prefunctional Checklists. B.Contractor is responsible for filling out Prefunctional Checklists,after completion of installation and before startup;witnessing by the Commissioning Authority is not required unless otherwise specified. 1.Each line item without deficiency is to be witnessed,initialed,and dated by the actual witness;checklists are not complete until all line items are initialed and dated complete without deficiencies. 2.Checklists with incomplete items may be submitted for approval provided the Contractor attests that incomplete items do not preclude the performance of safe and reliable Functional Testing;re-submission of the Checklist is required upon completion of remaining items. 3.Individual Checklists may contain line items that are the responsibility of more than one installer;Contractor shall assign responsibility to appropriate installers or subcontractors,with identification recorded on the form. 4.If any Checklist line item is not relevant,record reasons on the form. 5.Contractor may independently perform startup inspections and/or tests,at Contractor's option. 6.Regardless of these reporting requirements,Contractor is responsible for correct startup and operation. 7.Submit completed Checklists to Commissioning Authority within two days of completion. C.Commissioning Authority is responsible for furnishing the Prefunctional Checklists to Contractor. 1.Initial Drafts: Contractor is responsible for initial draft of Prefunctional Checklist where so indicated in Contract Documents. 2.Provide all additional information requested by Commissioning Authority to aid in preparation of checklists,such as shop drawing submittals,manufacturers'startup checklists,and O&M data. 3.Commissioning Authority may add any relevant items deemed necessary regardless of whether they are explicitly mentioned in Contract Documents or not. 4.When asked to review the proposed Checklists,do so in a timely manner. D.Commissioning Authority Witnessing: Required for: 1.Each piece of primary equipment,unless sampling of multiple similar units is allowed by the commissioning plan. 2.A sampling of non-primary equipment,as allowed by the commissioning plan. E.Deficiencies: Correct deficiencies and re-inspect or re-test,as applicable,at no extra cost to Owner. Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 General Commissioning Requirements 01 91 13 - 5 1.If difficulty in correction would delay progress,report deficiency to the Commissioning Authority immediately. 3.05 FUNCTIONAL TESTS A.A Functional Test is required for each item of equipment,system,or other assembly specified to be commissioned,unless sampling of multiple identical or near-identical units is allowed by the final test procedures. B.Contractor is responsible for execution of required Functional Tests,after completion of Prefunctional Checklist and before closeout. C.Commissioning Authority is responsible for witnessing and reporting results of Functional Tests, including preparation and completion of forms for that purpose. D.Contractor is responsible for correction of deficiencies and re-testing at no extra cost to Owner;if a deficiency is not corrected and re-tested immediately,the Commissioning Authority will document the deficiency and the Contractor's stated intentions regarding correction. 1.Deficiencies are any condition in the installation or function of a component,piece of equipment or system that is not in compliance with Contract Documents or does not perform properly. 2.When the deficiency has been corrected,the Contractor completes the form certifying that the item is ready to be re-tested and returns the form to the Commissioning Authority;the Commissioning Authority will reschedule the test and the Contractor shall re-test. 3.Identical or Near-Identical Items: If 10 percent,or three,whichever is greater,of identical or near-identical items fail to perform due to material or manufacturing defect,all items will be considered defective;provide a proposal for correction within 2 weeks after notification of defect,including provision for testing sample installations prior to replacement of all items. 4.Contractor shall bear the cost of Owner and Commissioning Authority personnel time witnessing re-testing. 5.Contractor shall bear the cost of Owner and Commissioning Authority personnel time witnessing re-testing if the test failed due to failure to execute the relevant Prefunctional Checklist correctly;if the test failed for reasons that would not have been identified in the Prefunctional Checklist process,Contractor shall bear the cost of the second and subsequent re-tests. E.Functional Test Procedures: 1.Some test procedures are included in Contract Documents;where Functional Test procedures are not included in Contract Documents,test procedures will be determined by the Commissioning Authority with input by and coordination with Contractor. 2.Examples of Functional Testing: a.Test the dynamic function and operation of equipment and systems (rather than just components)using manual (direct observation)or monitoring methods under full operation (e.g.,the chiller pump is tested interactively with the chiller functions to see if the pump ramps up and down to maintain the differential pressure setpoint). b.Systems are tested under various modes,such as during low cooling or heating loads, high loads,component failures,unoccupied,varying outside air temperatures,fire alarm, power failure,etc. c.Systems are run through all the HVAC control system’s sequences of operation and components are verified to be responding as the sequence's state. d.Traditional air or water test and balancing (TAB)is not Functional Testing;spot checking of TAB by demonstration to the Commissioning Authority is Functional Testing. 3.PECI (Samples)found at http://www.peci.org/library/mcpgs.htm indicated anticipated level of detail for Functional Tests. F.Deferred Functional Tests: Some tests may need to be performed later,after substantial completion,due to partial occupancy,equipment,seasonal requirements,design or other site conditions;performance of these tests remains the Contractor's responsibility regardless of timing. 3.06 SENSOR AND ACTUATOR CALIBRATION Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 General Commissioning Requirements 01 91 13 - 6 A.Calibrate all field-installed temperature,relative humidity,carbon monoxide,carbon dioxide,and pressure sensors and gauges,and all actuators (dampers and valves)on this piece of equipment shall be calibrated. Sensors installed in the unit at the factory with calibration certification provided need not be field calibrated. B.Calibrate using the methods described below;alternate methods may be used,if approved by Commissioning Authority and Owner beforehand. See PART 2 for test instrument requirements. Record methods used on the relevant Prefunctional Checklist or other suitable forms, documenting initial,intermediate and final results. C.All Sensors: 1.Verify that sensor location is appropriate and away from potential causes of erratic operation. 2.Verify that sensors with shielded cable are grounded only at one end. 3.For sensor pairs that are used to determine a temperature or pressure difference,for temperature make sure they are reading within 0.2 degree F of each other,and for pressure, within tolerance equal to 2 percent of the reading,of each other. 4.Tolerances for critical applications may be tighter. D.Sensors Without Transmitters -Standard Application: 1.Make a reading with a calibrated test instrument within 6 inches of the site sensor. 2.Verify that the sensor reading,via the permanent thermostat,gauge or building automation system,is within the tolerances in the table below of the instrument-measured value. 3.If not,install offset,calibrate or replace sensor. E.Sensors With Transmitters -Standard Application. 1.Disconnect sensor. 2.Connect a signal generator in place of sensor. 3.Connect ammeter in series between transmitter and building automation system control panel. 4.Using manufacturer’s resistance-temperature data,simulate minimum desired temperature. 5.Adjust transmitter potentiometer zero until 4 mA is read by the ammeter. 6.Repeat for the maximum temperature matching 20 mA to the potentiometer span or maximum and verify at the building automation system. 7.Record all values and recalibrate controller as necessary to comply with specified control ramps,reset schedules,proportional relationship,reset relationship and P/I reaction. 8.Reconnect sensor. 9.Make a reading with a calibrated test instrument within 6 inches of the site sensor. 10.Verify that the sensor reading,via the permanent thermostat,gauge or building automation system,is within the tolerances in the table below of the instrument-measured value. 11.If not,replace sensor and repeat. 12.For pressure sensors,perform a similar process with a suitable signal generator. F.Sensor Tolerances for Standard Applications: Plus/minus the following maximums: 1.Watthour,Voltage,Amperage: 1 percent of design. 2.Pressure,Air,Water,Gas: 3 percent of design. 3.Air Temperatures (Outside Air,Space Air,Duct Air): 0.4 degrees F. 4.Relative Humidity: 4 percent of design. 5.Barometric Pressure: 0.1 inch of Hg. 6.Flow Rate,Air: 10 percent of design. 7.Flow Rate,Water: 4 percent of design. 8.AHU Wet Bulb and Dew Point: 2.0 degrees F. G.Critical Applications: For some applications more rigorous calibration techniques may be required for selected sensors. Describe any such methods used on an attached sheet. 3.07 TEST PROCEDURES -GENERAL A.Provide skilled technicians to execute starting of equipment and to execute the Functional Tests. Ensure that they are available and present during the agreed upon schedules and for sufficient duration to complete the necessary tests,adjustments and problem-solving. Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 General Commissioning Requirements 01 91 13 - 7 B.Provide all necessary materials and system modifications required to produce the flows, pressures,temperatures,and conditions necessary to execute the test according to the specified conditions. At completion of the test,return all affected equipment and systems to their pre-test condition. C.Sampling: Where Functional Testing of fewer than the total number of multiple identical or near- identical items is explicitly permitted,perform sampling as follows: 1.Identical Units: Defined as units with same application and sequence of operation;only minor size or capacity difference. 2.Sampling is not allowed for: a.Major equipment. b.Life-safety-critical equipment. c.Prefunctional Checklist execution. 3.XX =the percent of the group of identical equipment to be included in each sample;defined for specific type of equipment. 4.YY =the percent of the sample that if failed will require another sample to be tested;defined for specific type of equipment. 5.Randomly test at least XX percent of each group of identical equipment,but not less than three units. This constitutes the "first sample." 6.If YY percent of the units in the first sample fail,test another XX percent of the remaining identical units. 7.If YY percent of the units in the second sample fail,test all remaining identical units. 8.If frequent failures occur,resulting in more troubleshooting than testing,the Commissioning Authority may stop the testing and require Contractor to perform and document a checkout of the remaining units prior to continuing testing. D.Manual Testing: Use hand-held instruments,immediate control system readouts,or direct observation to verify performance (contrasted to analyzing monitored data taken over time to make the “observation”). E.Simulating Conditions: Artificially create the necessary condition for the purpose of testing the response of a system;for example apply hot air to a space sensor using a hair dryer to see the response in a VAV box. F.Simulating Signals: Disconnect the sensor and use a signal generator to send an amperage, resistance or pressure to the transducer and control system to simulate the sensor value. G.Over-Writing Values: Change the sensor value known to the control system in the control system to see the response of the system;for example,change the outside air temperature value from 50 degrees F to 75 degrees F to verify economizer operation. H.Indirect Indicators: Remote indicators of a response or condition,such as a reading from a control system screen reporting a damper to be 100 percent closed,are considered indirect indicators. I.Monitoring: Record parameters (flow,current,status,pressure,etc.)of equipment operation using dataloggers or the trending capabilities of the relevant control systems;where monitoring of specific points is called for in Functional Test Procedures: 1.All points that are monitored by the relevant control system shall be trended by Contractor;at the Commissioning Authority’s request,Contractor shall trend up to 20 percent more points than specified at no extra charge. 2.Other points will be monitored by the Commissioning Authority using dataloggers. 3.At the option of the Commissioning Authority,some control system monitoring may be replaced with datalogger monitoring. 4.Provide hard copies of monitored data in columnar format with time down left column and at least 5 columns of point values on same page. 5.Graphical output is desirable and is required for all output if the system can produce it. 6.Monitoring may be used to augment manual testing. 3.08 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A.See Section 01 78 00 -Closeout Submittals for additional requirements. Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 General Commissioning Requirements 01 91 13 - 8 B.Add design intent documentation furnished by Architect to manuals prior to submission to Owner. C.Submit manuals related to items that were commissioned to Commissioning Authority for review; make changes recommended by Commissioning Authority. D.Commissioning Authority will add commissioning records to manuals after submission to Owner. END OF SECTION 01 91 13 Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 Mechanical Alternates 23 00 00 - 1 SECTION 23 00 00 MECHANICAL ALTERNATES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 LIST OF ALTERNATES A.Refer to Division 01 Specification and Bid Form for Alternates. END OF SECTION 23 00 00 23 00 00 Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 HVAC GENERAL PROVISIONS 23 01 00 - 1 SECTION 23 01 00 HVAC GENERAL PROVISIONS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A.The Contractor shall provide all materials,equipment and labor necessary to install and set into operation the heating and air conditioning equipment as shown on the Engineering Drawings and as contained herein. B.Intent of the drawings and specifications is to obtain complete systems,tested,adjusted,and ready for operation. C.Include incidental details not usually indicated or specified,but necessary for proper installation and operation. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Refer to the General and Supplementary General Conditions and Division 01. B.Check,verify,and coordinate work with drawings and specifications of other trades.Include modifications,relocations,and adjustments necessary to complete work or to avoid interference with other trades. C.All work shall be in accordance with local,state and federal regulations. Minimum requirements shall be the North Carolina State Building Code. D.The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining all permits and shall notify inspection departments as work progresses. E.Whenever the words "Approval","Approved",or "Approved Equal"appear,it is intended that items other than the model number specified shall be subject to the approval of the engineer. F.Where a submitted product has electrical requirements that differ from the Basis of Design specified product,it is the Mechanical Contractor's responsibility to coordinate the electrical requirements of the equipment with the Electrical Engineer and Electrical Contractor at no additional cost to the project. G.All material and equipment that the Contractor proposed to substitute in lieu of those specified in the Specifications,shall be submitted to the Engineer ten (10)days prior to the bid date for evaluation. The submittal shall include a full description of the material or equipment and all pertinent engineering data required to substantiate the equality of the proposed item to that specified. Items that are submitted for approval after this date will not be accepted. H."Provide"as used herein shall mean that the Contractor responsible shall furnish and install said item or equipment."Furnish"as used herein shall mean that the Contractor responsible shall acquire and make available said item or equipment and that installation shall be by others. "Install" as used herein shall mean that the Contractor responsible shall make installation of items or equipment furnished by others. I.Boiler Inspection Certificate -It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to complete the installation of fired or unfired pressure vessels and their safety devices in accordance with the requirements of the latest edition of the North Carolina Department of Labor,"Boiler Inspection Law,Rules and Regulations". 1.The Contractor shall be responsible for notifying the Bureau of Boiler Inspection in writing at least two weeks prior to the date of completion of all equipment requiring inspection. Certificates furnished by the Bureau of Boiler Inspection shall be installed in a frame having a removable glass cover and posted near the pressure vessel. Certificates shall be installed before requesting final inspection of the completed project. The pressure vessel is NOT to be operated before it is inspected and approved. 1.03 REQUIREMENT OF REGULATORY AGENCIES A.Rules and regulations of Federal,State,and local authorities having jurisdiction,and utility companies,in force at time of execution of contract shall become part of this specification. 1.04 SUBSTITUTIONS Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 HVAC GENERAL PROVISIONS 23 01 00 - 2 A.Products are specified for use on this project by one of the following: 1.Reference Standards and Description: Any products meeting the Reference Standards and Description will be acceptable (i.e.,piping). 2.Naming of a product as an example to denote the quality standard of the product desired,in which case three or more brands will be denoted (where applicable)to establish equivalent designs. Naming of a product does not restrict Bidders to a specific brand (i.e.,fixtures, valves,etc.). 3.Requests for approval of manufacturer's or substitutions which have not been preapproved shall be made by using the forms at the end of this section. B.During bidding period: Submitted written requests from Bidders Only,using the forms herein, will be considered if received ten (10)calendar days prior to the date of receipt of bids to allow for proper evaluation. Requests from suppliers or subcontractors will not be considered. Substitutions will be considered when a product becomes unavailable through no fault of the Contractor. A request constitutes a representation that the Bidder/Contractor: 1.Has investigated proposed product and determined that it meets or exceeds the quality level of the specified product and is suitable for use in the Work. 2.Will provide the same warranty for the substitution as for the specified product. 3.Will coordinate installation and make changes to other work which may be required for the work to be complete with no additional cost to the Owner. 4.Waives claims for additional cost or time extension which may subsequently become apparent. 5.Has included a list of similar projects on which this product has been used with names and telephone numbers for verification. 6.Has written verification from the product manufacturer that this product has been in use a minimum of two (2)years on a project similar to this work. 7.Substitutions will not be considered when they are indicated or implied on shop drawing or product data submittals,without separate written request,or when acceptance will require revision to the Contract Documents. C.Architect/Engineer Review 1.Review and approval will rely on manufacturer's literature and other data as outlined herein. 2.Inadequacies in such submittals that fail to identify unsuitability are the responsibility of the parties making submittal. D.Substitution Procedure 1.Submit three copies of request for substitution for consideration. Limit each request to one proposed substitution. 2.Submit shop drawings,product data,and certified test results attesting to the proposed product equivalence. 3.Submit listing of similar projects. 4.Submit manufacturer's written verification that product has been in use a minimum of two (2) years at similar projects. 5.The Architect/Engineer will notify Contractor,in writing,of decision to accept or reject request. 6.Products bid or incorporated in the work that are not specified and without written approval of the Architect/Engineer may not be acceptable,and if not,the Contractor will be required to furnish and install the products specified. 7.The Architect/Engineer will issue written approvals of product substitutions to all Bidders. Substitutions are not approved without written approval. 8.FORMS: Copy forms incorporated at the end of this section and use for all product substitution requests. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A.Refer to General and Supplementary General Conditions and Division 01. B.For satisfying submittal requirements for Division 23,"Product Data"is usually more appropriate than true "Shop Drawings"as defined in Division 01.However,the term "Shop Drawings"may be used throughout the specifications. Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 HVAC GENERAL PROVISIONS 23 01 00 - 3 C.Within ten days after notification of the award of the Contract and written notice to begin work,the Contractor shall submit to the Architect/Engineer for approval a detailed list of equipment and material which he proposes to use. Items requiring submittal data for approval will be noted at this time. D.Mark general catalog sheets and drawings to indicate specific items submitted and their correlation to specific tagged equipment on the drawings.Cross out all nonapplicable or extraneous information that does not apply to the submitted equipment.Circle or otherwise clearly indicate applicable options. E.Contractor shall clearly indicate deviations (if any)from the project specifications on each submittal.Shop drawings accepted by the Engineer shall not relieve the Contractor of their responsibility to construct the work in accordance with the Contract Documents. F.Include proper identification of equipment or item by name and/or number,as indicated on the Drawings. G.Where manufacturer's reference numbers differ from those specified,clearly indicate such on the submittal. H.Where equipment or items specified include accessories,parts,and additional items under one designation,submittals shall be complete and include all required components. I.Equipment requiring electrical connections shall include composite wiring diagrams,motor efficiency,and power factor data.Wiring diagrams submitted shall be specific to project conditions. J.Where submittals cover products containing non-metallic materials,include MSDS sheets from the manufacturer stating physical and chemical properties of components and precautionary steps to be taken. K.The Contractor shall provide an electronic PDF copy of submittal data. The pdf shall contain complete submittal data on all products,methods,etc.proposed for use on the project. L.Each submittal shall bear the approval of the Contractor indicating that he has reviewed the data and found it to meet the requirements of the specifications as well as space limitations and other project conditions. The submittals shall be clearly identified showing project name,manufacturer's catalog number,and all necessary performance and fabrication data. M.The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer a set of accurately marked up plans indicating all changes encountered during the construction. Final payment will be contingent on receipt of these as-built plans. N.The Contractor shall furnish an electronic PDF copy of maintenance and operating instructions as outlined in Paragraph C (Execution),of this specification section. O.The Contractor shall submit to the Owner all certificates required for operating system in compliance with local,state and federal regulations. 1.06 PRODUCT DELIVERY,STORAGE AND HANDLING A.All material and equipment shall be delivered and unloaded by the Contractor within the project site as noted herein or as directed by the Owner. B.The Contractor shall protect all material and equipment from breakage,theft,or weather damage. No material or equipment shall be stored on the ground. C.The material and equipment shall remain the property of the Contractor until the project has been completed and turned over to the Owner. 1.07 WORK CONDITIONS AND COORDINATION A.The Contractor shall review the electrical plans to establish points of connection and the extent of electrical work to be provided in his Contract. All electrical work shall be performed by a licensed electrical contracting firm. B.This Contractor shall be responsible for the final electrical connections to all equipment installed as part of his contract. Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 HVAC GENERAL PROVISIONS 23 01 00 - 4 C.Electrical work shall be in accordance with all local,state and national codes and as specified in Division 26. D.Where architectural features and elements govern location of work,refer to Architectural drawings prior to fabrication of materials or system components. E.Refer to the Structural Drawings to become familiar with structural member sizes,framing type and configuration,opening sizes,and other details that could impact the work.Failure to coordinate with the Work of other trades,resulting in relocation of installed work to coordinate with architectural and/or structural elements,shall NOT be allowed as a basis for extra compensation by the contractor. F.Where piping,ductwork,or other items are indiacted to be routed in the webbing of joists or trusses,the mechanical contractor shall confirm with the General Contractor/Construction Manager and steel supplier the final joist/truss profile prior to fabricating or order materials.The actual final joist/truss profile shall be used in the BIM coordination effort. G.Openings for insulated piping shall be based on the outside diameter of the insulation with continuous insulation through the opening. H.Seal non-fire rated floor penetrations with non-shrink grout or urethane caulk,as appropriate. I.Seal non-rated wall openeings with urethane caulk. J.Duct/pipe/conduit penetrations through floor slabs of mechanical platforms or slabs above the bottom floor shall have water stopped curb surrounding the pipe/duct/conduit opening.Coordinate with Construction Manager/General Contractor to confirm openings based on Coordination Drawings. K.Pipe,conduit and duct chases required for installation of work shall be provided by the General Contractor unless otherwise noted. This Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating the location of all required chases. L.All work shall be coordinated with other trades. Cutting of new work and subsequent patching shall be at the Contractor's expense at no extra cost to the Owner. M.Contractor shall review the complete construction document package and determine,prior to the bid,which portions of the above grade structural slabs are hard rock concrete and/or light weight insulating concrete.Contractor shall review the Structural Engineer's requirements for attachment of loads to slabs,joists,trusses,and other structural members.DO NOT exceed point loads on Structural Engineer's drawings and details.Unistrut and/or other support appartus required to span multiple joists or beams shall be included in the Contractor's bid.No additional monies will be given for support steel or other components required to support Mechanical piping,duct, equipment,or other items. 1.08 GUARANTEE A.See the General and Supplementary General Conditions B.Where extended warranties or guarantees are available from the manufacturer,the Contractor shall prepare the necessary contract documents to validate these warranties as required by the manufacturer and present them to the Architect/Engineer. C.The Contractor shall include in his bid a full warranty and guarantee for a five (5)year period on the compressors for the refrigeration equipment,including all chillers. This warranty does not include labor following the first year's Labor and Material Warranty. PART 2 PRODUCT 2.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A.Materials and equipment shall be new,unless noted otherwise,of the highest grade and quality and free from defects or other imperfections. Materials and equipment found defective shall be removed and replaced at the contractor's expense. B.The contractor shall provide name plates for identification of all equipment,switches,panels,etc. C.The name plates shall be laminated phenolic plastic,black front and back with white core,white engraved letters (1/4"minimum)etched into the white core. Name plates shall be fastened with Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 HVAC GENERAL PROVISIONS 23 01 00 - 5 sheet metal screws. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A.This Contractor shall examine the areas of completed work and shall insure that no defects or errors are present which would result in the poor application or installation of subsequent work. 3.02 TEMPORARY SERVICES A.Refer to Division 01 3.03 INSTALLATION A.All work shall be performed in a manner indicating proficiency in the trade. B.Contractor may install additional piping,fittings,valves,etc.,not indicated on the drawings,for testing purposes or for convenience to faciliate installation of the work.Where such materials are installed,they shall comply with the specifications and shall be sizes to be compatible with system design.Remove such materials when they interfere with design conditions or as directed by the Engineer. C.Use of access panels in inaccessible ceilings for access to equipment,valves,dampers,etc.,is not permitted,unless access panels are indicated on the Architectural reflected ceiling plans. Review any locations where additional access panels may be required with the Architect prior to incorporating into Work. D.This Contractor shall be responsible for completely cleaning the fireproofing from ALL materials or equipment installed as part of this Contract.This includes,but is not limited to,ductwork,piping, conduit,equipment,faceplates,boxes,disconnects,control panels,and cabling. E.All conduit,pipes,ducts,etc.shall be either parallel to building walls or plumb where installed in a vertical position and shall be concealed when located in architecturally finished areas. F.Any cutting or patching required for installation of this Contractor's work shall be kept to a minimum. Written approval shall be required by the Architect/Engineer if cutting of primary structure is involved. G.All patching shall be done in such a manner as to restore the areas or surfaces to match existing finishes. H.The Contractor shall lay out and install his work in advance of pouring concrete floors or walls. He shall furnish all sleeves to the General Contractor for openings through poured masonry floors or walls,above grade,required for passage of all conduits,pipes,or ducts installed by him. The Contractor shall provide all inserts and hangers required to support his equipment. I.The annular space around ALL wall and floor penetrations shall be properly sealed.For rated assemblies,a UL listed method shall be used.For non-rated wall and floors,the annular space shall be packed with mineral wool,or another suitable non-combustible material,and caulked air tight. J.Installation of piping and ductwork shall not interfere with walkways or service access. K.All trapeze hanger rods shall be cut to within 1"of the bottom nut. L.Provide minimum 1/2"thick closed cell elastomeric foam insulation,applied with adhesive,on lower edges of equipment and mechanical duct and pipe supporting elements suspended less than 7 ft above finished floors,platforms,or roofs. 3.04 PERFORMANCE A.The Contractor shall perform all excavation and backfill operations necessary for installation of his work. 3.05 ERECTION A.All support steel,angles,channels,pipes or structural steel stands and anchoring devices that may be required to rigidly support or anchor material and equipment shall be provided by this Contractor. Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 HVAC GENERAL PROVISIONS 23 01 00 - 6 3.06 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.The Contractor shall conform to the requirements of Division 3 for concrete testing. B.All testing required for compliance with the Contract shall be as stated in subsequent sections. 3.07 ADJUST AND CLEAN A.All equipment and installed materials shall be thoroughly clean and free of all dirt,oil,grit,grease, etc. B.Clean piping and ductwork both internally and externally to remove dirt,dust,debris,and other foreign matter.When external surfaces of piping are rusted,clean and restore surface to original condition. C.Clean all equipment as recommended by the manufacturer. D.Factory painted equipment shall not be repainted unless damaged areas exist. These areas shall be touched up with a material suitable for intended service. In no event shall name plates be painted. E.Dirt,dust,and other foreign matter shall be blown and/or cleaned from coils,terminal devices, diffusers,registers,and grilles.Inspect all coils and comb coil fins where damaged to as-new condition prior to test and balance work. F.If the Owner has doubts or concerns about the cleanliness of the ductwork or air handling systems, the Owner reserves the right to have a third-party assessment performed by a board certified indoor environmental consultant to determine if the installation meets requirements as stipulated in the National Air Duct Cleaners Association (NADCA)Assessment,Cleaning,and Restoration of HVAC Systems.If duct systems or air handling units are found to have accumulated dirt or foreign matter on interior surfaces in violation of NADCA guidelines,the Contractor shall be responsible for all costs required to restore the air distribution system to new condition to the satisfaction of the Owner.This shall include payment for all costs associated with third party testing of the systems. G.At a scheduled meeting,the Contractor shall instruct the Owner or the Owner's representative in the operation and maintenance of all equipment installed under his Contract (in the presence of the Engineer). H.Equipment with filter media shall be run for a period of two (2)weeks after completion of work at which time a new filter media shall be installed with one change of filter media provided the Owner for future replacement. (Provide a total of three (3)sets). I.The Contractor shall adjust the tension on all belts six months after the final inspection. 3.08 TESTING AND BALANCING A.Tests for equipment,ductwork,piping,and other systems shall be performed as specified in their respective sections in accordance with technical requirements indicated. B.Provide equipment and devices required for testing,including fittings for additional openings as required for the test apparatus. C.All ductwork and piping inspections and testing shall be successfully completed with test reports reviewed and approved by the Engineer before concealment or application of covering materials. D.Testing shall be witnessed by the Engineer,unless otherwise indicated.Notify Engineer,Owner, Commission Authority,and other parties at least 72 hours in advance of testing date.Engineer,at his discretion,may opt not to witness a given test.In this case,The Construction Manager/General Contractor and/or CxA shall witness the test and forward results to Engineer for review. E.Contractor shall be responsible for certifying in writing all equipment and system test results. Certification shall include identification of portion of system tested,date,time,weather conditions, test criteria,testing medium,and pressure used,duration of test,and name and title of person signing test certification document.Results shall be submitted to Engineer within three (3)days of test completion. 3.09 MAINTENANCE AND OPERATING MANUAL Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 HVAC GENERAL PROVISIONS 23 01 00 - 7 A.The Contractor shall prepare a PDF version of the manual describing the proper maintenance and system operation. This manual shall not consist of standard factory printed data intended for dimension or design purposes (although these may be included),but shall be prepared to describe this particular job. This manual shall include the following: 1.A check list for periodic maintenance of all equipment. 2.Suggested setting of all controls and switches for normal operation,with description of control and its location. 3.A check list for seasonal shutdown. 4.Maintenance and spare parts data for each major piece of equipment. 5.As-built wiring,interlock and control diagrams for equipment with color coding shown on wiring and interlock diagrams. 6.Air and Water Balance Report. B.The PDF shall be indexed,bookmarked,dated and signed by the Contractor when completed. C.The operating and maintenance manuals shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval.When the manuals are considered complete by the Engineer,they will be turned over to the Owner for their permanent use. D.For each major piece of equipment,the Contractor shall organize and record on video the on-site training sessions.A copy of the video shall be turned over to the Owner at the completion of the project. END OF SECTION 23 01 00 Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 Electrical Work 23 05 12 - 1 SECTION 23 05 12 ELECTRICAL WORK PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 DIVISION OF WORK A.This Contractor shall be responsible for the final electrical and the entire control connections and wiring to all equipment installed as part of his contract. B.Contractor shall review the electrical plans,where applicable,to establish points of connection and the extent of his electrical work to be provided in his contract. C.Unless otherwise noted,this Contractor shall wire from his equipment to disconnect switches, junction boxes,or panelboard circuit breakers as provided by the Electrical Contractor or as required by the existing conditions. D.All power and control wiring shall be in conduits. Refer to electrical specifications for conduit and conduit fittings. E.All electrical work shall be performed by a licensed electrician. F.All electrical work shall be in accordance with the State Building Code and all its supplements,the latest edition of the National Electrical Code and the electrical specifications. PART 2 PRODUCT 2.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A.All motor starters,disconnects,switches,relays,conduits,conductors,etc.that are required for a complete electrical power and/or control system shall conform to the requirements set forth by NEC. B.Refer to the plans for the type,size and electrical characteristics of the starters,disconnects, switches,relays,conductor and conduits. C.All conductors and conduits shall be sized as noted on the plans or As required per NEC. D.All individual motor starters for mechanical equipment (i.e.,fans,pumps,etc.)shall be furnished and installed under Division 23. E.All relays,actuators,timers,seven-day clocks,alternators,pressure,vacuum,float,flow, pneumatic-electric,and electric-pneumatic switches,aquastats,freezestats,line and low voltage thermostats,thermals,remote selector switches,remote push-button stations,emergency break- glass stations,interlocking,disconnect switches beyond termination point,and other appurtenances associated with equipment under Division 23 shall be furnished,installed and wired under Division 23. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A.All motor starters,disconnects,and switches shall be installed on or as close to the equipment they are serving as possible,or where shown on the plans. B.Electrical connection to equipment subject to vibration which develops objectionable noises shall be made from the conduit system with short lengths of flexible "Liquid-Tite"conduit.Connection to other equipment shall be made with rigid conduit. C.Conduits shall be run in a concealed space such as wall cavities,ceiling cavities,etc.except in the mechanical rooms where conduit may be run exposed. END OF SECTION 23 05 12 23 05 12 Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for HVAC Piping 23 05 17 - 1 SECTION 23 05 17 SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR HVAC PIPING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A.Pipe sleeves. B.Pipe-sleeve seals. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A.ASTM C592 -Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber Blanket Insulation and Blanket-Type Pipe Insulation (Metal-Mesh Covered)(Industrial Type);2022a. B.ASTM E814 -Standard Test Method for Fire Tests of Penetration Firestop Systems;2013a (Reapproved 2017). 1.03 SUBMITTALS A.Shop Drawings: Indicate pipe materials used,jointing methods,supports,floor and wall penetration seals. Indicate installation,layout,weights,mounting and support details,and piping connections. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the Products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. B.Clean equipment,pipes,valves,and fittings of grease,metal cuttings,and sludge that may have accumulated from the installation and testing of the system. 1.05 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A.Deliver and store sleeve and sleeve seals in shipping containers,with labeling in place. B.Provide temporary protective coating on cast iron and steel sleeves if shipped loose. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PIPE SLEEVES A.Non-manufactured sleeves: 1.Cast iron or Schedule 40 steel B.Vertical Piping: 1.Sleeve Length: 2 inch above finished floor. 2.Provide sealant for watertight joint. 3.Drilled Penetrations: Provide 1-1/2 inch angle ring or square set in silicone adhesive around penetration. C.Pipe Passing Through Below Grade Foundation Walls or Exterior Walls: 1.Manufactured sleeve-seal system 2.Provide watertight space with link rubber or modular seal between sleeve and pipe on both pipe ends. D.Non-rated interior stud wall Penetrations: 1.Pack annular space with mineral wool and seal tight with caulk E.Non-rated interior CMU wall Penetrations: 1.Pack annual space with mineral wool and seal with non-shrink grout. F.Clearances: 1.Provide allowance for insulated piping. 2.All Rated Openings: Caulked tight with fire stopping material in compliance with ASTM E814 to prevent the spread of fire,smoke,and gases. 2.02 PIPE-SLEEVE SEALS A.Manufacturers: Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for HVAC Piping 23 05 17 - 2 1.Advance Products &Systems,LLC​​ 2.Flexicraft Industries​​ 3.GPT Industries 4.Or Approved Equal B.Modular Mechanical Sleeve-Seal: 1.Elastomer-based interlocking links continuously fill annular space between pipe and wall- sleeve,wall or casing opening. 2.Watertight seal between pipe and wall-sleeve,wall or casing opening. 3.Size and select seal component materials in accordance with service requirements. 4.Service Requirements: a.Corrosion resistant. b.Oil,fuel,gas,and solvent resistant. c.Underground,buried,and wet conditions. d.High Temperature,up to 400 degrees F. e.Low temperature,down to minus 67 degrees F. 5.Glass-reinforced plastic pressure end plates. C.Sealing Compounds: 1.Provide packing and sealing compound to fill pipe to sleeve thickness. 2.Combined packing and seal compound is to match partition fire-resistance hourly rating. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A.Ream pipe and tube ends. Remove burrs. Bevel plain end ferrous pipe. B.Remove scale and foreign material,from inside and outside,before assembly. 3.02 INSTALLATION A.Route piping in orderly manner,plumb and parallel to building structure. Maintain gradient. B.Install piping to conserve building space,to not interfere with use of space and other work. C.Install piping and pipe sleeves to allow for expansion and contraction without stressing pipe,joints, or connected equipment. D.Inserts: 1.Provide inserts for placement in concrete formwork. 2.Provide inserts for suspending hangers from reinforced concrete slabs and sides of reinforced concrete beams. 3.Where concrete slabs form finished ceiling,locate inserts flush with slab surface. 4.Where inserts are omitted,drill through concrete slab from below and provide through-bolt with recessed square steel plate and nut above slab. E.Structural Considerations: 1.Do not penetrate building structural members unless approved by the Structural Engineer. F.Provide sleeves when penetrating footings,floors,and walls. Seal pipe including sleeve penetrations to achieve fire resistance equivalent to fire separation required. 1.Aboveground Piping: a.Pack solid using mineral fiber in compliance with ASTM C592. b.Fill space with an elastomer caulk to a depth of 0.50 inch where penetrations occur between conditioned and unconditioned spaces. 2.Caulk exterior wall sleeves watertight with lead and oakum or mechanically expandable chloroprene inserts with mastic-sealed components. G.Manufactured Sleeve-Seal Systems: 1.Install manufactured sleeve-seal systems in sleeves located in grade slabs and exterior walls at piping entrances into building. Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for HVAC Piping 23 05 17 - 3 2.Provide sealing elements of the size,quantity,and type required for the piping and sleeve inner diameter or penetration diameter. 3.Locate piping in center of sleeve or penetration. 4.Install field assembled sleeve-seal system components in annular space between sleeve and piping. 5.Tighten bolting for a water-tight seal. 6.Install in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. H.When installing more than one piping system material,ensure system components are compatible and joined to ensure the integrity of the system. Provide necessary joining fittings. Ensure flanges,union,and couplings for servicing are consistently provided. 3.03 CLEANING A.Upon completion of work,clean all parts of the installation. B.Clean equipment,pipes,valves,and fittings of grease,metal cuttings,and sludge that may have accumulated from the installation and testing of the system. END OF SECTION 23 05 17 Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC 23 05 48 - 1 SECTION 23 05 48 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A.Vibration isolation requirements. B.Vibration isolators. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A.ASHRAE (HVACA)-ASHRAE Handbook -HVAC Applications;Most Recent Edition Cited by Referring Code or Reference Standard. 1.03 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A.Coordination: 1.Coordinate selection and arrangement of vibration isolation and/or seismic control components with the actual equipment to be installed. 2.Coordinate the work with other trades to provide additional framing and materials required for installation. 3.Coordinate compatibility of support and attachment components with mounting surfaces at the installed locations. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A.Product Data: Provide manufacturer's standard catalog pages and data sheets for products, including materials,fabrication details,dimensions,and finishes. 1.Vibration Isolators: Include rated load capacities and deflections;include information on color coding or other identification methods for spring element load capacities. B.Shop Drawings -Vibration Isolation Systems: 1.Include dimensioned plan views and sections indicating proposed arrangement of vibration isolators;indicate equipment weights and static deflections. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Comply with applicable building code. B.Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. 1.06 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A.Receive,inspect,handle,and store products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 VIBRATION ISOLATION REQUIREMENTS A.Design and provide vibration isolation systems to reduce vibration transmission to supporting structure from vibration-producing HVAC equipment and/or HVAC connections to vibration-isolated equipment. B.Comply with applicable general recommendations of ASHRAE (HVACA),where not in conflict with other specified requirements: C.General Requirements: 1.Select vibration isolators to provide required static deflection. 2.Select vibration isolators for uniform deflection based on distributed operating weight of actual installed equipment. 3.Select vibration isolators for outdoor equipment to comply with wind design requirements. D.Equipment Isolation: ​Isolate all motor driven mechanical equipment,unless otherwise noted,from building structure,and from systems which they serve,to prevent equipment vibrations from being transmitted to structure. Unless specifically indicated,follow the latest edition of ASHRAE Application Handbook -Sound and Vibration Control,or manufacturer's recommendations for isolator selection,whichever is more stringent.​. Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC 23 05 48 - 2 1.Select and locate isolators to produce uniform loading and deflection. Use a minimum of 4 isolators to support each piece of equipment. 2.Select vibration isolation devices based on the lowest operating speed of equipment. E.Piping Isolation: 1.Provide vibration isolators for piping supports: a.Located in equipment rooms. b.Located within 50 feet of connected vibration-isolated equipment and pressure- regulating valve (PRV)stations. 2.Minimum Static Deflection: a.First Three Supports Closest to Isolated Equipment: Same as static deflection of equipment;maximum of 2 inch deflection required. b.Remainder of Supports: 0.75 inch deflection unless otherwise indicated. 3.Suspended Piping,Nonseismic Applications: Use resilient material isolator hangers,spring isolator hangers,or combination resilient material/spring isolator hangers. 4.Floor-Mounted Piping,Nonseismic Applications: Use open (unhoused)spring isolators. 2.02 VIBRATION ISOLATORS A.Manufacturers: 1.Vibration Isolators: a.Kinetics Noise Control,Inc b.Mason Industries c.Vibration Eliminator Company,Inc d.The VMC Group/Amber Booth e.Or Approved Equal 2.Source Limitations: Furnish vibration-isolators and associated accessories produced by a single manufacturer and obtained from a single supplier. B.General Requirements: 1.Resilient Materials for Vibration Isolators: Oil,ozone,and oxidant resistant. 2.Spring Elements for Spring Isolators: a.Color code or otherwise identify springs to indicate load capacity. b.Lateral Stability: Minimum lateral stiffness to vertical stiffness ratio of 0.8. c.Designed to operate in the linear portion of their load versus deflection curve over deflection range of not less than 50 percent above specified deflection. d.Designed to provide additional travel to solid of not less than 50 percent of rated deflection at rated load. e.Selected to provide designed deflection of not less than 75 percent of specified deflection. f.Selected to function without undue stress or overloading. C.Vibration Isolators for Nonseismic Applications: 1.Resilient Material Isolator Pads: a.Description: Single or multiple layer pads utilizing elastomeric (e.g.neoprene,rubber) isolator material. b.Pad Thickness: As required for specified minimum static deflection;minimum 0.25 inch thickness. c.Multiple Layer Pads: Provide bonded,galvanized sheet metal separation plate between each layer. 2.Resilient Material Isolator Mounts,Nonseismic: a.Description: Mounting assemblies for bolting equipment to supporting structure utilizing elastomeric (e.g.neoprene,rubber)isolator material;fail-safe type. 3.Resilient Material Isolator Hangers,Nonseismic: a.Description: Isolator assembly designed for installation in hanger rod suspension system utilizing elastomeric (e.g.neoprene,rubber)isolator material for the lower hanger rod connection. PART 3 EXECUTION Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC 23 05 48 - 3 3.01 EXAMINATION A.Verify that field measurements are as shown on the drawings. B.Verify that mounting surfaces are ready to receive vibration isolation and/or seismic control components and associated attachments. C.Verify that conditions are satisfactory for installation prior to starting work. 3.02 INSTALLATION A.Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B.Install anchors and fasteners in accordance with ICC Evaluation Services,LLC (ICC-ES) evaluation report conditions of use where applicable. C.Secure fasteners according to manufacturer's recommended torque settings. D.Install flexible piping connections to provide sufficient slack for vibration isolation and/or seismic relative displacements as indicated or as required. E.Vibration Isolation Systems: 1.Isolator Hangers: a.Use precompressed isolator hangers where required to facilitate installation and prevent damage to equipment utility connection provisions. b.Locate isolator hangers at top of hanger rods in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 2.Clean debris from beneath vibration-isolated equipment that could cause short-circuiting of isolation. 3.Use elastomeric grommets for attachments where required to prevent short-circuiting of isolation. 4.Adjust isolators to be free of isolation short circuits during normal operation. 5.Do not overtighten fasteners such that resilient material isolator pads are compressed beyond manufacturer's maximum recommended deflection. END OF SECTION 23 05 48 Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment 23 05 53 - 1 SECTION 23 05 53 IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A.Nameplates. B.Tags. C.Stencils. D.Pipe markers. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A.ASTM D709 -Standard Specification for Laminated Thermosetting Materials;2017. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A.List: Submit list of wording,symbols,letter size,and color coding for mechanical identification. B.Chart and Schedule: Submit valve chart and schedule,including valve tag number,location, function,and valve manufacturer's name and model number. C.Product Data: Provide manufacturers catalog literature for each product required. D.Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special procedures,and installation. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 IDENTIFICATION APPLICATIONS A.Air Handling Units: Nameplates. B.Automatic Controls: Tags. Key to control schematic. C.Control Panels: Nameplates. D.Ductwork: Stencilled painting. E.Instrumentation: Tags. F.Major Control Components: Nameplates. G.Piping: ​Stencilled painting​. H.Relays: Tags. I.Thermostats: Nameplates. 2.02 NAMEPLATES A.Manufacturers: 1.Advanced Graphic Engraving,LLC 2.Brimar Industries,Inc 3.Craftmark Pipe Markers 4.Kolbi Pipe Marker Co 5.Seton Identification Products,a Tricor Direct Company 6.Or Approved Equal B.Letter Color: Black. C.Letter Height: 1/4 inch. D.Background Color: White. E.Phenolic: Conform to ASTM D709. 2.03 TAGS A.Manufacturers: 1.Advanced Graphic Engraving 2.Brady Corporation Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment 23 05 53 - 2 3.Brimar Industries,Inc 4.Craftmark Pipe Markers 5.Kolbi Pipe Marker Co 6.Seton Identification Products,a Tricor Company 7.Or Approved Equal B.Metal Tags: Aluminum with stamped letters;tag size minimum 1-1/2 inch diameter with smooth edges.Use metal tags in return air plenums. C.Valve Tag Chart: Typewritten letter size list in anodized aluminum frame. 2.04 STENCILS A.Manufacturers: 1.Brady Corporation 2.Craftmark Pipe Markers 3.Kolbi Pipe Marker Co 4.Seton Identification Products,a Tricor Company 5.Or Approved Equal B.Stencils: With clean cut symbols and letters of following size: 1.3/4 to 1-1/4 inch Outside Diameter of Insulation or Pipe: 8 inch long color field,1/2 inch high letters. 2.1-1/2 to 2 inch Outside Diameter of Insulation or Pipe: 8 inch long color field,3/4 inch high letters. 3.2-1/2 to 6 inch Outside Diameter of Insulation or Pipe: 12 inch long color field,1-1/4 inch high letters. 4.Ductwork and Equipment: 2-1/2 inch high letters. 5.Stencil Paint: Semi-gloss enamel,colors conforming to ASME A13.1. 2.05 CEILING GRID LABELS A.Label each device or valve above the ceiling and label the ceiling grid below each.Indicate the type of device or valve and its associated service (e.g.“Shutoff Valve –HW”,“VAV-21”). B.Provide custom printed labels for each device,either vinyl or polypropylene,suitable for indoor / outdoor applications.Use portable printer equal to Brady HandiMark Portable Industrial Labeling System. C.Labels shall be no more than 1-inch in height.Lettering shall be minimum 18-point font.Lettering shall be black on white tape. D.Provide a list of devices and valves labeled with the identical information in the O&M Manuals. E.Submit samples of markings on three different devices for approval of the Owner and Engineer. F.Ceiling grid markers shall be the color listed below: 1.Electrical -Pull Box/Disconnects/Future -Neon Red 2.Mechanical Equipment/Fan/Dampers,etc.-Neon Yellow 3.Fire Alarm/Sprinklers/Life Safety -Red PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A.Degrease and clean surfaces to receive adhesive for identification materials. 3.02 INSTALLATION A.Install nameplates with corrosive-resistant mechanical fasteners,or adhesive. Apply with sufficient adhesive to ensure permanent adhesion and seal with clear lacquer. B.Install tags with corrosion resistant chain. C.All piping and duct shall be labeled at least once in EVERY room.Piping and ductwork shall be labeled every 15 ft and at every change of direction. Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment 23 05 53 - 3 D.Install ductwork with stencilled painting. Identify with air handling unit identification number and area served. Identify service (supply,return,exhaust,outside air,etc.) Locate identification at air handling unit,at each side of penetration of structure or enclosure,and at each obstruction. E.Provide ceiling grid labels to locate valves or dampers above lay-in panel ceilings. Locate in corner of panel closest to equipment. F.Identify control panels,manual motor starters,combination motor starters,disconnects,variable frequency drives,and major control components outside panels with plastic nameplates. G.Identify thermostats or temperature sensors relating to air handling units or valves with labels. H.Tag automatic controls,instruments,and relays.Key to control schematic. I.Identify air handling units with nameplates indicating unit number,area served,OEM and external static pressure,based on actual equipment submittal data,number and size of filters,and number and size of belts (where applicable). J.Provide ceiling track markers to locate valves or dampers above T-bar type panel ceilings.Locate in corner of panel closest to equipment.Markers shall be installed prior to request for above ceiling inspection. 3.03 SCHEDULE A.Standard Color Identification for Mechanical Piping (all labels shall be provided with flow arrows): 1.Condensate Drain COND Black Lettering/White Background 2.Refrigerant REF Black Lettering/Yellow Background B.Standard Color Identification for Ductwork (all labels shall be provided with flow arrows): 1.Supply Air SUPPLY Black Lettering 2.Return RETURN Black Lettering 3.Outside Air OUTSIDE AIR Black Lettering END OF SECTION 23 05 53 Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 Testing,Adjusting,and Balancing for HVAC 23 05 93 - 1 SECTION 23 05 93 TESTING,ADJUSTING,AND BALANCING FOR HVAC PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A.Testing,adjustment,and balancing of air systems. B.Measurement of final operating condition of HVAC systems. C.Commissioning activities. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A.AABC (NSTSB)-AABC National Standards for Total System Balance,7th Edition;2016. B.ASHRAE Std 111 -Measurement,Testing,Adjusting,and Balancing of Building HVAC Systems; 2008. C.NEBB (TAB)-Procedural Standards for Testing Adjusting and Balancing of Environmental Systems;2015,with Errata (2017). 1.03 SUBMITTALS A.TAB Plan: Submit a written plan indicating the testing,adjusting,and balancing standard to be followed and the specific approach for each system and component. 1.Submit to Architect. 2.Submit to the Commissioning Authority. B.Include at least the following in the plan: 1.Indicate standard to be followed (AABC or NEBB) 2.List of all ​airflow and system capacity​ and efficiency measurements to be performed and a description of specific test procedures,parameters,formulas to be used. 3.Copy of field checkout sheets and logs to be used,listing each piece of equipment to be tested,adjusted and balanced with the data cells to be gathered for each. 4.Identification and types of measurement instruments to be used and their most recent calibration date. 5.Discussion of what notations and markings will be made on the duct and piping drawings during the process. 6.Final test report forms to be used. 7.Detailed step-by-step procedures for TAB work for each system and issue,including: a.Terminal flow calibration (for each terminal type). b.Diffuser proportioning. c.Branch/submain proportioning. d.Total flow calculations. e.Rechecking. f.Diversity issues. 8.Details of how TOTAL flow will be determined;for example: a.Air: Sum of terminal flows via control system calibrated readings or via hood readings of all terminals,supply (SA)and return air (RA)pitot traverse,SA or RA flow stations. 9.Specific procedures that will ensure that systems are operating at the lowest possible pressures and methods to verify this. 10.Confirmation of understanding of the outside air ventilation criteria under all conditions. 11.Method of verifying and setting minimum outside air flow rate will be verified and set and for what level (total building,zone,etc.). 12.Method of checking building static and exhaust fan and/or relief damper capacity. 13.Methods for making coil or other system plant capacity measurements,if specified. 14.Time schedule for TAB work to be done in phases (by floor,etc.). 15.Description of TAB work for areas to be built out later,if any. 16.Time schedule for deferred or seasonal TAB work,if specified. 17.False loading of systems to complete TAB work,if specified. Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 Testing,Adjusting,and Balancing for HVAC 23 05 93 - 2 18.Exhaust fan balancing and capacity verifications,including any required room pressure differentials. 19.Interstitial cavity differential pressure measurements and calculations,if specified. 20.Procedures for formal deficiency reports,including scope,frequency and distribution. C.Control System Coordination Reports: Communicate in writing to the controls installer all setpoint and parameter changes made or problems and discrepancies identified during TAB that affect,or could affect,the control system setup and operation. D.Final Report: Indicate deficiencies in systems that would prevent proper testing,adjusting,and balancing of systems and equipment to achieve specified performance. 1.Revise TAB plan to reflect actual procedures and submit as part of final report. 2.Submit draft copies of report for review prior to final acceptance of Project. Provide final copies for Architect and for inclusion in operating and maintenance manuals. 3.Provide final reports in ​soft cover,letter size,3-ring​binder manuals,complete with index page and indexing tabs,with cover identification at front and side.Include set of reduced drawings with air outlets and equipment identified to correspond with data sheets,and indicating thermostat locations.The Final Report shall be placed in and become a part of the Maintenance and Operations Manuals (4 copies). 4.Include actual instrument list,with manufacturer name,serial number,and date of calibration. 5.Form of Test Reports: Where the TAB standard being followed recommends a report format use that;otherwise,follow ASHRAE Std 111. 6.Units of Measure: Report data in I-P (inch-pound)units only. 7.Include the following on the title page of each report: a.Name of Testing,Adjusting,and Balancing Agency. b.Address of Testing,Adjusting,and Balancing Agency. c.Telephone number of Testing,Adjusting,and Balancing Agency. d.Also include a certification sheet containing the seal and name,address,telephone number,and signature of the Certified Test and Balance Engineer.Include in this division a listing of the instruments used for the procedures along with proof of calibration. E.Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of flow measuring stations and balancing valves and rough setting. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.The TAB agency shall be a subcontractor of the General Contractor (or Construction Manager) and shall report directly to and be paid by the General Contractor. B.The TAB agency shall be either a certified member of AABC or NEBB to perform TAB service for HVAC,water balancing and vibrations and sound testing of equipment.The certification shall be maintained for the entire duration of duties specified herein. C.Any agency that has been the subject of disciplinary action by either the AABC or NEBB within the five years preceding Contract Award shall not be eligible to perform any work related to the TAB. All work performed in this Section and in other related Sections by the TAB agency shall be considered invalid if the TAB agency loses its certification prior to Contract completion,and the successor agency’s review shows unsatisfactory work performed by the predecessor agency. D.TAB Specialist:The TAB specialist shall be either a member of AABC or an experienced technician of the Agency certified by NEBB.The certification shall be maintained for the entire duration of duties specified herein.If,for any reason,the Specialist loses subject certification during this period,the General Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer and submit another TAB Specialist for approval.Any individual that has been the subject of disciplinary action by either the AABC or NEBB within the five years preceding Contract Award shall not be eligible to perform any duties related to the HVAC systems,including TAB.All work specified in this Section and in other related Sections performed by the TAB specialist shall be considered invalid if the TAB Specialist loses its certification prior to Contract completion and must be performed by an approved successor. Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 Testing,Adjusting,and Balancing for HVAC 23 05 93 - 3 E.TAB Specialist shall be identified by the General Contractor within 60 days after the notice to proceed.The TAB specialist will be coordinating,scheduling and reporting all TAB work and related activities and will provide necessary information as required by the Resident Engineer.The responsibilities would specifically include: 1.Shall directly supervise all TAB work. 2.Shall sign the TAB reports that bear the seal of the TAB standard.The reports shall be accompanied by report forms and schematic drawings required by the TAB standard,AABC, TABB or NEBB. 3.Would follow all TAB work through its satisfactory completion. 4.Shall provide final markings of settings of all HVAC adjustment devices. 5.Permanently mark location of duct test ports. 6.Shall document critical paths from the fan or pump.These critical paths are ones in which are 100%open from the fan or pump to the terminal device.This will show the least amount of restriction is being imposed on the system by the TAB firm. F.All TAB technicians performing actual TAB work shall be experienced and must have done satisfactory work on a minimum of 3 projects comparable in size and complexity to this project. Qualifications must be certified by the TAB agency in writing.The lead technician shall be certified by AABC or NEBB 1.05 WARRANTY A.National Project Performance Guarantee: Provide a guarantee AABC or NEBB will assist in completing requirements of the Contract Documents if TAB firm fails to comply with the Contract Documents. Guarantee includes the following provisions: 1.The certified TAB firm has tested and balanced systems according to the Contract Documents. 2.Systems are balanced to optimum performance capabilities within design and installation limits. 3.Warranty Period: Five (5)years. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PLUGS A.Provide plastic plugs to seal holes drilled in ductwork for test purposes. 2.02 INSULATION REPAIR MATERIAL A.Refer to individual insulation sections for repair of insulation removed or damaged during TAB work. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A.Perform total system balance in accordance with one of the following: 1.AABC (NSTSB),AABC National Standards for Total System Balance. B.Begin work after completion of systems to be tested,adjusted,or balanced and complete work prior to Substantial Completion of the project. C.Where HVAC systems and/or components interface with life safety systems,including fire and smoke detection,alarm,and control,coordinate scheduling and testing and inspection procedures with the authorities having jurisdiction. D.TAB Agency Qualifications: 1.Company specializing in the testing,adjusting,and balancing of systems specified in this section. 2.Having minimum of three years documented experience. 3.Certified by one of the following: a.AABC,Associated Air Balance Council: www.aabc.com/#sle;upon completion submit AABC National Performance Guaranty. b.NEBB,National Environmental Balancing Bureau: www.nebb.org/#sle. Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 Testing,Adjusting,and Balancing for HVAC 23 05 93 - 4 E.TAB Supervisor and Technician Qualifications: Certified by same organization as TAB agency. F.For each air handling system,provide a graphical static pressure profile indicating the pressure drop across each component of the air handling unit (filter,coils,dampers,wheel,etc). 3.02 EXAMINATION A.Verify that systems are complete and operable before commencing work. Ensure the following conditions: 1.Systems are started and operating in a safe and normal condition. 2.Temperature control systems are installed complete and operable. 3.Proper thermal overload protection is in place for electrical equipment. 4.Final filters are clean and in place. If required,install temporary media in addition to final filters. 5.Duct systems are clean of debris. 6.Fans are rotating correctly. 7.Fire and volume dampers are in place and open. 8.Air coil fins are cleaned and combed. 9.Access doors are closed and duct end caps are in place. 10.Air outlets are installed and connected. 11.Duct system leakage is minimized. B.Submit field reports. Report defects and deficiencies that will or could prevent proper system balance. C.Beginning of work means acceptance of existing conditions. 3.03 PREPARATION A.Hold a pre-balancing meeting at least one week prior to starting TAB work. 1.Require attendance by all installers whose work will be tested,adjusted,or balanced. B.Obtain design drawings and specifications and become thoroughly acquainted with the design intent. C.Obtain copies of approved shop drawings of all air handling equipment,outlets (supply,return,and exhaust)and temperature control diagrams. D.Compare design to installed equipment and field installations. E.Walk the system to determine variations of installation from design. F.Check filters for cleanliness. G.Lubricate all motors and bearings. 3.04 ADJUSTMENT TOLERANCES A.Air Systems Tolerances Systems -Air Tolerances of Drawing Design Remarks Air Handling Units,Fans (Supply,Return,Exhaust)-5%to +10%Systems with Filters must be tested at dirty conditions Outdoor Air 100%to 110%To obtain this accuracy requires ductwork be traversed Terminal Units +/-5% Calibrate all boxes at minimum of two points.Single point calibration is not acceptable. Diffusers and Grilles +/-10%If design is less than 100 CFM, tolerance can be +/-10 CFM Pressurized Rooms -Positive Supply +100-105% Exhaust or Return Room offset tolerance to design 100%to +110% Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 Testing,Adjusting,and Balancing for HVAC 23 05 93 - 5 100-95% Pressurized rooms -Negative Supply 95%to 100% Exhaust or Return 100%to 105% Room offset tolerance to design 100%to 105% Systems -Water Tolerances of Plan Design Remarks Coils,Heat Exchangers, Pumps,Evaporators, Condensers +/-5% 3.05 RECORDING AND ADJUSTING A.Field Logs: Maintain written logs including: 1.Running log of events and issues. 2.Discrepancies,deficient or uncompleted work by others. 3.Contract interpretation requests. 4.Lists of completed tests. B.Ensure recorded data represents actual measured or observed conditions. C.Use only those instruments which have the maximum field measuring accuracy and are best suited to the function being measured. D.Apply instrument as recommended by the manufacturer. E.When averaging values,take a sufficient quantity of readings that will result in a repeatability error of less than 5 percent.When measuring a single point,repeat readings until 2 consecutive identical values are obtained. F.Permanently mark settings of valves,dampers,and other adjustment devices allowing settings to be restored. Set and lock memory stops. G.Mark on drawings the locations where traverse and other critical measurements were taken and cross reference the location in the final report. H.After adjustment,take measurements to verify balance has not been disrupted or that such disruption has been rectified. I.Leave systems in proper working order,replacing belt guards,closing access doors,closing doors to electrical switch boxes,and restoring thermostats to specified settings. J.Seal ducts and piping,and test for and repair leaks. K.Seal insulation to re-establish integrity of vapor barrier. L.Retest,adjust,and balance systems subsequent to significant system modifications and resubmit test results. 3.06 AIR SYSTEM PROCEDURE A.Adjust air handling and distribution systems to provide required or design supply,return,and exhaust air quantities at site altitude. B.Test,adjust,and balance the air systems before the hydronic systems. C.Make air quantity measurements in ducts by Pitot tube traverse of entire cross sectional area of duct. D.Measure air quantities at air inlets and outlets. E.Adjust distribution system to obtain uniform space temperatures free from objectionable drafts and noise.This includes adjusting the deflection of all diffuser and grilles. F.Use volume control devices to regulate air quantities only to extent that adjustments do not create objectionable air motion or sound levels.Effect volume control by duct internal devices such as dampers and splitters. G.Vary total system air quantities by adjustment of fan speeds. Provide drive changes required. Vary branch air quantities by damper regulation. Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 Testing,Adjusting,and Balancing for HVAC 23 05 93 - 6 H.Measure temperature conditions across outside air,return air,and exhaust dampers to check leakage. I.Where modulating dampers are provided,take measurements and balance at extreme conditions.​​ 3.07 CRITICAL FLOW PATH A.Provide a documented critical path for all fluid flows.There shall be at least one terminal device that can be traced back to the fan or pump where there is no damper or valves that are less than 100%open. 3.08 DEMONSTRATION A.Training 1.Train the Owner's maintenance personnel on troubleshooting procedures and testing, adjusting,and balancing procedures.Provide four (4)hours on site training.Review with the Owner's personnel the information contained in the Operating and Maintenance Data specified in Division 1 and Section 23 01 00. 2.Schedule training with the Owner through the Engineer with at least 7 days prior notice. 3.09 COMMISSIONING A.Perform prerequisites prior to starting commissioning activities. B.Fill out Prefunctional Checklists for: 1.Air side systems. C.Furnish to the Commissioning Authority,upon request,any data gathered but not shown in the final TAB report. D.Re-check​minimum outdoor air intake flows and maximum and intermediate total airflow rates for 50 percent of the air handlers plus​a random sample equivalent to ​50​percent of the final TAB report data as directed by Commissioning Authority. 1.Original TAB agency shall execute the re-checks,witnessed by the Commissioning Authority. 2.Use the same test instruments as used in the original TAB work. 3.Failure of more than ​25​of the re-checked items of a given system shall result in the rejection of the system TAB report;rebalance the system,provide a new system TAB report,and repeat random re-checks. 4.For purposes of re-check,failure is defined as follows: a.Air Flow of Supply and Return: Deviation of more than 10 percent of instrument reading. b.Minimum Outside Air Flow: Deviation of more than 20 percent of instrument reading;for inlet vane or VFD OSA compensation system using linear proportional control,deviation of more than 30 percent at intermediate supply flow. c.Temperatures: Deviation of more than one degree F. d.Air and Water Pressures: Deviation of more than 10 percent of full scale of test instrument reading. e.Sound Pressures: Deviation of more than 3 decibels,with consideration for variations in background noise. 5.For purposes of re-check,a whole system is defined as one in which inaccuracies will have little or no impact on connected systems;for example,the air distribution system served by one air handler or the hydronic chilled water supply system served by a chiller or the condenser water system. E.In the presence of the Commissioning Authority,verify that: 1.Final settings of all valves,splitters,dampers and other adjustment devices have been permanently marked. 2.The air system is being controlled to the lowest possible static pressure while still meeting design loads,less diversity;this shall include a review of TAB methods,established control setpoints,and physical verification of at least one leg from fan to diffuser having all balancing dampers wide open and that during full cooling of all terminal units taking off downstream of the static pressure sensor,the terminal unit on the critical leg has its damper 90 percent or Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 Testing,Adjusting,and Balancing for HVAC 23 05 93 - 7 more open. 3.The water system is being controlled to the lowest possible pressure while still meeting design loads,less diversity;this shall include a review of TAB methods,established control setpoints,and physical verification of at least one leg from the pump to the coil having all balancing valves wide open and that during full cooling the cooling coil valve of that leg is 90 percent or more open. 3.10 SCOPE A.Test,adjust,and balance the following: 1.Air Cooled Refrigerant Condensers. 2.Computer Room Air Conditioning Units. 3.Air Coils. 4.Air Handling Units. 5.Fans. 6.Air Filters. B.This Section does NOT include: 1.Testing boilers and pressure vessels for compliance with safety codes. 2.Specifications for materials for patching mechanical systems. 3.Specifications for materials and installation of adjusting and balancing;refer to the respective system sections for materials and installation requirements. 4.Requirements and procedures for piping and ductwork systems leakage tests. 3.11 MINIMUM DATA TO BE REPORTED A.Electric Motors: 1.Manufacturer. 2.Model/Frame. 3.HP/BHP. 4.Phase,voltage,amperage;nameplate,actual,no load. 5.RPM. 6.Service factor. 7.Starter size,rating,heater elements. 8.Sheave Make/Size/Bore. B.Air Cooled Condensers: 1.Identification/number. 2.Location. 3.Manufacturer. 4.Model number. 5.Entering DB air temperature,design and actual. 6.Leaving DB air temperature,design and actual. C.Cooling Coils: 1.Identification/number. 2.Location. 3.Manufacturer. 4.Air flow,design and actual. 5.Entering air DB temperature,design and actual. 6.Entering air WB temperature,design and actual. 7.Leaving air DB temperature,design and actual. 8.Leaving air WB temperature,design and actual. 9.Water flow,design and actual. 10.Water pressure drop,design and actual. 11.Entering water temperature,design and actual. 12.Leaving water temperature,design and actual. 13.Air pressure drop,design and actual. Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 Testing,Adjusting,and Balancing for HVAC 23 05 93 - 8 D.Heating Coils: 1.Identification/number. 2.Location. 3.Manufacturer. 4.Air flow,design and actual. 5.Water flow,design and actual. 6.Water pressure drop,design and actual. 7.Entering water temperature,design and actual. 8.Leaving water temperature,design and actual. 9.Entering air temperature,design and actual. 10.Leaving air temperature,design and actual. 11.Air pressure drop,design and actual. E.Air Moving Equipment: 1.Location. 2.Manufacturer. 3.Model number. 4.Air flow,specified and actual. 5.Return air flow,specified and actual. 6.Outside air flow,specified and actual. 7.Total static pressure (total external),specified and actual. 8.Inlet pressure. 9.Discharge pressure. 10.Fan RPM. F.Duct Traverses: 1.System zone/branch. 2.Duct size. 3.Design air flow. 4.Test velocity. 5.Test air flow. 6.Duct static pressure. 7.Air temperature. G.Air Distribution Tests: 1.Air terminal number. 2.Room number/location. 3.Terminal type. 4.Terminal size. 5.Design air flow. 6.Test (final)air flow. 7.Percent of design air flow. END OF SECTION 23 05 93 Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 HVAC Piping Insulation 23 07 19 - 1 SECTION 23 07 19 HVAC PIPING INSULATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A.Piping insulation. B.Jacketing and accessories. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A.Section 07 84 00 -Firestopping. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A.ASTM B209/B209M -Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate; 2021a. B.ASTM C534/C534M -Standard Specification for Preformed Flexible Elastomeric Cellular Thermal Insulation in Sheet and Tubular Form;2020a. C.ASTM C1136 -Standard Specification for Flexible,Low Permeance Vapor Retarders for Thermal Insulation;2023. D.ASTM C1423 -Standard Guide for Selecting Jacketing Materials for Thermal Insulation;2021. E.ASTM E84 -Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials; 2018b. F.ASTM E96/E96M -Standard Test Methods for Gravimetric Determination of Water Vapor Transmission Rate of Materials;2022. G.ASTM G153 -Standard Practice for Operating Enclosed Carbon Arc Light Apparatus for Exposure of Nonmetallic Materials;2013 (Reapproved 2021). H.SAE AMS3779 -Tape,Adhesive,Pressure-Sensitive Thermal Radiation Resistant,Aluminum Coated Glass Cloth;2016b. I.MICA -Midwest Insulation Contractors Association National Commercial &Industrial Insulation Standards;8th Edition. J.UL 723 -Standard for Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials;Current Edition,Including All Revisions. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A.Product Data:Provide product description,thermal characteristics,list of materials and thickness for each service,and locations.Provide the following information: 1.Schedule indicating insulation type,thickness,and location for each service (equipment,duct, and pipe with size). 2.Density 3.Compressive Strength 4."k"value at 75 deg F 5.Nominal "R"value 6.Mean temperature range 7.Flame spread rating B.Shop Drawings:Show details for the following: 1.Application of protective shields,saddles,and inserts at hangers for each type of insulation and hanger. 2.Attachment and covering of heat tracing inside insulation. 3.Insulation application at pipe expansion joints for each type of insulation. 4.Insulation application at elbows,fittings,flanges,valves,and specialties for each type of insulation. 5.Application of field-applied jackets. Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 HVAC Piping Insulation 23 07 19 - 2 C.Manufacturer's Instructions: Indicate installation procedures that ensure acceptable workmanship and installation standards will be achieved. D.Provide plates from MICA 8th edition manual for each insulation system on the project as part of the submittals.The plates for each system shall be filled out by the insulating contractor for each product being used. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the Products specified in this section with not less than three years of documented experience. B.Applicator Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the type of work specified in this section ​with minimum five years of experience​. 1.06 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A.Accept materials on site,labeled with manufacturer's identification,product density,and thickness. B.Store insulation in original wrapping and protect from weather and construction traffic.Protect insulation against dirt,water,chemical,and mechanical damage. 1.07 FIELD CONDITIONS A.Maintain ambient conditions required by manufacturers of each product. B.Maintain temperature before,during,and after installation for minimum of 24 hours. C.Insulation shall not be installed until all testing and inspection of pipe,duct,vessel,etc.has been completed and approved by Engineer/Owner’s representative. D.Replace insulation damaged by either moisture or other means.Insulation which has been wet, whether dried or not,is considered damaged.Make repairs where condensation is caused by improper installation of insulation.Also replace any materials damaged by the condensation. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A.Surface Burning Characteristics: Flame spread index/Smoke developed index of 25/50,maximum, when tested in accordance with ASTM E84,UL 723,ASTM E84,or UL 723. 2.02 FLEXIBLE ELASTOMERIC CELLULAR INSULATION A.Manufacturers: 1.Aeroflex USA,Inc​​​​ 2.Armacell LLC​​ 3.K-Flex USA LLC​​ 4.Or Approved Equal B.Insulation: Preformed flexible elastomeric cellular rubber insulation complying with ASTM C534/C534M Grade 1;use molded tubular material wherever possible. 1.Minimum Service Temperature: Minus 40 degrees F. 2.Maximum Service Temperature: 180 degrees F. 3.Connection: Waterproof vapor barrier adhesive. C.Elastomeric Foam Adhesive: Air dried,contact adhesive,compatible with insulation. 2.03 JACKETING AND ACCESSORIES A.Canvas Jacket: UL listed 6 oz/sq yd plain weave cotton fabric treated with dilute fire-retardant lagging adhesive. 1.Lagging Adhesive: Compatible with insulation. a.Manufacturers: 1)Vimasco Corporation: 2)GLT Products B.Aluminum Jacket: 1.Manufacturers: a.​Alumaguard​. Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 HVAC Piping Insulation 23 07 19 - 3 b.ITW. 2.Comply with ASTM B209/B209M,Temper H14,minimum thickness of 0.016 inch with factory- applied polyethylene and kraft paper moisture barrier on the inside surface. 3.Thickness: 0.016 inch sheet. 4.Finish:​Embossed​. 5.Joining: Longitudinal slip joints and 2 inch laps. 6.Fittings: 0.016 inch thick die-shaped fitting covers with factory-attached protective liner. 7.Metal Jacket Bands: 3/8 inch wide;0.015 inch thick aluminum. C.Reinforced Tape: 1.FSK tape suitable for sealing seams between insulation,insulated pipe bends,and fittings resulting in a tight,smooth surface without wrinkles. 2.Comply with UL 723,ASTM E84. 3.Moisture Vapor Permeability: 0.00 perm inch,when tested in accordance with ASTM E96/E96M. 4.Finish: Match insulation. D.Plain Foil Tape: 1.Aluminum foil with pressure-sensitive adhesive on paper release liner. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A.Test piping for design pressure,liquid tightness,and continuity prior to applying insulation materials. B.Verify that surfaces are clean and dry,with foreign material removed. 3.02 INSTALLATION A.Install in accordance with ​manufacturer's instructions​and the MICA manual 8th edition.In cases of conflict,the more stringent instructions shall apply. B.Where existing piping insulation is either removed or damaged during construction,it shall be reinsulated per these specifications. C.Where insulation thickness exceeds 3 inches,the insulation shall be two layers.Secure first layer before installing the next layer and stagger the joints. D.Install multiple layers of insulation with longitudinal and end seams staggered. E.Install accessories compatible with insulation materials and suitable for the service.Install accessories that do not corrode,soften,or otherwise attack insulation or jacket in either wet or dry state. F.Install insulation with least number of joints practical. G.Exposed Piping: Locate insulation and cover seams in least visible locations. H.Insulated Pipes Conveying Fluids Below Ambient Temperature: 1.Insulate entire system,including fittings,valves,unions,flanges,strainers,flexible connections,​​and expansion joints. 2.Insulation on all pipes or ducts conveying air or liquids below the ambient temperature is required to have a continuous vapor barrier.On all insulation with a vapor barrier,seal the joints,duct wrap seams,vapor retarder (ASJ)film seams and penetrations in insulation at hangers,supports,anchors,and other projections with a vapor-barrier coating/mastic as specified in the individual insulation sections. 3.For insulation application where vapor barriers are indicated,extend insulation on anchor legs from point of attachment to supported item to point of attachment to structure.Taper and seal ends at attachment to structure with vapor-barrier coating/mastic. 4.Install insert materials and install insulation to tightly join the insert.Seal insulation to insulation inserts with adhesive or sealing compound recommended by insulation material manufacturer. Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 HVAC Piping Insulation 23 07 19 - 4 5.Cover inserts with jacket material matching adjacent pipe insulation.Install shields over jacket,arranged to protect jacket from tear or puncture by hanger,support,and shield. I.Inserts and Shields: 1.Shields: ​Galvanized steel​,20 gauge,one half the circumference of the insulation,and a minimum of 12 inches long,between pipe hangers or pipe hanger rolls and inserts. 2.Insert location: Between support shield and piping and under the finish jacket. 3.Insert Configuration: Minimum 6 inches long,of same thickness and contour as adjoining insulation;may be factory fabricated. 4.Insert Material: Hydrous calcium silicate insulation or other heavy density insulating material suitable for the planned temperature range. J.Continue insulation through walls,sleeves,pipe hangers,and other pipe penetrations. Finish at supports,protrusions,and interruptions. At fire separations,see Section 07 84 00. K.Pipe Exposed in Mechanical Equipment Rooms: Finish with PVC jacket color coded to piping system.Refer to 23 05 53 for colors. L.Pipe Exposed in Finished Spaces:Finish with canvas jacket sized for finish painting.Canvas shall be coated twice with Foster fireproof lagging to ensure specified flame and smoke spread ratings. M.For refrigerant line sets and condensate piping exposed to view serving wall mounted units, provide lineset cover system.Speedichannel by DiversiTech,Hide-A-Line by DuctlessAire,or equivalent by Inaba Denko. N.Exterior Applications: Provide vapor barrier jacket. Insulate fittings,joints,and valves with insulation of like material and thickness as adjoining pipe,and finish with glass mesh reinforced vapor barrier cement. Provide with 0.016 inch aluminum rolled jacket.Cover with aluminum jacket with aluminum bands 12 inches on center and at each butt joint located on bottom side of horizontal piping.Fittings shall be covered with two piece factory fabricated "ELL-JACS." O.All exposed piping surfaces,insulation,supports,etc.,shall be painted with two coats of oil base paint.Color shall be selected by the Owner. P.Insulation systems shall be installed per the applicable plate from the MICA manual 8th edition: 1.Pre-formed Pipe Insulation Single Layer Construction:Plate 1-100 2.Flexible Foam Insulation:Plate 1-200 3.Field applied Metal Jacketing:Plate 1-400 4.Non-metallic sealed jacketing systems:PVC,etc:Plate 1-510 5.Split Ring Hangers:Plate 1-600 6.Clevis Hanger with High Density Inserts:Plate 1-610 7.Pre-Insulated Pipe Support,Standoff Clamp:Plate 1-640 8.Vapor Stop (Dam)-Pipe:Plate 1-660 9.Refrigerant and Low Temperature:Plate 1-801 10.Traced Piping:Plate 1-900 11.Pre-formed Elbow Insulation:Plate 2-100 12.Mechanical Fitting Field Fabricated:Plate 2-116 13.Pre-formed or Fabricated Tee Insulation:Plate 2-120 14.Field or Factory-Fabricated Valve Insulation:Plate 2-130 15.In-line Flange Insulation Built-up and Beveled:Plate 2-135 16.Flexible Foam Fittings:90s and 45s:Plate 2-200 17.Flexible Foam Fittings,Ts:2-220 18.Flexible Foam Ts:Plate 2-225 19.PVC/Insert Valve Insulation:Plate 2-530 20.PVC/Insert Mechanical Coupling on In-line Flange:Plate 2-535 21.Non-metallic Jackets:Fitting and Valve Insulation Sealed Jacketing Systems:Plate 2-536 22.PVC End Cap Over Insulation:2-540 23.Vapor Stop (Dam)-Fittings:Plate 2-660 24.Vapor Stop (Dam)-Equipment:4-660 3.03 SCHEDULE Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 HVAC Piping Insulation 23 07 19 - 5 A.Condensate 1.Condensate lines shall be insulated with 1.0 inch thick closed cell insulation.The insulation shall extend from the connection on the unit until it either terminates at a floor drain or other indirect waste receptor,or turns underground. B.Refrigerant 1.Refrigerant lines shall be insulated with 1.5 inch thick closed cell elastomeric foam insulation. Both gas and liquid lines should be insulated. END OF SECTION 23 07 19 Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 Commissioning of HVAC 23 08 00 - 1 SECTION 23 08 00 COMMISSIONING OF HVAC PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A.This section covers the Contractor's responsibilities for commissioning;each subcontractor or installer responsible for the installation of a particular system or equipment item to be commissioned is responsible for the commissioning activities relating to that system or equipment item. B.The Commissioning Authority (CA)directs and coordinates all commissioning activities and provides Prefunctional Checklists and Functional Test Procedures for Contractor's use. C.The entire HVAC system is to be commissioned,including commissioning activities for the following specific items: 1.Control system. 2.Major and minor equipment items. 3.Piping systems and equipment. 4.Ductwork and accessories. 5.Terminal units. 6.Variable frequency drives. 7.Other equipment and systems explicitly identified elsewhere in Contract Documents as requiring commissioning. D.The Prefunctional Checklist and Functional Test requirements specified in this section are in addition to,not a substitute for,inspection or testing specified in other sections. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A.ASHRAE Guideline 1.1 -HVAC&R Technical Requirements for the Commissioning Process;2007, with Errata (2012). 1.03 SUBMITTALS A.Updated Submittals: Keep the Commissioning Authority informed of all changes to control system documentation made during programming and setup;revise and resubmit when substantial changes are made. a.Description of the expected field adjustments for transmitters,controllers and control actuators should control responses fall outside of expected values. B.Startup Reports,Prefunctional Checklists,and Trend Logs: Submit for approval of Commissioning Authority. C.HVAC Control System O&M Manual Requirements. In addition to documentation specified elsewhere,compile and organize at minimum the following data on the control system: 1.Specific step-by-step instructions on how to perform and apply all functions,features,modes, etc.mentioned in the controls training sections of this specification and other features of this system. Provide an index and clear table of contents. Include the detailed technical manual for programming and customizing control loops and algorithms. 2.Full as-built set of control drawings. 3.Full as-built sequence of operations for each piece of equipment. 4.Full points list;in addition to the information on the original points list submittal,include a listing of all rooms with the following information for each room: a.Floor. b.Room number. c.Room name. d.Air handler unit ID. e.Reference drawing number. f.Air terminal unit tag ID. g.Heating and/or cooling valve tag ID. h.Minimum air flow rate. Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 Commissioning of HVAC 23 08 00 - 2 i.Maximum air flow rate. 5.Full print out of all schedules and set points after testing and acceptance of the system. 6.Full as-built print out of software program. 7.Electronic copy on disk of the entire program for this facility. 8.Marking of all system sensors and thermostats on the as-built floor plan and HVAC drawings with their control system designations. 9.Maintenance instructions,including sensor calibration requirements and methods by sensor type,etc. 10.Control equipment component submittals,parts lists,etc. 11.Warranty requirements. 12.Copies of all checkout tests and calibrations performed by the Contractor (not commissioning tests). 13.Organize and subdivide the manual with permanently labeled tabs for each of the following data in the given order: a.Sequences of operation. b.Control drawings. c.Points lists. d.Controller and/or module data. e.Thermostats and timers. f.Sensors and DP switches. g.Valves and valve actuators. h.Dampers and damper actuators. i.Program setups (software program printouts). D.Project Record Documents: See Section 01 78 00 for additional requirements. 1.Submit updated version of control system documentation,for inclusion with operation and maintenance data. 2.Show actual locations of all static and differential pressure sensors (air,water and building pressure)and air-flow stations on project record drawings. E.Draft Training Plan: In addition to requirements specified in Section 01 79 00,include: 1.Follow the recommendations of ASHRAE Guideline 1.1. 2.Control system manufacturer's recommended training. 3.Demonstration and instruction on function and overrides of any local packaged controls not controlled by the HVAC control system. F.Training Manuals: Refer to Division 01 requirements 1.Provide three extra copies of the controls training manuals in a separate manual from the O&M manuals. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 TEST EQUIPMENT A.Provide all standard testing equipment required to perform startup and initial checkout and required functional performance testing;unless otherwise noted such testing equipment will NOT become the property of Owner. B.Equipment-Specific Tools: Where special testing equipment,tools and instruments are specific to a piece of equipment,are only available from the vendor,and are required in order to accomplish startup or Functional Testing,provide such equipment,tools,and instruments as part of the work at no extra cost to Owner;such equipment,tools,and instruments are to become the property of Owner. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A.Cooperate with the Commissioning Authority in development of the Prefunctional Checklists and Functional Test Procedures. B.Furnish additional information requested by the Commissioning Authority. Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 Commissioning of HVAC 23 08 00 - 3 C.Prepare a preliminary schedule for HVAC pipe and duct system testing,flushing and cleaning, equipment start-up and testing,adjusting,and balancing start and completion for use by the Commissioning Authority;update the schedule as appropriate. D.Notify the Commissioning Authority when pipe and duct system testing,flushing,cleaning,startup of each piece of equipment and testing,adjusting,and balancing will occur;when commissioning activities not yet performed or not yet scheduled will delay construction notify ahead of time and be proactive in seeing that the Commissioning Authority has the scheduling information needed to efficiently execute the commissioning process. E.Put all HVAC equipment and systems into operation and continue operation during each working day of testing,adjusting,and balancing and commissioning,as required. 1.Include cost of sheaves and belts that may be required for testing,adjusting,and balancing. F.Provide test holes in ducts and plenums where directed to allow air measurements and air balancing;close with an approved plug. G.Provide temperature and pressure taps in accordance with Contract Documents. 3.02 INSPECTING AND TESTING -GENERAL A.Submit startup plans,startup reports,and Prefunctional Checklists for each item of equipment or other assembly to be commissioned. B.Perform the Functional Tests directed by the Commissioning Authority for each item of equipment or other assembly to be commissioned. C.Provide two-way radios for use during the testing. D.Valve/Damper Stroke Setup and Check: 1.For all valve/damper actuator positions checked,verify the actual position against the control system readout. 2.Set pump/fan to normal operating mode. 3.Command valve/damper closed;visually verify that valve/damper is closed and adjust output zero signal as required. 4.Command valve/damper open;verify position is full open and adjust output signal as required. 5.Command valve/damper to a few intermediate positions. 6.If actual valve/damper position does not reasonably correspond,replace actuator or add pilot positioner (for pneumatics). E.Isolation Valve or System Valve Leak Check: For valves not by coils. 1.With full pressure in the system,command valve closed. 2.Use an ultra-sonic flow meter to detect flow or leakage. F.Deficiencies: Correct deficiencies and re-inspect or re-test,as applicable,at no extra cost to Owner. 3.03 TAB COORDINATION A.TAB: Testing,adjusting,and balancing of HVAC. B.Coordinate commissioning schedule with TAB schedule. C.Review the TAB plan to determine the capabilities of the control system toward completing TAB. D.Provide all necessary unique instruments and instruct the TAB technicians in their use;such as handheld control system interface for setting terminal unit boxes,etc. E.Have all required Prefunctional Checklists,calibrations,startup and component Functional Tests of the system completed and approved by the Commissioning Authority prior to starting TAB. F.Provide a qualified control system technician to operate the controls to assist the TAB technicians or provide sufficient training for the TAB technicians to operate the system without assistance. 3.04 CONTROL SYSTEM FUNCTIONAL TESTING A.Prefunctional Checklists for control system components will require a signed and dated certification that all system programming is complete as required to accomplish the requirements Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 Commissioning of HVAC 23 08 00 - 4 of Contract Documents and the detailed Sequences of Operation documentation submittal. B.Do not start Functional Testing until all controlled components have themselves been successfully Functionally Tested in accordance with Contract Documents. C.Using a skilled technician who is familiar with this building,execute the Functional Testing of the control system as required by the Commissioning Authority. D.Functional Testing of the control system constitutes demonstration and trend logging of control points monitored by the control system. 1.The scope of trend logging is partially specified;trend log up to 50 percent more points than specified at no extra cost to Owner. 2.Perform all trend logging specified in Prefunctional Checklists and Functional Test procedures. E.Functionally Test integral or stand-alone controls in conjunction with the Functional Tests of the equipment they are attached to,including any interlocks with other equipment or systems;further testing during control system Functional Test is not required unless specifically indicated below. F.Demonstrate the following to the Commissioning Authority during testing of controlled equipment; coordinate with commissioning of equipment. 1.Setpoint changing features and functions. 2.Sensor calibrations. G.Demonstrate to the Commissioning Authority: 1.That all specified functions and features are set up,debugged and fully operable. 2.That scheduling features are fully functional and setup,including holidays. 3.That all graphic screens and value readouts are completed. 4.Correct date and time setting in central computer. 5.That field panels read the same time as the central computer;sample 10 percent of field panels;if any of those fail,sample another 10 percent;if any of those fail test all remaining units at no extra cost to Owner. 6.Functionality of field panels using local operator keypads and local ports (plug-ins)using portable computer/keypad;demonstrate 100 percent of panels and 10 percent of ports;if any ports fail,sample another 10 percent;if any of those fail,test all remaining units at no extra cost to Owner. 7.Power failure and battery backup and power-up restart functions. 8.Global commands features. 9.Security and access codes. 10.Occupant over-rides (manual,telephone,key,keypad,etc.). 11.O&M schedules and alarms. 12.Occupancy sensors and controls. 13.All control strategies and sequences not tested during controlled equipment testing. H.If the control system,integral control components,or related equipment do not respond to changing conditions and parameters appropriately as expected,as specified and according to acceptable operating practice,under any of the conditions,sequences,or modes tested,correct all systems,equipment,components,and software required at no additional cost to Owner. 3.05 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A.Add design intent documentation furnished by Architect to manuals prior to submission to Owner. B.Submit manuals related to items that were commissioned to Commissioning Authority for review; make changes recommended by Commissioning Authority. C.Commissioning Authority will add commissioning records to manuals after submission to Owner. 3.06 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING A.Demonstrate operation and maintenance of HVAC system to Owner'personnel;if during any demonstration,the system fails to perform in accordance with the information included in the O&M manual,stop demonstration,repair or adjust,and repeat demonstration. Demonstrations may be combined with training sessions if appropriate. Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 Commissioning of HVAC 23 08 00 - 5 B.These demonstrations are in addition to,and not a substitute for,Prefunctional Checklists and demonstrations to the Commissioning Authority during Functional Testing. C.TAB Review: Instruct Owner's personnel for minimum 4 hours,after completion of TAB,on the following: 1.Review final TAB report,explaining the layout and meanings of each data type. 2.Discuss any outstanding deficient items in control,ducting or design that may affect the proper delivery of air or water. 3.Identify and discuss any terminal units,duct runs,diffusers,coils,fans and pumps that are close to or are not meeting their design capacity. 4.Discuss any temporary settings and steps to finalize them for any areas that are not finished. 5.Other salient information that may be useful for facility operations,relative to TAB. D.HVAC Control System Training: Perform training in at least three phases: 1.Phase 1 -Basic Control System: Provide minimum of 8 hours of actual training on the control system itself. Upon completion of training,each attendee,using appropriate documentation, should be able to perform elementary operations and describe general hardware architecture and functionality of the system. a.This training may be held on-site. 2.Phase 2 -Integrating with HVAC Systems: Provide minimum of 8 hours of on-site,hands-on training after completion of Functional Testing. Include instruction on: a.The specific hardware configuration of installed systems in this facility and specific instruction for operating the installed system,including interfaces with other systems,if any. b.Security levels,alarms,system start-up,shut-down,power outage and restart routines, changing setpoints and alarms and other typical changed parameters,overrides,freeze protection,manual operation of equipment,optional control strategies that can be considered,energy savings strategies and set points that if changed will adversely affect energy consumption,energy accounting,procedures for obtaining vendor assistance, etc. c.Trend logging and monitoring features (values,change of state,totalization,etc.), including setting up,executing,downloading,viewing both tabular and graphically and printing trends;provide practice in setting up trend logging and monitoring during training session. d.Every display screen,allowing time for questions. e.Setting up and changing an air terminal unit controller. f.Point database entry and modifications. 3.Phase 3 -Post-Occupancy: Six months after occupancy conduct minimum of 8 hours of training. Tailor training session to questions and topics solicited beforehand from Owner. Also be prepared to address topics brought up and answer questions concerning operation of the system. E.Provide the services of manufacturer representatives to assist instructors where necessary. F.Provide the services of the HVAC controls instructor at other training sessions,when requested,to discuss the interaction of the controls system as it relates to the equipment being discussed. END OF SECTION 23 08 00 Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 BAS DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEM 23 09 02 - 1 SECTION 23 09 02 BAS DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEM PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED: A.Integrating equipment in the project scope into the existing Siemens Building Automation System (BAS),incorporating direct digital control (DDC)for energy management,equipment monitoring and control,and subsystems with open communications capabilities as herein specified. B.Furnish all labor,materials,equipment and service necessary for a complete and operating Building Automation System (BAS),utilizing Direct Digital Controls. C.The system will integrate and communicate to the existing BMS server (by Siemens)flawlessly so that all information and points can be viewed from the existing automation software and BMS server.The Owner shall be able to log onto the existing automation server and navigate to the controlled components being installed as part of this project.Information from other sites shall be able to be transmitted and shared in its entirety. D.The equipment installed under this project must be connected to the existing Siemens building automation server. E.The installation of the control system shall be performed under the direct supervision of the controls manufacturer representative with the shop drawings,flow diagrams,bill of materials, component designation or identification number and sequence of operation all bearing the name of the manufacturer.The installing contractor shall certify in writing,that the shop drawings have been prepared by the equipment manufacturer representative and that the equipment manufacturer representative has supervised their installation.In addition,the equipment manufacturer representative shall certify,in writing,that the shop drawings were prepared by their company and that all temperature control equipment was installed under their direct supervision. F.Provide system graphics for each controlled device and/or integrated systems as required by the Owner.Origin of information shall be transparent to the operator and shall be controlled,displayed, trended,etc.as if the points were hardwired to the BMS. 1.02 GENERAL PRODUCT DESCRIPTION A.All materials and equipment used shall be standard components,regularly manufactured for this and/or other systems and not custom designed especially for this project.All systems and components shall have been thoroughly tested and proven in actual use for at least two years. B.The system shall be scalable in nature and shall permit expansion of both capacity and functionality through the addition of sensors,actuators,DDC Controllers,and operator devices. C.System architectural design shall eliminate dependence upon any single device for alarm reporting and control execution.Each DDC Controller shall operate independently by performing its own specified control,alarm management,operator I/O,and data collection.The failure of any single component or network connection shall not interrupt the execution of any control strategy, reporting,alarming and trending function,or any function at any operator interface device. D.DDC Controllers shall be able to access any data from,or send control commands and alarm reports directly to,any other DDC Controller or combination of controllers on the network without dependence upon a central or intermediate processing device.DDC Controllers shall also be able to send alarm reports to multiple operator workstations without dependence upon a central or intermediate processing device. E.All DDC controllers shall be installed with 10%spare points (of each type)and 10%spare memory capacity for connection of floor work. 1.03 APPROVED CONTROL SYSTEM CONTRACTORS AND MANUFACTURERS A.The following are the approved Control System Contractors and Manufacturers: 1.Siemens Industry,Inc.,APOGEE System 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 BAS DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEM 23 09 02 - 2 A.The BMS contractor shall maintain a service organization consisting of factory trained service personnel and provide a list of 10 projects,similar in size and scope to this project,completed within the last five years. B.Materials and equipment shall be the catalogued products of manufacturers regularly engaged in production and installation of automatic temperature control systems and shall be manufacturer's latest standard design that complies with the specification requirements. C.All BAS peer-to-peer network controllers,central system controllers,and local user displays shall be UL Listed under Standard UL 916,category PAZX;Standard ULC C100;and under Standard UL 864 and be so listed at the time of bid.All floor level controllers shall comply,at a minimum, with UL Standard UL 916;Standard UL 864 and be so listed at the time of Bid. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A.Product Submittal Requirements.Meet requirements of Submittal Section on Shop Drawings, Product Data,and Samples.Provide six copies of shop drawings and other submittals on hardware,software,and equipment to be installed or furnished.Begin no work until submittals have been approved for conformity with design intent.Provide drawings as AutoCAD 2004 (or newer)compatible files on optical disk (file format:.dwg,.dxf,.vsd,or comparable)or hard copies on 11”x 17”prints of each drawing.When manufacturer’s cut sheets apply to a product series rather than a specific product,clearly indicate applicable data by highlighting or by other means. Clearly reference covered specification and drawing on each submittal.General catalogs shall not be accepted as cut sheets to fulfill submittal requirements. Select and show submittal quantities appropriate to scope of work. Also include contractor Sequence of Operations as programmed. 1.06 WARRANTY A.Warrant labor and materials for specified control system free from defects for a period of 12 months after final acceptance.Failures on control systems that include all computer equipment, transmission equipment and all sensors and control devices during warranty period shall be adjusted,repaired,or replaced at no additional cost or reduction in service to Owner. B.Work shall have a single warranty date,even if Owner receives beneficial use due to early system start-up.If specified work is split into multiple contracts or a multi-phase contract,each contract or phase shall have a separate warranty start date and period. C.Exception: 1.Contractor shall not be required to warrant reused devices,except those that have been rebuilt or repaired.Installation labor and materials shall be warranted.Demonstrate operable condition of reused devices at time of Engineer’s acceptance. 2.Contractor shall not be required to warrant systems,equipment and devices or software if the damages and/or failures were caused by lack of training,unauthorized use,negligence or deliberate action of other parties,or job site conditions. 1.07 OWNERSHIP OF PROPRIETARY MATERIAL A.Project specific software and documentation shall become Owner’s property.This includes,but not limited to: 1.Graphics 2.Record drawings 3.Database 4.Application programming code PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A.All products used in this project installation shall be new and currently manufactured and shall have been applied in similar installations.Do not use this installation as a product test site unless explicitly approved in writing by Owner or Owner's representative.Spare parts shall be available for at least five years after completion of this contract. 2.02 COMMUNICATION Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 BAS DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEM 23 09 02 - 3 A.The design of the BMS shall support networking of operator workstation and Building Controllers. The network architecture shall consist of two levels,an Ethernet based primary network for all operator workstations,servers,and primary DDC controllers along with secondary Floor Level Networks (FLN)for terminal equipment application specific controllers. B.Data Communications Protocol:Panel Level (BLN)communication must be BACnet compliant (AHRAE 135). C.Operator Workstation Communication: 1.The existing central database for Orange County will remain in the same facilities location. The system graphics will be updated to monitor new equipment installed in this project.This will provide consistency throughout all system workstations. D.Primary Network -Panel to Panel Communication: 1.All Building Controllers shall directly reside on the primary Ethernet network such that communications may be executed directly between Building Controllers,directly between server and Building Controllers on a peer-to-peer basis. 2.Systems that operate via polled response or other types of protocols that rely on a central processor,file server,or similar device to manage panel-to-panel or device-to-device communications shall not be acceptable. 3.All operator interfaces shall have the ability to access all point status and application report data or execute control functions for any and all other devices. Access to data shall be based upon logical identification of building equipment. No hardware or software limits shall be imposed on the number of devices with global access to the network data. 2.03 BUILDING CONTROLLER SOFTWARE A.General 1.Furnish the following applications software to form a complete operating system for building and energy management as described in this specification. 2.The software programs specified in this Section shall be provided as an integral part of Building Controllers and shall not be dependent upon any higher level computer or another controller for execution. 3.All points,panels and programs shall be identified by a 30 character name. All points shall also be identified by a 16 character point descriptor. The same names shall be displayed at both Building Controller and the Operator Interface. 4.All digital points shall have a user defined two-state status indication with 8 characters minimum (e.g.Summer,Enabled,Disabled,Abnormal). 5.Building Controllers shall have the ability to perform energy management routines including but not limited to time of day scheduling,calendar-based scheduling,holiday scheduling, temporary schedule overrides,start stop time optimization,automatic daylight savings time switch over,night setback control,enthalpy switch over,peak demand limiting,temperature- compensated duty cycling,heating /cooling interlock,supply temperature reset,priority load shedding,and power failure restart. 6.The Building Controllers shall have the ability to perform the following pre tested control algorithms: a.Two position control b.Proportional control c.Proportional plus integral control d.Proportional,integral,plus derivative control e.Automatic tuning of control loops f.Model-Free Adaptive Control 7.Each controller shall be provided with an interactive HELP function to assist operators using POTs and remote connected operators. B.User Defined Control Applications 1.Controllers shall be able to execute custom,job-specific processes defined by the user,to automatically perform calculations and special control routines. Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 BAS DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEM 23 09 02 - 4 2.It shall be possible to use any system measured point data or status,any system calculated data,a result from any process,or any user-defined constant in any controller in the system. 3.Any process shall be able to issue commands to points in any and all other controllers in the system. 4.Processes shall be able to generate operator messages and advisories to other operator I/O devices. A process shall be able to directly send a message to a specified device or cause the execution of a dial-up connection to a remote device such as a printer or pager. 5.Each controller shall support plain language text comment lines in the operating program to allow for quick troubleshooting,documentation,and historical summaries of program development. 6.Controller shall provide a HELP function key,providing enhanced context sensitive on-line help with task oriented information from the user manual. 2.04 BUILDING CONTROLLERS A.Building Controllers shall be 32 bit,multi-tasking,multi-user,real-time 48 MHz digital control processors consisting of modular hardware with plug-in enclosed processors,communication controllers,power supplies and input/output point modules. Controller size shall be sufficient to fully meet the requirements of this specification and the attached point list. B.Each Building Controller shall support a minimum of 3 directly connected Secondary Networks. C.Each Building Controller shall support firmware upgrades without the need to change hardware. D.Spare Point Capacity. 1.Each Building Controller shall have a minimum of 10 percent spare point capacity. 2.The type of spares shall be in the same proportion as the implemented I/O functions of the panel,but in no case shall there be less than one spare of each implemented I/O type. 3.Provide all processors,power supplies,and communication controllers so that the implementation of adding a point to the spare point location only requires the addition of the appropriate: a.Expansion modules b.Sensor/actuator c.Field wiring/tubing. 2.05 APPLICATION SPECIFIC CONTROLLERS (ASC) A.General 1.Each Building Controller shall be able to communicate with application specific controllers (ASCs)over the Secondary Network to control terminal equipment only. 2.Each ASC shall operate as a stand-alone controller capable of performing its specified control responsibilities independently of other controllers in the network.Each ASC shall be a microprocessor-based,multi-tasking,real-time digital control processor. 3.Communication.Each controller shall perform its primary control function independent of other Secondary Network communication,or if Secondary Network communication is interrupted.Reversion to a fail-safe mode of operation during Secondary Network interruption is not acceptable. 4.Control Algorithms.The controller shall receive its real-time data from the Building Controller time clock to insure Secondary Network continuity. Each controller shall include algorithms incorporating proportional,integral and derivative (PID)gains for all applications. All PID gains and biases shall be field-adjustable by the user via room sensor LCD or the portable operator’s terminal as specified herein. Controllers that incorporate proportional and integral (PI)control algorithms only shall not be acceptable. 5.Control Applications.Operating programs shall be field-selectable for specific applications. In addition,specific applications may be modified to meet the user's exact control strategy requirements,allowing for additional system flexibility.Controllers that require factory changes of all applications are not acceptable. 6.Calibration.Each controller shall include provisions for manual and automatic calibration of the differential pressure transducer in order to maintain stable control and insuring against drift over time. Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 BAS DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEM 23 09 02 - 5 2.06 CONTROL INSTRUMENTATION A.Electric Damper Actuators 1.General a.The actuator shall have mechanical or electronic stall protection to prevent damage to the actuator throughout the rotation of the actuator. b.Where shown,for power-failure/safety applications,an internal mechanical,spring-return mechanism shall be built into the actuator housing.Alternatively,an uninterruptible power supply (UPS)may be provided. c.Proportional actuators shall accept a 0 to 10 VDC or 0 to 20 mA control signal and provide a 2 to 10 VDC or 4 to 20 mA operating range. d.All 24 VAC/VDC actuators shall operate on Class 2 wiring. e.All actuators shall have an external manual gear release to allow manual positioning of the damper when the actuator is not powered.Spring-return actuators with more than 7 Nm (60 in.-lb)torque capacity shall have a manual crank for this purpose. f.Electric actuators for emergency generator damper control shall be rated for 350 degree F.maximum operating temperature and capable to drive fully open and close within 15 seconds. B.Temperature sensors: 1.Provide the following instrumentation as required by the monitoring,control and optimization functions. All temperature sensors shall use platinum RTD elements only,nickel or silicon are not acceptable. 2.Room Temperature:Thermistor a.Temperature monitoring range +40/+90 F (+40/120 F for high temp alarms) b.Installation adjustments none required c.Calibration adjustments zero &span d.Factory calibration point 70 deg F e.Accuracy at calibration point +/-0.5 F f.Integral LCD Display required g.Override required h.Local setpoint adjustment required 3.Liquid Immersion Temperature:RTD a.Temperature monitoring range +20/+120 F or +70/+220 F b.Installation adjustment none required c.Calibration adjustments zero &span d.Factory calibration point 70 deg F e.Accuracy at calibration point +/-1.0 F 4.Duct Single Point Temperature:RTD a.Temperature monitoring range +20/+120 b.Installation adjustments none required c.Calibration adjustments zero &span d.Factory calibration point 70 deg F e.Accuracy at calibration point +/-1.0 F 5.Duct Averaging Temperature:RTD a.Temperature monitoring range +20/+120 b.Installation adjustments none required c.Calibration adjustments zero &span d.Factory calibration point 70 deg F e.Accuracy at calibration point +/-1.0 F 6.Outside Air Temperature:RTD a.Temperature monitoring range -50/+122 b.Installation adjustments none required c.Calibration adjustments zero &span d.Factory calibration point 70 deg F Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 BAS DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEM 23 09 02 - 6 e.Accuracy at calibration point +/-1.0 F C.Humidity transmitters 1.Outside/Duct/Room Humidity Transmitters a.Sensor humidity range 0%to 100%RH b.Accuracy 2% D.Differential Pressure Switches (Air) 1.Differential pressure switches shall be diaphragm operated with SPDT snap action switch with adjustable differential pressure range 8 to 70 psig. Maximum allowable differential bellows shall be 200 psig,maximum allowable pressure shall be 325 psig. 2.Contact shall be rated at 120 volts,15 amps AC E.Relays 1.Control relays shall be UL listed plug-in type with dust cover and LED “energized”indicator. Contact rating,configuration,and coil voltage shall be suitable for application. 2.Time delay relays shall be UL listed solid-state plug-in type with adjustable time delay.Delay shall be adjustable ±200%(minimum)from set point shown on plans.Contact rating, configuration,and coil voltage shall be suitable for application.Provide NEMA 1 enclosure when not installed in local control panel. F.Override timers 1.Override timers shall be spring-wound line voltage,UL Listed,with contact rating and configuration as required by application.Provide 0-to-6-hour calibrated dial unless otherwise specified.Timer shall be suitable for flush mounting on control panel face and located on local control panels or where shown. G.Current transmitters. 1.AC current transmitters shall be the self-powered,combination split-core current transformer type with built-in rectifier and high-gain servo amplifier with 4 to 20 mA two-wire output.Unit ranges shall be 10 A,20 A,50 A,100 A,150 A,and 200 A full scale,with internal zero and span adjustment and ±1%full-scale accuracy at 500 ohm maximum burden. 2.Transmitter shall meet or exceed ANSI/ISA S50.1 requirements and shall be UL/CSA Recognized. 3.Unit shall be split-core type for clamp-on installation on existing wiring. 4.Current transformers 5.AC current transformers shall be UL/CSA Recognized and completely encased (except for terminals)in approved plastic material. 6.Transformers shall be available in various current ratios and shall be selected for ±1% accuracy at 5 A full-scale output. 7.Transformers shall be fixed-core or split-core type for installation on new or existing wiring, respectively. H.Voltage transmitters 1.AC voltage transmitters shall be self-powered single-loop (two-wire)type,4 to 20 mA output with zero and span adjustment. 2.2 Ranges shall include 100 to 130 VAC,200 to 250 VAC,250 to 330 VAC,and 400 to 600 VAC full-scale,adjustable,with ±1%full-scale accuracy with 500 ohm maximum burden. 3.Transmitters shall be UL/CSA Recognized at 600 VAC rating and meet or exceed ANSI/ISA S50.1 requirements. I.Voltage transformers 1.AC voltage transformers shall be UL/CSA Recognized,600 VAC rated,complete with built-in fuse protection. 2.Transformers shall be suitable for ambient temperatures of 4°C to 55°C (40°F to 130°F)and shall provide ±0.5%accuracy at 24 VAC and a 5 VA load. 3.Windings (except for terminals)shall be completely enclosed with metal or plastic material. J.Power monitors Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 BAS DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEM 23 09 02 - 7 1.Power monitors shall be the three-phase type furnished with three-phase disconnect/shorting switch assembly,UL Listed voltage transformers,and UL Listed split-core current transformers. 2.They shall provide a selectable rate pulse output for kWh reading and a 4 to 20 mA output for kW reading.They shall operate with 5 A current inputs with a maximum error of ±2%at 1.0 power factor or ±2.5%at 0.5 power factor. K.Current switches 1.Current-operated switches shall be self-powered,solid-state with adjustable trip current.The switches shall be selected to match the current of the application and output requirements of the DDC system. L.Pressure-electric (pe)switches 1.Shall be metal or neoprene diaphragm actuated,operating pressure rated 0-175 kPa (0-25 psig),with calibrated scale set point range of 14-125 kPa (2-18 psig)minimum,UL listed. 2.Provide one or two-stage switch action SPDT,DPST,or DPDT,as required by application. Electrically rated for pilot duty service (125 VA minimum)and/or for motor control. 3.Shall be open type (panel-mounted)or enclosed type for remote installation.Enclosed type shall be NEMA 1 unless otherwise specified. 4.Shall have a permanent indicating gauge on each pneumatic signal line to PE switches. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PROJECT MANAGEMENT A.Provide a designated project manager who will be responsible for the following 1.Construct and maintain project schedule 2.On-site coordination with all applicable trades,subcontractors,and other integration vendors 3.Authorized to accept and execute orders or instructions from owner/architect 4.Attend project meetings as necessary to avoid conflicts and delays 5.Make necessary field decisions relation to this scope of work 6.Coordination/Single point of contact 3.02 EXAMINATION: A.The project plans shall be thoroughly examined for control device and equipment locations.Any discrepancies,conflicts,or omissions shall be reported to the architect/engineer for resolution before rough-in work is started. B.The contractor shall inspect the site to verify that equipment may be installed as shown.Any discrepancies,conflicts,or omissions shall be reported to the engineer for resolution before rough- in work is started. C.The contractor shall examine the drawings and specifications for other parts of the work.If head room or space conditions appear inadequate-or if any discrepancies occur between the plans and the contractor’s work and the plans and the work of others-the contractor shall report these discrepancies to the engineer and shall obtain written instructions for any changes necessary to accommodate the contractor’s work with the work of others. 3.03 PROTECTION A.The contractor shall protect all work and material from damage by its employees and/or subcontractors and shall be liable for all damage thus caused. B.The contractor shall be responsible for its work and equipment until finally inspected,tested,and accepted. 3.04 COORDINATION A.Site 1.The project coordination between trades is the responsibility of the prime contractor who is the one tier higher contractual partner such as mechanical contractor,general contractor, construction manager,owner or owner’s representative as applicable. Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 BAS DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEM 23 09 02 - 8 2.The controls contractor shall follow prime contractor’s job schedule and coordinate all project related activities through the prime contractor except otherwise agreed or in minor job site issues.Reasonable judgment shall be applied. 3.Where the work will be installed in close proximity to,or will interfere with,work of other trades,the contractor shall assist in working out space conditions to make a satisfactory adjustment. 4.If the contractor deviates form the job schedule and installs work without coordinating with other trades,so as to cause interference with work of other trades,the contractor shall make the necessary changes to correct the condition without extra charge. 5.Coordinate and schedule work with all other work in the same area,or with work that is dependent upon other work,to facilitate mutual progress. B.Submittals. 1.Refer to the “Submittals”article in Part A,7 of this specification for requirements. C.Test and Balance 1.The contractor shall furnish a single set of all tools necessary to interface to the control system for test and balance purposes. 2.The contractor shall provide training in the use of these tools.This training will be planned for a minimum of 4 hours. D.Coordination with controls specified in other sections or divisions. 1.Other sections and/or divisions of this specification include controls and control devices that are to be part of or interfaced to the control system specified in this section.These controls shall be integrated into the system and coordinated by the contractor as follows: a.All communication media and equipment shall be provided as specified in Part B,2, “Communication”of this specification. b.Each supplier of controls product is responsible for the configuration,programming, startup,and testing of that product to meet the sequences of operation described in this section. c.The Contractor shall coordinate and resolve any incompatibility issues that arise between the control products provided under this section and those provided under other sections or divisions of this specification. d.The contractor is responsible for providing all controls described in the contract documents regardless of where within the contract documents these controls are described. e.The contractor is responsible for the interface of control products provided by multiple suppliers regardless of where this interface is described within the contract documents. 3.05 GENERAL WORKMANSHIP A.Install equipment,piping,and wiring/raceway parallel to building lines (i.e.,horizontal,vertical,and parallel to walls)wherever possible. B.Provide sufficient slack and flexible connections to allow for vibration of piping and equipment. C.Install all equipment in readily accessible locations as defined by Chapter 1,Article 100,Part A of the National Electrical Code (NEC). D.Verify integrity of all wiring to ensure continuity and freedom from shorts and grounds. E.All equipment,installation,and wiring shall comply with acceptable industry specifications and standards for performance,reliability,and compatibility and be executed in strict adherence to local codes and standard practices. 3.06 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.All work,materials,and equipment shall comply with the rules and regulations of applicable local, state,and federal codes and ordinances as identified in Part A of this specification. B.Contractor shall continually monitor the field installation for code compliance and quality of workmanship. Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 BAS DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEM 23 09 02 - 9 C.Contractor shall have work inspected by local and/or state authorities having jurisdiction over the work. 3.07 ELECTRICAL WIRING AND MATERIALS A.Install,connect and wire the items included under this Section. This work includes providing required conduit,wire,fittings,and related wiring accessories. All wiring concealed above ceilings shall be plenum rated and shall be suspended from the structure or other supports above the ceiling;it shall not be laid on the ceiling. B.Anywhere the wiring would be exposed the wiring shall be installed in EMT conduit. C.All wiring to be compliant to local building code and the NEC. D.Provide electrical wall box and conduit sleeve for all wall mounted devices. 3.08 TRAINING A.The Contractor shall provide competent instructors to give full instruction to designated personnel in the adjustment,operation and maintenance of the system installed. Factory employed/certified instructors shall be thoroughly familiar with all aspects of the subject matter they are to teach. All training shall be held during normal work hours of 8:00 a.m.to 4:30 p.m.weekdays. B.Provide (1)full day of onsite training to instruct personnel designated by the owner. C.Training shall include: 1.Explanation of drawings,operations and maintenance manuals 2.Walk-through of the job to locate control components 3.Operator workstation and peripherals 4.DDC controller and ASC operation/function 5.Operator control functions including graphic generation and field panel programming 6.Operation of portable operator's terminal D.The instructor(s)shall be factory-trained instructors experienced in presenting this material. END OF SECTION 23 09 02 Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 Refrigerant Piping 23 23 00 - 1 SECTION 23 23 00 REFRIGERANT PIPING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A.Piping. B.Moisture and liquid indicators. C.Valves. D.Strainers. E.Check valves. F.Filter-driers. G.Flexible connections. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A.ASME BPVC-IX -Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code,Section IX -Qualification Standard for Welding,Brazing,and Fusing Procedures;Welders;Brazers;and Welding,Brazing,and Fusing Operators;2021. B.ASME B16.22 -Wrought Copper and Copper Alloy Solder-Joint Pressure Fittings;2021. C.ASME B31.5 -Refrigeration Piping and Heat Transfer Components;2022. D.ASME B31.9 -Building Services Piping;2020. E.ASTM A123/A123M -Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized)Coatings on Iron and Steel Products;2017. F.AWS A5.8M/A5.8 -Specification for Filler Metals for Brazing and Braze Welding;2019. G.MSS SP-58 -Pipe Hangers and Supports -Materials,Design,Manufacture,Selection,Application, and Installation;2018,with Amendment (2019). 1.03 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A.Provide pipe hangers and supports in accordance with ASME B31.5 unless indicated otherwise. B.Filter-Driers: 1.Use a filter-drier immediately ahead of liquid-line controls,such as thermostatic expansion valves,solenoid valves,and moisture indicators. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A.Product Data: Provide general assembly of specialties,including manufacturers catalogue information. Provide manufacturers catalog data including load capacity. B.Shop Drawings: Indicate schematic layout of system,including equipment,critical dimensions, and sizes. C.Design Data: Submit design data indicating pipe sizing. Indicate load carrying capacity of trapeze, multiple pipe,and riser support hangers. 1.05 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A.Deliver and store piping and specialties in shipping containers with labeling in place. B.Protect piping and specialties from entry of contaminating material by leaving end caps and plugs in place until installation. C.Dehydrate and charge components such as piping and receivers,seal prior to shipment,until connected into system. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A.Comply with ASME B31.9 for installation of piping system. Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 Refrigerant Piping 23 23 00 - 2 B.Welding Materials and Procedures: Comply with ASME BPVC-IX and applicable state labor regulations. C.Products Requiring Electrical Connection: Listed and classified by UL,as suitable for the purpose indicated. 2.02 PIPING A.Copper Tube:ASTM B280,H58 hard drawn.Soft annealed copper tube will not be accepted. 1.Fittings: ASME B16.22 wrought copper. 2.Joints: Braze,AWS A5.8M/A5.8 BCuP silver/phosphorus/copper alloy. B.Pipe Supports and Anchors: 1.Provide hangers and supports that comply with MSS SP-58. 2.Pipe Hangers for pipe 6"and smaller:Cooper B3100,Anvil Fig.260,or equivalent. 3.Riser Clamps:Cooper B3373,Anvil Fig.40,or equivalent. 4.Beam Clamps:Cooper B3050,Anvil Fig.134,or equivalent. 5.Offset Clamps:Cooper B3148,Anvil Fig.103,or equivalent 6.Ceiling Plate:Cooper B3199,Anvil Fig.610,or equivalent 7.Wall Brackets:Cooper B3067,Anvil Fig.199,or equivalent. 8.Rod Ceiling Plate:Cooper,Anvil Fig.610,or equivalent. 9.Concrete Inserts:Cooper B2500,Anvil Fig.95 or equivalent. 10.Copper Pipe Support: Carbon steel ring,adjustable,copper plated. 11.Hanger Rods: Mild steel threaded both ends,threaded one end,or continuous threaded. 12.Rooftop Supports for Low-Slope Roofs: Steel pedestals with bases that rest on top of roofing membrane,not requiring any attachment to the roof structure and not penetrating the roofing assembly,with support fixtures as specified;and as follows: a.Bases: High density,UV tolerant,polypropylene or reinforced PVC. b.Base Sizes: As required to distribute load sufficiently to prevent indentation of roofing assembly. c.Steel Components: Stainless steel,or carbon steel hot-dip galvanized after fabrication in accordance with ASTM A123/A123M. d.Attachment/Support Fixtures: As recommended by manufacturer,same type as indicated for equivalent indoor hangers and supports;corrosion resistant material. e.Height: Provide minimum clearance of 6 inches under pipe to top of roofing. f.Manufacturers: 1)PHP Systems/Design​ 2)Portals Plus​​ 3)Miro 4)Caddy 5)Bigfoot Systems 2.03 MOISTURE AND LIQUID INDICATORS A.Manufacturers: 1.Henry Technologies​​ 2.Parker Hannifin/Refrigeration and Air Conditioning​​ 3.Sporlan,a Division of Parker Hannifin​​ 4.Or Approved Equal B.Indicators: Single port type,UL listed,with copper or brass body,flared or solder ends,sight glass,color coded paper moisture indicator with removable element cartridge and plastic cap;for maximum temperature of 200 degrees F and maximum working pressure of 500 psi. 2.04 VALVES A.Manufacturers: 1.Hansen Technologies Corporation​​ 2.Henry Technologies​​ 3.Flomatic Valves​​ Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 Refrigerant Piping 23 23 00 - 3 4.Or Approved Equal B.Diaphragm Packless Valves: 1.UL listed,globe or angle pattern,forged brass body and bonnet,phosphor bronze and stainless steel diaphragms,rising stem and handwheel,stainless steel spring,nylon seat disc,solder or flared ends,with positive backseating;for maximum working pressure of 500 psi and maximum temperature of 275 degrees F. C.Packed Angle Valves: 1.Forged brass or nickel plated forged steel,forged brass seal caps with copper gasket,rising stem and seat with backseating,molded stem packing,solder or flared ends;for maximum working pressure of 500 psi and maximum temperature of 275 degrees F. D.Ball Valves: 1.Two piece bolted forged brass body with teflon ball seals and copper tube extensions,brass bonnet and seal cap,chrome plated ball,stem with neoprene ring stem seals;for maximum working pressure of 500 psi and maximum temperature of 300 degrees F. E.Service Valves: 1.Forged brass body with copper stubs,brass caps,removable valve core,integral ball check valve,flared or solder ends,for maximum pressure of 500 psi. 2.05 STRAINERS A.Manufacturers: 1.Hansen Technologies Corporation​ 2.Parker Hannifin/Refrigeration and Air Conditioning​​ 3.Sporlan,a Division of Parker Hannifin​ B.Straight Line or Angle Line Type: 1.Brass or steel shell,steel cap and flange,and replaceable cartridge,with screen of stainless steel wire or monel reinforced with brass;for maximum working pressure of 430 psi. 2.06 CHECK VALVES A.Manufacturers: 1.Hansen Technologies Corporation​​ 2.Parker Hannifin/Refrigeration and Air Conditioning​​ 3.Sporlan,a Division of Parker Hannifin​​ 4.Or Approved Equal 5.Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. B.Globe Type: 1.Cast bronze or forged brass body,forged brass cap with neoprene seal,brass guide and disc holder,phosphor-bronze or stainless steel spring,teflon seat disc;for maximum temperature of 300 degrees F and maximum working pressure of 425 psi. 2.07 FILTER-DRIERS A.Manufacturers: 1.Alco 2.Cash 3.Flow Controls Division of Emerson Electric​​ 4.Henry 5.Parker Hannifin/Refrigeration and Air Conditioning​​ 6.Sporlan,a Division of Parker Hannifin​​ 7.Or Approved Equal B.Cores: Molded or loose-fill molecular sieve desiccant compatible with refrigerant,activated alumina,activated charcoal,and filtration to 40 microns,with secondary filtration to 20 microns;of construction that will not pass into refrigerant lines. C.Construction: UL listed. 1.Sealed Type: Copper shell. Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 Refrigerant Piping 23 23 00 - 4 2.Connections:Soldered. 2.08 FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS A.Manufacturers: 1.Circuit Hydraulics,Ltd​​ 2.Flexicraft Industries​​ 3.Penflex​​ 4.Or Approved Equal B.Corrugated stainless steel hose with single layer of stainless steel exterior braiding,minimum 9 inches long with copper tube ends;for maximum working pressure of 640 psi. 2.09 EXPANSION LOOPS A.Flexible hose expansion loops shall be manufactured complete with two parallel sections of corrugated metal house,compatible braid,180⁰return bend,with inlet and outlet connections. Field fabricated loops shall not be acceptable. B.Flexible hose expansion loops shall impart no thrust loads to system support,anchors or building structure. C.Flexible hose expansion loops to be "VRF Metraloop”as manufactured by The Metraflex Company D.Corrugated Hose shall be Type 321 stainless Steel E.Braid shall be double layer of type 304 Stainless Steel F.Fittings shall be Sch 40 S Type 304 Stainless in accordance with ASTM A240 G.Copper pipe systems,the VRF Metraloop shall be equipped with a stainless-steel to copper conversion fitting with XHP copper stub ends. H.Flexible hose expansion loops shall have a factory supplied;hanger /support lug located at the bottom of the 180⁰return. I.Rated for 700 PSI @ 300°F PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A.Ream pipe and tube ends. Remove burrs. Bevel plain end ferrous pipe. B.Remove scale and dirt on inside and outside before assembly. C.Prepare piping connections to equipment with flanges or unions. 3.02 INSTALLATION A.Install refrigeration specialties in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B.Space refrigerant piping far enough apart to allow for field installed insulation of thickness specified. C.The installation of piping and related items shall be made neatly and in such a manner as not to interfere with access to valves or equipment. Expansion,drainage and maintenance of installed piping shall be possible. D.Route piping in orderly manner,with plumbing parallel to building structure,and maintain gradient. E.Install piping to conserve building space and avoid interference with use of space. F.Install piping to allow for expansion and contraction without stressing pipe,joints,or connected equipment. G.Sleeves shall be provided wherever pipes pass through walls,floors and ceilings. Sleeves shall be Schedule 40,black steel,one-half inch in diameter larger than the pipe or insulation on the pipe. Sleeves through walls and ceilings shall be flush.Sleeves through floors shall extend one inch above finished floor. Sleeves through exterior walls shall be caulked and made watertight. H.Pipe Hangers and Supports: 1.Install in accordance with ASME B31.5. Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 Refrigerant Piping 23 23 00 - 5 2.Support horizontal piping as indicated. 3.Place hangers within 12 inches of each horizontal elbow. 4.Provide copper plated hangers and supports for copper piping. I.Arrange piping to return oil to compressor. Provide traps and loops in piping,and provide double risers as required. Slope horizontal piping 0.40 percent in direction of flow. J.Provide clearance for installation of insulation and access to valves and fittings. K.Flood piping system with nitrogen when brazing. L.Fully charge completed system with refrigerant after testing. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.Test refrigeration system in accordance with ASME B31.5. B.All refrigerant equipment not tested at the factory shall be shut off from the rest of the system and tested under a vacuum with no evidence of leakage. Piping systems shall be tested after installation,and before any insulation is applied. All controls and other apparatus that may be damaged by the test pressure shall be removed before tests are made. C.Refrigerant piping leak testing shall be as follows,unless equipment manufacturer mandates or recommends or more stringent procedure: 1.Connect the refrigerant manifold gauge hoses to the liquid side and gas side service ports on the equipment and connect the center hose to a nitrogen tank fitted with a pressure regulator. 2.Fill the lines with nitrogen to 590 psi but no more than 595 psi. 3.Monitor the pressure periodically for a minimum of 24 hours.If the pressure drops,use soapy water to check for leaks.Bubbles will occur if joints are not tight. 4.Repair leaks.Repeat the previous steps until the pressure remains constant for 24 hours. 5.Maintain 145 psi of pressure for 15 minutes and check for further leakage.If the pressure drops,check for leaks and repair.Repeat this step until 145 psi of pressure is maintained for 15 minutes. 6.Remove hoses from service ports. D.Evacuation Procedure.After performing leak test,use a vacuum pump to triple evacuate the system as described below: 1.Use a vacuum pump with a check valve to prevent pump oil from flowing backward while the vacuum pump is closed.Completely close the liquid-vapor line service valves of the outdoor unit. 2.Using vacuum-rated hoses,connect the manifold gauges to the liquid and suction (and high pressure,if applicable)gas pipes. 3.Evacuate the system to 750 microns,hold for 5 minutes,and check for leaks.Repair and repeat as necessary until vacuum holds. 4.Break the vacuum by applying 10 psi of nitrogen. 5.Evacuate the system to 500 microns,hold for 5 minutes,and check for leaks.Repair and repeat as necessary until vacuum holds. 6.Break the vacuum by applying 10 psi of nitrogen. 7.Evacuate the system to 200 microns.Wait for 15 minutes.A rise of no more than 200 microns is acceptable.If over 400 microns,check for leaks,repair,and repeat. 8.If under 400 microns,continue holding vacuum for 2.5 hours.If vacuum exceeds 400 microns at end of period,check for leaks,repair,and repeat. 9.If system holds under 400 microns for 2.5 hours,system is ready for charging. 3.04 SCHEDULES A.Hanger Spacing for Copper Tubing. 1.1/2 inch,5/8 inch,and 7/8 inch OD: Maximum span,5 feet;minimum rod size,1/4 inch. 2.1-1/8 inch OD: Maximum span,6 feet;minimum rod size,1/4 inch. 3.1-3/8 inch OD: Maximum span,7 feet;minimum rod size,3/8 inch. 4.1-5/8 inch OD: Maximum span,8 feet;minimum rod size,3/8 inch. 5.2-1/8 inch OD: Maximum span,8 feet;minimum rod size,3/8 inch. Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 Refrigerant Piping 23 23 00 - 6 END OF SECTION 23 23 00 Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 PRE-MANUFACTURED ROOF PENETRATION HOUSING 23 34 20 - 1 SECTION 23 34 20 PRE-MANUFACTURED ROOF PENETRATION HOUSING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A.Pipe and Duct Penetrations in Roofing 1.02 REFERENCES A.ICC-500,FEMA 320/361 -Third Party Tested to +225 mph B.ICC 2015 Energy Code -Third Party Tested to ASTM E 2078-13 Standard Test Method for Air Permeance of Building Materials C.ASTM E 1980 Solar Reflectance Index (SRI) D.FEMA P749 -Seismic Provisions 1.03 SUBMITTALS A.Product Data:Manufacturer’s Data Sheets on each product to be used,including: B.Preparation instructions and recommendations C.Installation methods 1.Shop drawings:physical size,installation and working space required. 2.Third Party Testing Identification for Wind and Air Permeance Levels 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Manufacturer -Product to be manufactured by an ISO 9000 Facility 1.05 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A.Deliver and Store Products in Manufacturer’s Original Packaging Bearing the Brand Name and Manufacturer’s Identification until Ready for Installation. B.Handle Materials to Avoid Damage. Protect From Construction Conditions 1.06 WARRANTY A.Product to Carry a 20-Year Limited Insured Warranty PART 2 PRODUCT 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A.Acceptable Manufacturers: 1.Alta Products,LLC 2.Kees 3.Pate 4.Portals Plus 5.Roof Penetration Housings 6.Or Approved Equal 2.02 PRODUCT A.Construction: 1.0.080 inch (2mm)thick aluminum housing and curb 2.UV protected powder coated finish (2 mil (.05 mm)thick) 3.Stainless Steel.V.P.fasteners 4.Gasketed lid to housing and housing to curb connection joints to ensure 5.Compliance to ICC 2015 Air Permeance Levels 6.Standard Color:Beige -To meet an initial SRI of 85 (White available for SRI 100) 7.Seismic Seismic calculations,conditions to be furnished to RPH by engineer 8.Constructed to withstand wind to 225+MPH,third party tested. 9.Pre-Insulated curb,6”Thick,R-40 Factor. Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 PRE-MANUFACTURED ROOF PENETRATION HOUSING 23 34 20 - 2 B.Mini Size 1.L -12”W -10”H -22” 2.Application:Electrical power switch/disconnects and small satellite dish mounts C.Small Size 1.L -16-1/2”W -9-3/4”H -10” 2.Application:Up to 1.9 OD pipes/conduits/telecommunication cables.Designed for a power conduit,control conduit,liquid line and suction line. D.Medium Size 1.L -20-1/2”W -14-1/2”H -12” 2.Application:Multiple pipes/conduit/telecommunication cables to the roof.Up to four (4) condensing units (two on each side).Up to sixteen (16)Exit Seals. E.Large Size 1.L -34”W -34”H -24” 2.Application:Allows for a wide variety of installation choices,including multiple AC units,larger pipe diameters,large electrical disconnects and ducts up to 30+Series 5000 Exit Seals F.Custom Sizes 1.Consult Factory G.Sizes given above for Housing only.Add 11"for total height (14”for curb less 3”overlap) H.Provide all components plus the Pre-Insulated curb extension. I.Aluminum Extension between housing and curb shall accommodate 6”Insulation (R-40 Rating) supplied by manufacturer on the outside of the curb,+1”to accommodate roofing material. J.Exit Seals 1.Design: Weather tight seal for vertical surface/plane penetrations.Seal construction to be manufactured in all aluminum construction and 100%Sil-X-14 silicone gaskets. 2.Series 5000 -.25”to 1.90” 3.Series 6000 -2”to 3.125” 4.Series 7000 -3.5”Large Diameter Double Gasketed inside and out K.Penetration Pipe Type as Applicable: Copper K and L,copper ACR,steel Schedule 40,PVC Schedule 40 and 80,electrical EMT,electrical rigid,aluminum,liquid light,and A/C or Plumbing Ducts L.Electrical Disconnect Support (EDS) 1.Same as above w/2 aluminum support legs and uprights.Can support multiple breaker/disconnect boxes. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A.Inspect substrate for readiness B.Coordinate with roofing contractor for installation,flashing,etc. 3.02 PREPARATION A.Clean surfaces thoroughly prior to installation 3.03 INSTALLATION A.Install in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions B.Curb &Unit installed by Roofing Contractor 3.04 PROTECTION A.Protect installed products until completion of project END OF SECTION 23 34 20 Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 In-Row Computer Room Air Conditioners 23 81 24.01 - 1 SECTION 23 81 24.01 IN-ROW COMPUTER ROOM AIR CONDITIONERS GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A.These specifications describe requirements for a Thermal Management system.The system shall be designed to control temperature and humidity conditions in rooms containing electronic equipment,with good insulation and vapor barrier.The manufacturer shall design and furnish all equipment to be fully compatible with the heat dissipation requirements of the room. 1.02 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A.The Thermal Management system shall be a Liebert self-contained,factory-assembled unit. Standard 60 Hz units shall be CSA-certified to the harmonized U.S.and Canadian product safety standard,"CSA C22.2 No 236/UL 1995 for Heating and Cooling Equipment"and are marked with the CSA c-us logo. B.The system shall be AHRI Certified™,the trusted mark of performance assurance for heating, ventilation,air conditioning and commercial refrigeration equipment,using AHRI Standard 1360. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A.Submittals shall be provided with the proposal and shall include:Single-Line Diagrams; Dimensional,Electrical,and Capacity Data;Piping and Electrical Connection Drawings. PRODUCT 2.01 AIR-COOLED REFIGERATION SYSTEM A.Refrigeration System 1.The single refrigeration circuit shall include a liquid-line filter drier,a refrigerant sight glass with moisture indicator,an adjustable,externally-equalized expansion valve,and a liquid-line solenoid valve.The indoor evaporator refrigerant piping shall be spun shut with a nitrogen holding charge.Field relief of the Schrader valve shall indicate a leak-free system. B.Hydrophilic-Coated Evaporator Coil 1.The direct expansion,tilted-slab cooling coil shall have 7.25 ft2 (0.674 m2 )face area,four or five rows deep.It shall be constructed of copper tubes and hydrophilic-coated aluminum fins. The hydrophilic coating shall significantly improve the speed of condensate drainage from the fins and shall provide superior water carryover resistance.Two stainless steel condensate drain pans shall be provided. C.Compressor 1.The compressor shall be scroll-type with variable capacity operation from 20-100%, commonly known as a digital scroll.The compressor solenoid valve shall unload the compressor to provide variable capacity operation.The compressor shall have a suction gas- cooled motor,vibration isolators,internal thermal overloads,manual reset high-pressure switch,rotalock service valves,low-pressure and high-pressure transducer,crankcase heater,internal centrifugal oil pump and an operating speed of 3500 rpm at 60 Hz (2900rpm @ 50 Hz).The compressor shall be located outside the air stream and shall be removable and serviceable from the rear of the unit. 2. 2.02 CHILLED WATER COOLING SYSTEM 2.03 FAN SECTION A.The unit shall be equipped with six plug fans:direct-driven centrifugal fans with backward-curved blades and electronically commutated DC motors;commonly referred to as EC plug fans.The fan speed shall be variable and automatically regulated by the Liebert iCOM through all modes of operation.Each fan shall have a dedicated motor,fault monitoring circuitry and speed controller, which provides a level of redundancy.The impellers shall be made of steel and balanced.The EC plug fans shall be mounted in the front of the unit and draw air through the coil. 2.04 ADVANCED AIRFLOW MANAGEMENT Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 In-Row Computer Room Air Conditioners 23 81 24.01 - 2 A.A field-adjustable,modular,supply-air baffle system shall be located in the discharge air stream on the front of the cabinet to direct air toward the equipment racks and balance air-flow requirements within the row.The five modular baffle segments shall be easily reconfigurable to redirect air flow as cooling requirements change.Controlling the air flow prevents hot spots and maintains high return-air temperatures by not blowing cold air over racks or out the ends of aisles.By focusing the cold air where it is needed and meeting the servers'requirements,the need for excessive airflow and energy consumption is eliminated. 2.05 CABINET CONSTRUCTION AND ACCESSIBILITY A.Cabinet Construction 1.The exterior panels of the unit shall be 20=gauge steel and powder-coated with charcoal color paint to protect against corrosion and follow Knürr rack appearance guidelines to mirror the style of neighboring equipment racks.The cabinet shall be mounted on casters for quick installation and provided with leveling feet.Both doors shall have a powder-coated sheet- metal frame with hexagonal perforations leaving 81%of the door open to air flow for efficient cooling.The front and rear doors shall swing 170 degrees open,shall be removable,and shall feature a two-point latch.The powder-coat painted steel side panels shall be lined with half-inch closed-cell polymeric insulation and secured using quarter-turn fasteners. B.Serviceability 1.The cabinet shall be designed so all components are easily accessible for service and maintenance through either the front or rear of the unit.Units that are not fully accessible from front and rear or not serviceable in place shall be unacceptable. 2.Side access shall not be required.Each of the variable-speed fans shall be individually replaceable through the front door of the unit.Units with a compressor and/or a condensate pump shall be conveniently mounted near the edge of the unit. C.Supply Air Baffle System 1.A field-adjustable,modular,supply-air baffle system shall be located in the discharge air stream on the front of the cabinet to direct air toward the server racks and balance air-flow requirements within the row.The five modular baffle segments shall be easily reconfigurable to redirect airflow as cooling requirements change.Controlling the air flow prevents hot spots and maintains high return-air temperatures by not blowing cold air over racks or out the ends of aisles.By focusing the cold air where it is needed and meeting the rack equipment’s cooling requirements,the need for excessive air flow and energy consumption is eliminated. 2.06 LOCKING DISCONNECT SWITCH A.A manual disconnect switch shall be mounted in the electrical panel and be capable of disrupting the flow of power to the unit.The electric-panel compartment shall be accessible only with the switch in the Off position.It shall be located behind the rear door for quick access. 2.07 SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT RATING (SCCR) A.The electrical panel shall provide at least 65,000A SCCR. 2.08 FILTRATION A.MERV 8 1.The two filters shall be an integral part of the system,located within the cabinet and serviceable from the rear.The filters shall be washable,half-inch thick with an ASHRAE 52.2 MERV8 rating.A filter clog alarm shall be included. B.Extra Filter Set (Optional) 1.2 extra set(s)of filters shall be provided per system. 2.09 HEAT REJECTION A.Standard Features 1.The condenser shall consist of microchannel condenser coil(s),propeller fan(s)direct driven by individual fan motor(s),electrical controls,housing,and mounting legs.The Liebert®air- cooled condenser shall provide positive refrigerant head pressure control to the indoor cooling unit by adjusting heat rejection capacity.Microchannel coils shall provide superior Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 In-Row Computer Room Air Conditioners 23 81 24.01 - 3 heat transfer,reduce air side pressure drop,increase energy efficiency,and shall significantly reduce the system refrigerant volume required.EC fans and fan operating techniques shall provide reduced maximum sound levels.Various methods shall be available to match indoor unit type,maximum outdoor design ambient,and maximum sound requirements B.Aluminum Microchannel Coil 1.Microchannel coils shall be constructed of aluminum microchannel tubes,fins,and manifolds. Tubes shall be flat and contain multiple,parallel flow microchannels and span between aluminum headers.Full-depth,louvered aluminum fins shall fill spaces between the tubes. Tubes,fins,and aluminum headers shall be oven-brazed to form a complete refrigerant-to-air heat exchanger coil.Copper stub pipes shall be electric resistance welded to aluminum coils and joints protected with polyolefin to seal joints from corrosive environmental elements.Coil assemblies shall be factory leak tested at a minimum of 300 psig (2068 kPag).Hot gas and liquid lines shall be copper and shall be brazed using nitrogen gas flow to the stub pipes with spun-closed ends for customer piping connections.Complete coil/piping assembly shall be then filled and sealed with an inert gas holding charge for shipment. C.Fan Motor/Blade Assembly 1.The fan motor/blade assembly shall have an external rotor motor,fan blades and fan/finger guard.Fan blades shall be constructed of cast aluminum or glass-reinforced polymeric material.Fan guards shall be heavy gauge,close-meshed steel wire,coated with a black, corrosion-resistant finish.Fan terminal blocks shall be located in an IP54 enclosure located on the top of the fan motor.Fan assemblies shall be factory[if !supportFootnotes][1][endif]balanced,tested before shipment and mounted securely to the condenser structure. D.EC Fan Motor 1.The EC fan motors shall be electronically commutated for variable speed operation and shall have ball bearings.The EC fans shall provide internal overload protection through built-in electronics.Each EC fan motor shall have a built-in controller and communication module, linked via RS-485 communication wire to each fan and the Premium Control Board,allowing each fan to receive and respond to precise fan speed inputs from the Premium Control Board E.Electrical Controls 1.Electrical controls and service connection terminals shall be provided and factory-wired inside the attached control panel section.A locking disconnect switch shall be factory-mounted and wired to the electrical panel and controlled via an externally mounted locking and lockable door handle.Only high[if !supportFootnotes][1][endif]voltage supply wiring and low-voltage indoor unit communication/interlock wiring shall be required at condenser installation. F.Locking Disconnect 1.A locking-type disconnect switch shall be factory-mounted and wired to the electrical panel. The switch shall be accessible from the outside of the unit with the door closed and shall prevent access to the high[if !supportFootnotes][1][endif]voltage electrical components until switched to the Off position.The locking disconnect shall be lockable in support of lockout/tag-out safety programs. G.Cabinet 1.The condenser cabinet shall be constructed of bright aluminum sheet and divided into individual fan sections by full width baffles.Internal structural support members,including the coil support frame,shall be galvanized steel for strength and corrosion resistance.Panel doors shall be provided on two sides of each coil/fan section to permit coil cleaning.An electrical panel shall be contained inside a factory mounted,NEMA 3R weatherproof electrical enclosure.Units with the 575V option shall include a second factory mounted, NEMA 3R weatherproof electrical enclosure opposite the main electrical enclosure. 2.Legs shall be provided to mount the unit for vertical air discharge with rigging holes for hoisting the unit into position.Standard height shall be 18 in.(457 mm). 2.10 CONDENSATE PUMP A.Provide a dual-float condensate pump.The pump shall be complete with integral primary and secondary float switches,pump,motor assembly and reservoir.The secondary float shall send a Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 In-Row Computer Room Air Conditioners 23 81 24.01 - 4 signal to the local alarm and shut down the unit upon high water condition. CONTROL 3.01 MICROPROCESSOR CONTROL WITH 9 INCH COLOR TOUCHSCREEN A.The controller shall be microprocessor-based with a 9"color touchscreen display and shall be mounted in an ergonomic,aesthetically pleasing housing.The controls shall be menu driven.The system shall display user menus for active alarms,event log,graphic data,unit view/status overview (including the monitoring of room conditions,operational status in percentage of each function,date,and time),total run hours,various sensors,display setup and service contacts.A password shall be required to make system changes.Service menus shall include setpoints, standby settings (lead/lag),timers/sleep mode,alarm setup,sensor calibration, maintenance/wellness settings,options setup,system/network setup,auxiliary boards,and diagnostics/service mode. B.Password Protection -The controller shall contain two unique passwords to protect against unauthorized changes.An auto hide/show feature shall allow the user to see applicable information based on the login used. C.Unit Backup and Restore -The user shall be able to create safe copies of important control paramers.The controller shall have the capacity for the user to auto!matically backup unit configuration settings to internal memory or USB storage drive.Configuration settings may be transferred to another unit for a more stream-lined unit startup. D.Parameter Download -The controller shall enable the user to download a report that lists parameter names,factory default settings and user programmed settings in .csv format for remote reference. E.Parameter Search -The controller shall have search fields for efficient navigation and parameter lookup. F.Setup Wizards -The controller shall contain step-by-step tutorials or wizards to provide easy setup of the control. G.Context-Sensitive Help -The controller shall have an on-board help database.The database shall provide context-sensitive help to assist with setup and navigation of the menus. H.Display Setup -The user shall be able to configure the display information based on the specific user's preference.Language,units of measure,screen contrast,home screen layout,back-light timer and the hide/show of certain readouts shall be configurable through the display. I.Additional Readouts -The display shall enable the user to configure custom widgets on the main screen.Widget options will include items such as fan speed,call for cooling,call for free-cooling, maintenance status,call for hot water reheat,call for electric reheat,call for dehumidification,call for humidification,airflow,static pressure,fluid flow rate and cooling capacity. J.Status LED's -The controller shall show the unit's operating status using an integral LED.The LED shall indicate if the unit has an active alarm;if the unit has an active alarm that has been acknowledged;or if the unit is On,Off or in standby status. K.Event Log -The controller shall automatically store the last 400 unit-only events (messages, warnings,and alarms). L.Service Contact Information -The controller shall be able to store the local service or sales contact information. M.Upgradeable -Controller upgrades shall be performed through a USB connection. N.Timers/Sleep Mode -The menus shall allow various customer settings for turning the unit On or Off. O.Menu Layout -The menus shall be divided into two main menus:User and Service.The User screen shall contain the menus to access parameters required for basic unit control and setup. The Service screen shall be de-signed for service personnel and shall provide access to advanced control setup features and diagnostic information. P.Sensor Calibration -The menus shall allow unit sensors to be calibrated with external sensors. Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 In-Row Computer Room Air Conditioners 23 81 24.01 - 5 Q.Maintenance/Wellness Settings -The menus shall allow reporting of potential component problems before they occur. R.Options Setup -The menus shall provide operation settings for the installed components. S.Auxiliary Boards -The menus shall allow setup of optional expansion boards. T.Diagnostics/Service Mode -The controller shall be provided with self-diagnostics to aid in troubleshooting.The microcontroller board shall be diagnosed and reported as pass/not pass. Control inputs shall be indicated as On or Off at the front display.Control outputs shall be able to be turned On or Off from the front display without using jumpers or a service terminal.Each control output shall be indicated by an LED on a circuit board. 3.02 ALARMS A.All unit alarms shall be annunciated through both audio and visual cues,clearly displayed on the screen,automatically recorded in the event log,and communicated to the customers Building Management System/Building Automation System.The controller shall activate an audible and visual alarm in event of any of the following conditions: 1.High Temperature 2.Low Temperature B.High Humidity 1.Low Humidity 2.EC Fan Fault 3.Change Filters 4.Loss of Air Flow 5.Loss of Power 6.Humidifier Problem 7.High Head Pressure 8.Low Suction Pressure 9.Custom Alarms C.Custom alarm inputs shall be provided to indicate facility-specific events.Custom alarms can be identified with programmable labels.Frequently used alarm inputs include: 1.Leak Under Floor 2.Smoke Detected 3.Standby Unit On D.Each alarm (unit and custom)shall be separately enabled or disabled,selected to activate the common alarm and programmed for a time delay of 0 to 255 seconds. 3.03 CONTROL METHODS AND OPTIONS A.The controller shall be factory-set to allow precise monitoring and control of the condition of the air entering and leaving the unit.This control shall include predictive methods to control air flow and cooling capacity-based control sensors installed.Proportional and Tunable PID shall also be user- selectable options. 3.04 CONTROLLING SENSOR OPTIONS A.Controller shall be flexible in the sense that it shall allow for controlling the capacity and fan from multiple different sensor selections.The sensor selections shall be: 1.Cooling Capacity a.Supply b.Remote c.Return 2.Fan Speed a.Supply b.Remote c.Return d.Manual (for diagnostic or to receive a signal from the BMS through the Liebert remote monitoring devices or analog input) Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 In-Row Computer Room Air Conditioners 23 81 24.01 - 6 B.Temperature Compensation 1.The controller shall be able to adjust the capacity output based on supply and return temperature conditions to meet SLA guidelines while operating to highest efficiency. C.Humidity Control 1.Dew point and relative humidity control methods shall be available (based on user preference)for humidity control within the conditioned space 3.05 MULTI-UNIT COORDINATION A.Controller teamwork shall save energy by preventing multiple units in an area from operating in opposing modes.Teamwork allows the control to optimize a group of connected cooling units equipped with same controls using the U2U (Unit-to-Unit)network.There shall be three modes of teamwork operation: 1.Teamwork Mode 1:Is best in small rooms with balanced heat loads.The controlling temperature and humidity sensor readings of all units in operation (fan on)are collected to be used for an average or worst-case sensor reading (user selectable).The master unit shall send the operating requirements to all operating units in the group.The control band (temperature,fan,and humidity)is divided and shared among the units in the group. 2.Teamwork Mode 2:The controller calculates the worse-case demand for heating,cooling humidification and dehumidification.Based on the greatest demand within the group,each unit operates independently,meaning that the unit may respond to the thermal load and humidity conditions based on the unit's controlling sensors. 3.Teamwork Mode 3 -Optimized Aisle:May be employed in large and small rooms with varying heat loads.Optimized Aisle is the most efficient teamwork mode that allows the unit to match cooling capacity with heat load.In the Optimized Aisle mode,the fans operate in parallel. Fans can be controlled exclusively by remote temperature or using static pressure with a secondary remote temperature sensor(s)as an override to ensure that the inlet rack temperature is being met.Cooling (Compressors)is controlled through unit supply-air conditions.Controller calculates the average or worst-case sensor reading (user-selectable) for heating,cooling humidification,and dehumidification.Based on the demand within the group,units will be allowed to operate within that mode until room conditions are satisfied. 3.06 STANDBY LEAD-LAG A.The controller shall allow scheduled rotation to keep equal run time on units and provide automated emergency rotation of operating and standby units. 3.07 STANDBY UNIT CASCADING A.The controller cascade option shall allow the units to turn On and Off based on heat load when utilizing Optimized Aisle,Teamwork Mode 3 and remote temperature sensors.Cascade mode dynamically coordinates the fan speed to save energy and to meet the cooling demands.For instance,with a control group of six units and only 50%of the heat load,the controller shall operate only four units at 80%fan speed and leave the other two units in standby.As the heat load increases,the controller shall automatically respond to the additional load and bring on another unit,increasing the units in operation to five.As the heat load shifts up or down,the control shall meet the needs by cascading units On or putting them into standby. 3.08 WIRED SUPPLY SENSOR A.Each controller shall have one factory-supplied and connected supply-air sensor that may be used as a controlling sensor or reference.When multiple sensors are applied for control purposes,the user shall be able to control based on a maximum or average temperature reading. 3.09 VIRTUAL MASTER A.As part of the robust architecture of the control,it shall allow for a virtual master that coordinates operation.The Virtual Master function shall provide smooth control operation if the group's communication is compromised.When the lead unit,which is in charge of component staging in teamwork,unit staging and standby rotation,becomes disconnected from the network,the system shall automatically assign a virtual master.The virtual master shall assume the same responsibilities as the master until communication is restored. Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 In-Row Computer Room Air Conditioners 23 81 24.01 - 7 3.10 COMPRESSOR SHORT CYCLE CONTROL A.To help maximize the life of the compressor,there shall be start-to-next start delay for the compressor.The control shall monitor the number of compressor starts in an hour.If the compressor starts more than 10 times in 60 minutes,the local display and remote monitoring shall notify the user through a Compressor 1 Short Cycle event. 3.11 CONDENSER CONTROL A.Units may be matched to a premium efficiency condenser control with enhanced monitoring, alarming,and diagnostics.The condenser control shall have an automated,low-noise mode and fan reversal for cleaning mode. 3.12 SYSTEM AUTO RESTART A.The auto restart feature shall automatically restart the system after a power failure.Time delay shall be programmable. 3.13 SEQUENTIAL LOAD ACTIVATION A.On initial startup or restart after power failure,each operational load shall be sequenced with a minimum delay of one second to minimize total inrush current. 3.14 LOW-PRESSURE MONITORING A.Units shall ship standard with low-pressure transducers for monitoring compressor suction pressure.If the pressure falls due to loss of charge or other mechanical cause,the corresponding circuit shall shut down to prevent equipment damage.The user shall be notified of the low- pressure condition through the local display and remote monitoring 3.15 WINTER START TIME DELAY-AIR-COOLED MODELS A.An adjustable software timer shall be provided to assist with compressor starting during cold weather.When the compressor starts,the low-pressure input shall be ignored for the period set in the user-adjustable timer.Once the time period has elapsed after the compressor start,the low- pressure input should remain in the normal state.If the low-pressure input does not remain in the normal state when the time delay has elapsed,the circuit shall lock out on low pressure.The low- pressure alarm shall be announced on the local display and communicated to remote monitoring systems. 3.16 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE TRANSDUCER FAILURE A.The control shall monitor the high-side and low-side refrigerant pressure transducers.If the control senses the transducer has failed,has been disconnected,has shorted or the reading has gone out of range,the user shall be notified through an event on the local display and remote monitoring. The corresponding circuit that the failure has occurred on shall be disabled to prevent unit damage. 3.17 OIL RETURN PROTECTION A.The control shall monitor compressor operation and staging to ensure that liquid and hot gas velocity are maintained for proper oil return to the compressor. 3.18 DIGITAL SCROLL HIGH-TEMPERATURE PROTECTION A.The control shall monitor digital scroll temperature during unit operation.A compressor temperature limit shall be imposed to help prevent damage to the compressor.If the temperature reaches the maximum temperature limit,the compressor shall be locked out and an alarm shall be annunciated on the local display and through monitoring.After the initial lockout,the control shall continue to monitor compressor temperature during the off-cycle and re enable the circuit once a safe operating temperature is reached.The control shall store the number of high temperature trips.The number of trips shall be accessible through the local display. 3.19 DIGITAL SCROLL SENSOR FAILURE A.The control shall monitor the status of the digital scroll sensor.If the control senses that the thermistor is disconnected,shorted or the reading goes out of range,the user shall be notified through an event on the local display and remote monitoring. Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 In-Row Computer Room Air Conditioners 23 81 24.01 - 8 3.20 COMPRESSOR HIGH-AND LOW-TEMPERATURE LIMIT PROTECTION A.The control shall monitor the return air to ensure that the compressor(s)are operated within the manufacturer's defined window of operation.If the return air temperature deviates from the manufacturer's window of operation,the Liebert iCOM shall automatically adjust to prevent damage to the cooling unit or reduction in its reliability. 3.21 RACK TEMPERATURE SENSORS A.The unit shall be provided with three 2T rack temperature sensors,each consisting of a vented case with two temperature probes.The sensors shall provide real-time,direct feedback to the cooling unit to optimize the amount of cooling and airflow provided.The sensor data shall be available to remote BMS and monitoring systems.The sensor network shall consist of one CAN wire leaving the cooling unit and connecting to a 2T sensor.Each remaining 2T sensor is connected to the previous sensor. 3.22 COMMUNICATION INTERFACES A.Remote Shutdown Terminal 1.The remote shutdown terminal shall provide a location to remotely shut down the unit, complying with the National Fire Code. B.Common Alarm Contact 1.The common alarm contact shall provide a set of normally open contacts for remote indication of unit alarms. C.Cabinet Reheat /Humidifier Lockout 1.The reheat and humidifier lockout shall include the necessary relays to disable the reheat and humidifier from an external 24V signal while on emergency power. D.Communications Card 1.The communications Card shall provide ground fault isolated connection to a remote system for monitoring and management.Interface shall support Vertiv interfaces as a BACnet router that provides the communication link between Liebert units and other protocols and modules. The card is de-signed to communicate with Liebert equipment—cooling units,UPSs and PDUs—and route the information over a BACnet,Modbus or LONWorks™network to a Building Automation System (BAS)workstation.This shall be required for communication with Liebert SiteScan™Web 4.0 or newer. E.Displau 1.The Critical Infrastructure Management Shall include 22”touch screen display,Wired System from all unit control to (1)wall mounted or table mounted display.Display intergration of rack mounted wired or wireless sensors for optimization and control of equipment in space 2.System Requirements a.All material and equipment used shall be standard components,regularly manufactured and available and not custom-designed especially for this project.All systems and components shall have previously been thoroughly tested and proven in actual use before installation on this project. b.The manufacturer will furnish or supply a site-specific Critical Infrastructure Management software system based on customer requirements.The system must be a software-only solution;no substitutions shall be accepted. c.The system architecture shall consist of network interface cards that shall be installed in all critical infrastructures that,at a minimum,support HTTP and SNMP simultaneously. d.The system shall receive SNMP traps from managed equipment and display the alarm notification in a graphical user interface. e.The system shall be based on SNMP open protocols and shall integrate seamlessly with Vertiv,Aperture™software suite and Network Management Systems. f.Open protocol support shall include: 1)HTTP(s) 2)TCP/IP/v4,TCP/IP/v6 3)SNMPv1,SNMPv2 Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 In-Row Computer Room Air Conditioners 23 81 24.01 - 9 g.The system shall have the capability of being remotely monitored and managed 24 hours a day,7 days a week by the manufacturer. h.The system shall have the ability to be deployed worldwide. i.The system shall operate as a client-to-server application. j.The Web interface of each managed device shall integrate directly into the system. k.The system shall support enterprise-level databases including Microsoft®SQL™. l.The system shall support exporting of all recorded parametric trend data. m.The system shall operate on a server determined by the customer.Specific server brand or function is not permissible. n.The system shall support virtual server environments by default. o.The system shall include,at no additional cost,one (1)year of Software Assurance. F.Critical Infrastructure System Vendor Responsibilities 1.Provide hardware and software as listed. a.Critical Infrastructure software and licenses for server and workstation installations. b.Software Assurance for the first year at no additional cost. c.7 x 24 system application and service support through a toll-free telephone number. d.Warranty (parts and labor)per the manufacturer’s warranty statement. e.Vendor shall be ISO 9001 listed for design and manufacture of environmental control systems for Critical Monitoring and Control applications. EXECUTION 4.01 INSTALLATION OF THERMAL MANAGEMENT UNITS A.General 1.Install cooling units in accordance with manufacturer’s installation instructions.Install units plumb and level,firmly anchored in locations indicated and maintain manufacturer’s recommended clearances. B.Electrical Wiring 1.Install and connect electrical devices furnished by manufacturer but not specified to be factory mounted.Furnish copy of manufacturer’s electrical connection diagram submittal to electrical contractor. C.Piping Connections 1.Install and connect devices furnished by manufacturer but not specified to be factory-mounted.Furnish copy of manufacturer’s piping connection diagram submittal to piping contractor. D.Refrigerant Charging 1.Charge completed cooling system in accordance with manufacturer’s refrigerant charging instructions. E.Field Quality Control 1.Start up cooling units in accordance with manufacturer’s startup instructions.Test controls and demonstrate compliance with requirements.These specifications describe requirements for a computer room environmental control system.The system shall be designed to maintain temperature and humidity conditions in the rooms containing electronic equipment. 2.The manufacturer shall design and furnish all equipment to be fully compatible with heat dissipation requirements. F.Supply and Drain Water Piping 1.Connect water supply and drains to air conditioning unit.Provide pitch and trap as manufacturer's instructions and local codes require. END OF SECTION 23 81 24.01 Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 Electrical General Provisions 26 01 00 - 1 SECTION 26 01 00 ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A.This Contractor shall provide all materials,equipment and labor necessary to install and set into operation the electrical equipment as shown on the Engineering Drawings and as contained herein. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.See the General and Supplementary General Conditions and Architectural Divisions. B.All work shall be in accordance with the North Carolina State Building Code,which includes the 2020 edition of the National Electrical Code. C.The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining all permits and shall notify inspection departments as work progresses. D.Wherever the words "Approved","Approval",and "Approved Equal"appear,it is intended that items other than the model numbers specified shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer. E."Provide"as used herein shall mean that the Contractor responsible shall furnish and install said item or equipment.“Furnish"as used herein shall mean that the Contractor responsible shall acquire and make available said item or equipment and that installation shall be by others. "Install" as used herein shall mean that the Contractor responsible shall make installation of items or equipment furnished by others. F.All personnel under this Contractor’s supervision shall be qualified to perform those portions of the work assigned to them. Personnel (including project managers)deemed to be negative to the overall success of the project shall be removed from the project and replaced with qualified personnel who will be positive for the project. Upon written notification that particular personnel have been deemed negative to the overall success of the project,this Contractor shall immediately replace such particular personnel. The engineer shall be sole arbiter and any decision regarding fitness of this Contractor’s personnel for this project shall not be subject to appeal. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A.See General and Supplementary General Conditions and Division 1. B.Within ten (10)days after notification of the award of the Contract and written notice to begin work, the Contractor shall submit for approval to the Architect/Engineer a detailed list of equipment and material which he proposes to use. C.The Contractor shall provide an electronic pdf copy of the submittal data on the products,methods, etc.proposed for use on the project. The submittal shall contain complete submittal data on all products,methods,etc.proposed for use on the project. D.Each submittal shall bear the approval of the Contractor indicating that he has reviewed the data and found it to meet the requirements of the specifications as well as space limitations and other project conditions. The submittals shall be clearly identified showing project name,manufacturer's catalog number and all necessary performance and fabrication data. Detailed submittal data shall be provided when items are to be considered as substitution for specified items. Acceptance for approval shall be in writing from the Engineer. E.The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer a set of accurately marked-up plans indicating all changes encountered during the construction. Final payment will be contingent on receipt of these as-built plans. F.The Contractor shall furnish an electronic copy of maintenance and operating instructions. G.The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer a duplicate set of final electrical inspection certificates prior to final payment. 1.04 PRODUCT DELIVERY,STORAGE AND HANDLING Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 Electrical General Provisions 26 01 00 - 2 A.All material and equipment shall be delivered and unloaded by the Contractor within the project site as noted herein or as directed by the Owner. B.The Contractor shall protect all material and equipment from breakage,theft or weather damage. No material or equipment shall be stored on the ground. C.The material and equipment shall remain the property of the Contractor until the project has been completed and turned over to the Owner. D.Where equipment cannot be stored at the site due to exposure to the elements or lack of storage space ,the contractor shall store all equipment in a bonded warehouse until the time of installation. 1.05 WORK CONDITIONS AND COORDINATION A.The Contractor shall review the entire set of plans to establish points of connection and the extent of electrical work to be provided in his Contract. B.The contractor is responsible for reviewing the complete set of contract documents.Coordinate all phasing requirements with architectural drawings.Coordinate equipment locations and utility routing with all trades to ensure code compliance and constructibility. C.This Contractor shall be responsible for all electrical work and make final connections to equipment installed in his Contract. D.Pipe,conduit and duct chases required for installation of work shall be provided by the General Contractor unless otherwise noted. This Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating the location of all required chases. E.All work shall be coordinated with other trades. Cutting of new work and subsequent patching shall be approved by Architect/Engineer and shall be at the Contractor's expense with no extra cost to the Owner. 1.06 GUARANTEE A.See the General and Supplementary General Conditions. B.Where extended warranties or guarantees are available from the manufacturer,the Contractor shall prepare the necessary Contract Documents to validate these warranties as required by the manufacturer and present them to the Architect/Engineer. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIAL QUALITY A.Material and equipment shall be new,unless noted otherwise,of the highest grade and quality and free from defects or other imperfections. Material and equipment found defective shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense. 2.02 EQUIPMENT LISTINGS A.All materials and equipment shall be third party listed by an agency accredited by the NCBCC and NC Department of Insurance (NC DOI).The list of accredited agencies may be obtained on NCDOI's web site. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A.If any part of this Contractor's work is dependent for its proper execution or for its subsequent efficiency or appearance on the character or conditions of contiguous work not executed by him, the Contractor shall examine and measure such contiguous work and report to the Architect or Engineer in writing any imperfection therein,or conditions that render it unsuitable for the reception of this work. Should the Contractor proceed without making such written report,he shall be held to have accepted such work and the existing conditions and he shall be responsible for any defects in this work consequent hereon and will not be relieved of the obligation of any guarantee because of any such imperfection or condition. B.After the designer pre-final inspection and confirmation that the final punch list items have been completed.The contractor shall schedule a final electrical inspection with the local county inspections office. Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 Electrical General Provisions 26 01 00 - 3 3.02 INSTALLATION A.All work shall be performed in a manner indicating proficiency in the trade. B.All conduit,pipes,ducts,etc.,shall be either parallel to building walls or plumb where installed in a vertical position and shall be concealed when located in architecturally finished areas. C.Any cutting or patching required for installation of this Contractor's work shall be kept to a minimum. Written approval shall be required by the Architect/Engineer if cutting of primary structure is involved. D.All patching shall be done in such a manner as to restore the areas or surfaces to match existing finishes. E.The Contractor shall lay-out and install his work in advance of pouring concrete floors or walls. He shall furnish and install all sleeves or openings through poured masonry floors or walls above grade required for passage of all conduits,pipes or duct installed by him. The Contractor shall furnish and install all inserts and hangers required to support his equipment. F.The Contractor shall be responsible for removing all spray-on fireproofing overspray from all equipment,light fixtures,and all other materials provided as part of the electrical contract. 3.03 PERFORMANCE A.The Contractor shall perform all excavation and backfill operations necessary for installation of his work. B.Rock excavation shall be defined in the Supplementary General Conditions,Division 1 or Division 2. Unless specifically stated,neither rock excavation nor a unit price for rock excavation shall be required in the bid. 3.04 ERECTION A.All support steel,angles,channels,pipes or structural steel stands and anchoring devices that may be required to rigidly support or anchor material and equipment shall be provided by this Contractor. 3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.The Contractor shall conform to the requirements of Division 3 for concrete testing. B.The Contractor shall test his entire installation and shall furnish the labor and materials required for these tests. Tests shall be performed in accordance with the requirements of the particular section of the specifications and in accordance with the requirements of the State Ordinances and Codes, and the National Electrical Code. The Contractor shall notify the Architect or Engineer of his readiness for such test. A final inspection by the Electrical Inspector or Local Authority Having Jurisdiction is required,and an inspection certificate is required prior to authorization of final payment. C.Testing required for compliance with the Contract shall be stated in subsequent sections. D.All tests specified shall be completely documented indicating time of day,date,temperature and all other pertinent test information including the entity conducting the test. E.All required documentation of readings required by each test shall be submitted to the Engineer prior to,and as one of the prerequisites for,final acceptance of the project. 3.06 ADJUST AND CLEAN A.All equipment and installed materials shall be thoroughly clean and free of all dirt,oil,grit,grease, etc. B.Factory painted equipment shall not be repainted unless damaged areas exist. These areas shall be touched up with a material suitable for the intended service. In no event shall nameplates be painted. C.At a scheduled meeting,the Contractor shall instruct the Owner or the Owner's representative in the operation and maintenance of all equipment installed under his Contract (in the presence of the Engineer). Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 Electrical General Provisions 26 01 00 - 4 3.07 MAINTENANCE AND OPERATING MANUAL A.The Contractor shall prepare an electronic submission of a manual describing the proper maintenance and system operation. This manual shall not consist of standard factory printed data intended for dimension or design purposes (although these may be included),but shall be prepared to describe this particular job. This manual shall include the following: B.Data on all equipment as listed on the fixture and equipment schedules on the plans.Also data on all fire alarm,telephone system,public address system,security system,lighting control systems, CCTV,MATV,CATV,generator,battery backup system,etc.that are applicable for the project. C.Warranties as required for each product. D.A check list for periodic maintenance of all equipment requiring maintenance.(i.e.,fire alarm system,security system,generator,battery backup system,etc.) E.Maintenance and spare parts data for all equipment. F.As-Built wiring for equipment containing field wired systems.(i.e.,fire alarm,security,data system, CATV,telephone,public address,etc.) G.The manuals shall be dated and signed by the Contractor when completed. H.The operating and maintenance manuals shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval. When the manuals are considered complete by the Engineer,they will be turned over to the Owner for their permanent use. END OF SECTION 26 01 00 26 01 00 Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 Electrical Demolition 26 05 05 - 1 SECTION 26 05 05 ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A.Electrical demolition. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A.Materials and equipment for patching and extending work. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A.Verify field measurements and circuiting arrangements are as indicated. B.Report discrepancies to Architect before disturbing existing installation. 3.02 PREPARATION A.Disconnect electrical systems in walls,floors,and ceilings to be removed. B.Coordinate utility service outages with utility company. C.Provide temporary wiring and connections to maintain existing systems in service during construction. When work must be performed on energized equipment or circuits,use personnel experienced in such operations. D.Existing Electrical Service: Maintain existing system in service until new system is complete and ready for service. Disable system only to make switchovers and connections. Minimize outage duration. 1.Obtain permission from Owner at least 48 hours before de-energizing system. E.Fire alarm system shall be maintained to all occupied portions of the building. 1.Notify Owner and Fire Marshall a least 48 hours before partially or completely disabling system. 2.If the Fire alarm system cannot be maintained in the occupied portion of the building contractor shall provide a fire watch in accordance with NFPA 72 and local authority requirements. 3.03 DEMOLITION AND EXTENSION OF EXISTING ELECTRICAL WORK A.Perform work for removal and disposal of equipment and materials containing toxic substances regulated under the Federal Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA)in accordance with applicable federal,state,and local regulations.Lamps are to be disposed of in accordance with NC G.S. 130A -310.60.Applicable equipment and materials include,but are not limited to: 1.PCB-containing electrical equipment,including transformers,capacitors,and switches. 2.PCB-and DEHP-containing lighting ballasts. 3.Mercury-containing lamps and tubes,including fluorescent lamps,high intensity discharge (HID),arc lamps,ultra-violet,high pressure sodium,mercury vapor,ignitron tubes,neon,and incandescent. B.Remove,relocate,and extend existing installations to accommodate new construction. C.Remove abandoned wiring to source of supply. D.Remove exposed abandoned conduit,including abandoned conduit above accessible ceiling finishes. Where conduit cannot be removed from floors or walls,cut conduit flush with walls and floors,and patch surfaces. E.Disconnect abandoned outlets and remove devices. Remove abandoned outlets if conduit servicing them is abandoned and removed. Provide blank cover for abandoned outlets that are not removed. F.Repair adjacent construction and finishes damaged during demolition and extension work. Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 Electrical Demolition 26 05 05 - 2 G.Maintain access to existing electrical installations that remain active. Modify installation or provide access panel as appropriate. H.Remove all devices from walls or ceilings shown to be removed on the Architectural drawings wether shown on the electrical demolition plans or not. I.Where existing downstream devices are to remain,extend existing branch circuit conduit and conductors to maintain service. 3.04 CLEANING AND REPAIR A.Clean and repair existing materials and equipment that remain or that are to be reused. END OF SECTION 26 05 05 Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 Power Conductors and Cables 26 05 19 - 1 SECTION 26 05 19 POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A.Single conductor building wire. B.Underground feeder and branch-circuit cable. C.Wiring connectors. D.Electrical tape. E.Oxide inhibiting compound. F.Wire pulling lubricant. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A.ASTM B3 -Standard Specification for Soft or Annealed Copper Wire;2013 (Reapproved 2018). B.ASTM B8 -Standard Specification for Concentric-Lay-Stranded Copper Conductors,Hard, Medium-Hard,or Soft;2011 (Reapproved 2017). C.ASTM B33 -Standard Specification for Tin-Coated Soft or Annealed Copper Wire for Electrical Purposes;2010,with Editorial Revision (2020). D.ASTM B787/B787M -Standard Specification for 19 Wire Combination Unilay-Stranded Copper Conductors for Subsequent Insulation;2004 (Reapproved 2020). E.NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code;National Fire Protection Association,Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements;2020. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A.Product Data: Provide manufacturer's standard catalog pages and data sheets for conductors and cables,including detailed information on materials,construction,ratings,listings,and available sizes,configurations,and stranding. B.Field Quality Control Test Reports. C.Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate application conditions and limitations of use stipulated by product testing agency.Include instructions for storage,handling,protection, examination,preparation,and installation of product. D.Project Record Documents: Record actual installed circuiting arrangements.Record actual routing of exterior below grade conduit and associated hand holes or man holes.. E.Maintenance Materials: Furnish the following for Owner's use in maintenance of project. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Comply with requirements of NFPA 70. B.Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this section with minimum five years documented experience. C.Product Listing Organization Qualifications: Third party agencies shall be amongst those accredited by the NCBCC (North Carolina Building Code Council)to label Electrical and Mechanical Equipment. 1.05 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A.Receive,inspect,handle,and store conductors and cables in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 1.06 FIELD CONDITIONS A.Do not install or otherwise handle thermoplastic-insulated conductors at temperatures lower than 14 degrees F,unless otherwise permitted by manufacturer's instructions.When installation below this temperature is unavoidable,notify Architect and obtain direction before proceeding with work. PART 2 PRODUCTS Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 Power Conductors and Cables 26 05 19 - 2 2.01 CONDUCTOR AND CABLE APPLICATIONS A.Do not use conductors and cables for applications other than as permitted by NFPA 70 and product listing. B.Provide single conductor building wire installed in suitable raceway unless otherwise indicated, permitted,or required. C.Nonmetallic-sheathed cable is not permitted. D.Service entrance cable is not permitted. 2.02 CONDUCTOR AND CABLE GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A.Provide products that comply with requirements of NFPA 70. B.Provide products listed,classified,and labeled as suitable for the purpose intended. C.All conductors shall be labeled two feet on centers indicating size,type,voltage,rating,and manufacturer's name. D.Provide new conductors and cables manufactured not more than one year prior to installation. E.Unless specifically indicated to be excluded,provide all required conduit,boxes,wiring, connectors,etc.as required for a complete operating system. F.Comply with NEMA WC 70. G.Conductor Material: 1.Provide copper conductors only. Conductor sizes indicated are based on copper. 2.Copper Conductors: Soft drawn annealed,98 percent conductivity,uncoated copper conductors. H.Minimum Conductor Size:12 AWG. I.Maximum Conductor Size:500 kcmil J.Conductors for branch circuits shall be sized to prevent a voltage drop exceeding three percent (3%)at the farthest outlet of power,heating and lighting loads,or any combination of such loads. The maximum total voltage drop on both feeders and branch circuits to the farthest outlet shall not exceed five percent (5%). 1.Where the branch circuit conductor length from the panel to the first outlet on a 277 volt circuit exceeds 125 feet,the branch circuit conductors from the panel to the first outlet shall not be smaller than #10 AWG. Increase the branch circuit conductor size an additional wire size for reach 125’of additional length of the entire circuit. The ground conductor size shall be increased proportionately to the increase in the phase conductors per 2020 NEC 250.122(B). 2.Where the conductor length from the panel to the first outlet on a 120 volt circuit exceeds 50 feet,the branch circuit conductors from the panel to the first outlet shall not be smaller than #10 AWG. Increase the branch circuit conductor size an additional wire size for reach 100’of additional length of the entire circuit. The ground conductor size shall be increased proportionately to the increase in the phase conductors per 2020 NEC 250.122(B). K.Conductor Color Coding: 1.Color code conductors as indicated unless otherwise required by the authority having jurisdiction. Maintain consistent color coding throughout project. 2.Color Coding Method: a.Conductors #10 AWG and smaller shall be factory color coded. b.Conductors #3 and larger shall be factory color coded on the entire length. 3.Color Code: a.480Y/277 V,3 Phase,4 Wire System: 1)Phase A: Brown. 2)Phase B: Orange. 3)Phase C: Yellow. 4)Neutral/Grounded: Gray. b.208Y/120 V,3 Phase,4 Wire System: Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 Power Conductors and Cables 26 05 19 - 3 1)Phase A: Black. 2)Phase B: Red. 3)Phase C: Blue. 4)Neutral/Grounded: White. c.Equipment Ground,All Systems: Green. d.0 -10V Dimming conductors:Violet and Grey 2.03 BUILDING WIRE A.Approved Manufacturers as listed below or approved equal: 1.Copper Building Wire: a.Triangle b.Okonite c.Houston Wire and Cable d.or approved equal B.Description: Single conductor insulated wire. C.Conductor Stranding: 1.Feeders and Branch Circuits: a.Size 10 AWG and Smaller: Solid. b.Size 8 AWG and Larger: Class B Stranded. D.Insulation Voltage Rating: 600 V. E.Insulation: 1.Copper Building Wire: Type THHN/THWN or XHHW-2. 2.Conductors routed on roofs or other exterior surface where raceway is exposed to direct sunlight shall be type XHHW-2 insulation. 2.04 WIRING CONNECTORS A.Description: Wiring connectors appropriate for the application,suitable for use with the conductors to be connected,and listed as complying with UL 486A-486B or UL 486C as applicable. B.Connectors for Grounding and Bonding: Comply with Section 26 05 26. C.Wiring Connectors for Splices and Taps: 1.Splices or taps shall not be allowed for feeder conductors unless specifically noted on plans. 2.Where a splice or tap for feeder conductors is noted on the plans,connectors shall be Blackburn insulated multi-tap or approved equal. 3.Splices in branch circuit conductors shall be allowed in accessible junction boxes,troughs,or gutters. a.Copper Conductors #10 AWG and smaller: Use twist-on insulated spring connectors. b.Copper Conductors #8 AWG and larger: Use mechanical connectors with gum rubber tape or friction tape.Solderless mechanical connectors with UL listed insulating covers may be used at contractor's option. 4.Use of split bolts is not allowed. 5."Sta-kon"or other permanent type crimp connectors shall not be used for branch circuit connections. D.Wiring Connectors for Terminations: 1.Provide terminal lugs for connecting conductors to equipment furnished with terminations designed for terminal lugs. 2.Provide compression adapters for connecting conductors to equipment furnished with mechanical lugs when only compression connectors are specified. 3.Where over-sized conductors are larger than the equipment terminations can accommodate, provide connectors suitable for reducing to appropriate size,but not less than required for the rating of the overcurrent protective device. E.Twist-on Insulated Spring Connectors: Rated 600 V,221 degrees F for standard applications and 302 degrees F for high temperature applications;pre-filled with sealant and listed as complying with UL 486D for damp and wet locations. Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 Power Conductors and Cables 26 05 19 - 4 2.05 ACCESSORIES A.Electrical Tape: 1.Vinyl Color Coding Electrical Tape: Integrally colored to match color code indicated;listed as complying with UL 510;minimum thickness of 7 mil;resistant to abrasion,corrosion,and sunlight;suitable for continuous temperature environment up to 221 degrees F. a.Product: Okonite 2000 or approved equal. 2.Vinyl Insulating Electrical Tape: Complying with ASTM D3005 and listed as complying with UL 510;minimum thickness of 7 mil;resistant to abrasion,corrosion,and sunlight; conformable for application down to 0 degrees F and suitable for continuous temperature environment up to 221 degrees F. B.Wire Pulling Lubricant: Listed;suitable for use with the conductors or cables to be installed and suitable for use at the installation temperature. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A.Verify that interior of building has been protected from weather. B.Verify that work likely to damage wire and cable has been completed. C.Verify that raceways,boxes,and equipment enclosures are installed and are properly sized to accommodate conductors and cables in accordance with NFPA 70. D.Verify that field measurements are as indicated. E.Verify that conditions are satisfactory for installation prior to starting work. 3.02 PREPARATION A.Clean raceways thoroughly to remove foreign materials before installing conductors and cables. 3.03 INSTALLATION A.Circuiting Requirements: 1.Circuit routing indicated is diagrammatic. 2.Maintain separation of Class 1,Class 2,and Class 3 remote-control,signaling,and power- limited circuits in accordance with NFPA 70. 3.Maintain separation of wiring for emergency systems in accordance with NFPA 70. 4.Common Neutrals: Unless otherwise indicated,sharing of neutral/grounded conductors among up to three single phase branch circuits of different phases installed in the same raceway is not permitted. Provide dedicated neutral/grounded conductor for each individual branch circuit. 5.A dedicated green equipment grounding conductor shall be provided for all raceways containing branch circuit or feeder conductors.Equipment ground conductor shall be sized in accordance with the NEC. B.Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C.Install conductors and cable in a neat and workmanlike manner.Neatly train and lace wiring inside boxes,equipment,and panelboards. D.Installation in Raceway: 1.Tape ends of conductors and cables to prevent infiltration of moisture and other contaminants. 2.Pull all conductors and cables together into raceway at same time. 3.Do not damage conductors and cables or exceed manufacturer's recommended maximum pulling tension and sidewall pressure. 4.Use suitable wire pulling lubricant for conductors #4 AWG or larger,except when lubricant is not recommended by the manufacturer. E.Paralleled Conductors: Install conductors of the same length and terminate in the same manner. F.Secure and support conductors and cables in accordance with NFPA 70 using suitable supports and methods approved by the authority having jurisdiction. Provide independent support from Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 Power Conductors and Cables 26 05 19 - 5 building structure. Do not provide support from raceways,piping,ductwork,or other systems. G.Install conductors with a minimum of 12 inches of slack at each outlet. H.Neatly train conductors inside boxes,wireways,panelboards and other equipment enclosures. Condcutors shall not be laced or bundled to avoid overheating. I.Group or otherwise identify neutral/grounded conductors with associated ungrounded conductors inside enclosures in accordance with NFPA 70. J.Make wiring connections using specified wiring connectors. 1.Remove appropriate amount of conductor insulation for making connections without cutting, nicking or damaging conductors. 2.Do not remove conductor strands to facilitate insertion into connector. 3.Clean contact surfaces on conductors and connectors to suitable remove corrosion,oxides, and other contaminates.Do not use wire brush on plated connector surfaces. K.Insulate ends of spare conductors using vinyl insulating electrical tape. L.Unless specifically indicated to be excluded,provide final connections to all equipment and devices,including those furnished by others,as required for a complete operating system. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.All tests shall be completely documented indicating time of day,date,temperature and all pertinent test information.All required documentation shall be submitted to the Engineer prior to,and as a prerequisite for,final acceptance of the project.All test results shall be included in the Owner's operation and maintenance manual. B.Inspect and test in accordance with NETA ATS,Section 7.3.2. 1.Perform each of the following visual and electrical tests: a.Compare cable data with drawings and specifications to ensure compliance with contract documents. b.Inspect exposed sections of conductor and cable for physical damage and correct connection according to the single-line diagram. c.Test bolted connections for high resistance using one of the following: 1)A low-resistance ohmmeter. 2)Calibrated torque wrench. d.Inspect compression-applied connectors for correct cable match and indentation. e.Inspect for correct identification. f.Inspect cable jacket and condition. g.Continuity test on each conductor and cable. h.Uniform resistance of parallel conductors. C.Insulation resistance test is required for all feeder conductors prior to energizing feeders,sub- feeders,or service entrance conductors. 1.All current carrying feeder phase conductors and neutrals shall be tested as installed,and before connections are made,for insulation resistance and accidental grounds. This shall be done with a 500 volt insulation resistance tester. In the procedures listed below shall be followed: a.Minimum readings shall be one million (1,000,000)or more ohms for #6 AWG wire and smaller,250,000 ohms or more for #4 AWG wire or larger,between conducts and between conductor and the grounding conductor. b.After all fixtures,devices and equipment are installed and all connections completed to each panel,the Contractor shall disconnect the neutral feeder conductor from the neutral bar and take a insulation resistance reading between the neutral bar and the grounded enclosure. If this reading is less than 250,000 ohms,the Contractor shall disconnect the branch circuit neutral wires from this neutral bar. He shall then test each one separately to the panel and until the low readings are found. The Contractor shall correct troubles, reconnect and retest until at 250,000 ohms from the neutral bar to the grounded panel can be achieved with only the neutral feeder disconnected. Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 Power Conductors and Cables 26 05 19 - 6 c.The Contractor shall send a letter to the Engineer certifying that the above has been done and tabulating the insulation resistance readings for each panel. This shall be done at least four (4)days prior to final inspection. d.At final inspection,The Contractor shall furnish a insulation resistance tester and show the Engineer’s representatives that the panels comply with the above requirements. He shall also furnish a hook-on type ammeter and voltmeter to take current and voltage readings as directed by the representatives. e.Results of the test shall be made available to the engineer at the required pre- energization walk through. 2.Disconnect surge protective devices (SPDs)prior to performing any high potential testing. Replace SPDs damaged by performing high potential testing with SPDs connected. D.Correct deficiencies and replace damaged or defective conductors and cables and re-test as indicated above.Contractor shall submit new test results to the Engineer to demonstrate the deficiency has been corrected. END OF SECTION 26 05 19 Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems 26 05 26 - 1 SECTION 26 05 26 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A.Grounding and bonding requirements. B.Conductors for grounding and bonding. C.Connectors for grounding and bonding. D.Ground bars. E.Ground rod electrodes. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A.IEEE 81 -IEEE Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity,Ground Impedance,and Earth Surface Potentials of a Grounding System;2012. B.NEMA GR 1 -Grounding Rod Electrodes and Grounding Rod Electrode Couplings;2022. C.NETA ATS -Standard For Acceptance Testing Specifications For Electrical Power Equipment And Systems;2021. D.NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code;National Fire Protection Association,Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements;2020. E.UL 467 -Grounding and Bonding Equipment;Current Edition,Including All Revisions. 1.03 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A.Coordination: 1.Verify exact locations of underground metal water service pipe entrances to building. 2.Coordinate the work with other trades to provide steel reinforcement complying with specified requirements for concrete-encased electrode. 3.Notify Architect of any conflicts with or deviations from Contract Documents.Obtain direction before proceeding with work. B.Sequencing: 1.Do not install ground rod electrodes until final backfill and compaction is complete. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A.Product Data: Provide manufacturer's standard catalog pages and data sheets for grounding and bonding system components. B.Manufacturer's Instructions: Indicate application conditions and limitations of use stipulated by product testing agency. Include instructions for storage,handling,protection,examination, preparation,and installation of product. C.Field quality control test reports. D.Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of grounding electrode system components and connections. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Comply with requirements of NFPA 70. B.Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. C.Product Listing Organization Qualifications: Third party agencies shall be amongst those accredited by the NCBCC (North Carolina Building Code Council)to label Electrical and Mechanical Equipment. 1.06 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A.Receive,inspect,handle,and store products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems 26 05 26 - 2 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GROUNDING AND BONDING REQUIREMENTS A.Existing Work: Where existing grounding and bonding system components are indicated to be reused,they may be reused only where they are free from corrosion,integrity and continuity are verified,and where acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction. B.Do not use products for applications other than as permitted by NFPA 70 and product listing. C.Unless specifically indicated to be excluded,provide all required components,conductors, connectors,conduit,boxes,fittings,supports,accessories,etc.as necessary for a complete grounding and bonding system. D.Where conductor size is not indicated,size to comply with NFPA 70 but not less than applicable minimum size requirements specified. E.Grounding System Resistance: 1.Achieve specified grounding system resistance under normally dry conditions unless otherwise approved by Architect.Precipitation within the previous 48 hours does not constitute normally dry conditions. 2.Grounding Electrode System: Not greater than 5 ohms to ground,when tested according to IEEE 81 using "fall-of-potential"method. 3.Between Grounding Electrode System and Major Electrical Equipment Frames,System Neutral,and Derived Neutral Points: Not greater than 0.5 ohms,when tested using "point-to- point"methods. F.Grounding Electrode System: 1.Provide connection to required and supplemental grounding electrodes indicated to form grounding electrode system. a.Provide continuous grounding electrode conductors without splice or joint. b.Install grounding electrode conductors in raceway where exposed to physical damage. Bond grounding electrode conductor to metallic raceways at each end with bonding jumper. 2.Metal Underground Water Pipe(s): a.Provide connection to underground metal domestic and fire protection (where present) water service pipe(s)that are in direct contact with earth for at least 10 feet at an accessible location not more than 5 feet from the point of entrance to the building. b.Provide bonding jumper(s)around insulating joints/pipes as required to make pipe electrically continuous. c.Provide bonding jumper around water meter of sufficient length to permit removal of meter without disconnecting jumper. 3.Metal In-Ground Support Structure: a.Provide connection to metal in-ground support structure that is in direct contact with earth in accordance with NFPA 70. 4.Concrete-Encased Electrode: a.Where metallic structural components meet the definition of a concrete encased electrode as defined in NEC 250.52,the concrete encased electrode shall be bonded to the grounding electrode system per NEC 250.50.Coordinate with the structure prior to pouring concrete foundations. b.Provide connection to concrete-encased electrode consisting of not less than 20 feet of either steel reinforcing bars or bare copper conductor not smaller than 4 AWG embedded within concrete foundation or footing that is in direct contact with earth in accordance with NFPA 70. 5.Ground Rod Electrode(s): a.Space electrodes not less than 10 feet from each other and any other ground electrode until maximum allowed resistance to ground is achieved. b.Where location is not indicated,locate electrode(s)at least 5 feet outside building perimeter foundation as near as possible to electrical service entrance;where possible, Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems 26 05 26 - 3 locate in softscape (uncovered)area. 6.Provide additional ground electrode(s)as required to achieve specified grounding electrode system resistance. 7.Ground Bar: Provide ground bar in main electrical room,separate from service equipment enclosure,for common connection point of grounding electrode system bonding jumpers as permitted in NFPA 70.Connect grounding electrode conductor provided for service-supplied system grounding to this ground bar. a.Ground Bar Size: 1/4"x 2"x 18"unless otherwise indicated or required. b.Where ground bar location is not indicated,locate in accessible location as near as possible to service disconnect enclosure. 8.unless otherwise noted.Location as identified on plans. 9.Ground Riser: Provide common grounding electrode conductor not less than 3/0 AWG for tap connections to multiple separately derived systems as permitted in NFPA 70. G.Service-Supplied System Grounding: 1.For each service disconnect,provide grounding electrode conductor to connect neutral (grounded)service conductor to grounding electrode system.Unless otherwise indicated, make connection at neutral (grounded)bus in service disconnect enclosure. 2.For each service disconnect,provide main bonding jumper to connect neutral (grounded)bus to equipment ground bus where not factory-installed.Do not make any other connections between neutral (grounded)conductors and ground on load side of service disconnect. H.Separately Derived System Grounding: 1.Separately derived systems include,but are not limited to: a.Transformers. b.Uninterruptible power supplies (UPS),when configured as separately derived systems. c.Generators,when neutral is switched in the transfer switch. 2.Provide grounding electrode conductor to connect derived system grounded conductor to nearest effectively grounded metal building frame.Unless otherwise indicated,make connection at neutral (grounded)bus in source enclosure. 3.Provide bonding jumper to connect derived system grounded conductor to nearest metal building frame and nearest metal water piping in the area served by the derived system, where not already used as a grounding electrode for the derived system.Make connection at same location as grounding electrode conductor connection. 4.Where common grounding electrode conductor ground riser is used for tap connections to multiple separately derived systems,provide bonding jumper to connect the metal building frame and metal water piping in the area served by the derived system to the common grounding electrode conductor. 5.Provide system bonding jumper to connect system grounded conductor to equipment ground bus.Make connection at same location as grounding electrode conductor connection.Do not make any other connections between neutral (grounded)conductors and ground on load side of separately derived system disconnect. I.Bonding and Equipment Grounding: 1.Provide bonding for equipment grounding conductors,equipment ground busses,metallic equipment enclosures,metallic raceways and boxes,device grounding terminals,and other normally non-current-carrying conductive materials enclosing electrical conductors/equipment or likely to become energized as indicated and in accordance with NFPA 70. 2.Provide insulated equipment grounding conductor in each feeder and branch circuit raceway. Do not use raceways as sole equipment grounding conductor. 3.Where circuit conductor sizes are increased for voltage drop,increase size of equipment grounding conductor proportionally in accordance with NFPA 70. 4.Unless otherwise indicated,connect wiring device grounding terminal to branch circuit equipment grounding conductor and to outlet box with bonding jumper. 5.Terminate branch circuit equipment grounding conductors on solidly bonded equipment ground bus only.Do not terminate on neutral (grounded)or isolated/insulated ground bus. Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems 26 05 26 - 4 6.Provide bonding jumper across expansion or expansion/deflection fittings provided to accommodate conduit movement. 7.Provide bonding for interior metal piping systems in accordance with NFPA 70.This includes, but is not limited to: a.Metal water piping where not already effectively bonded to metal underground water pipe used as grounding electrode. b.Metal gas piping. c.Metal process piping. 2.02 GROUNDING AND BONDING COMPONENTS A.General Requirements: 1.Provide products listed,classified,and labeled as suitable for the purpose intended. 2.Provide products listed and labeled as complying with UL 467 where applicable. B.Conductors for Grounding and Bonding,in Addition to Requirements of Section 26 05 26: 1.Use insulated copper conductors unless otherwise indicated. a.Exceptions: 1)Use bare copper conductors where installed underground in direct contact with earth. 2)Use bare copper conductors where directly encased in concrete (not in raceway). 2.Where insulated grounding conductors are used conductors shall be colored solid green. 3.Grounding electrode conductors #4 AWG and larger shall be installed in raceway. C.Connectors for Grounding and Bonding: 1.Description: Connectors appropriate for the application and suitable for the conductors and items to be connected;listed and labeled as complying with UL 467. 2.Unless otherwise indicated,use exothermic welded connections for underground,concealed and other inaccessible connections. 3.Unless otherwise indicated,use double crimp compression connectors or exothermic welded connections for accessible connections. D.Ground Bars: 1.Description: Copper rectangular ground bars with mounting brackets and insulators. 2.Size: As indicated elsewhere in this section. 3.Holes for Connections: All mechanical connectors shall be double hole double crimp compression connectors.. E.Ground Rod Electrodes: 1.Comply with NEMA GR 1. 2.Material: Copper-bonded (copper-clad)steel. 3.Size: 3/4 inch diameter by 10 feet length,unless otherwise indicated. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A.Verify that work likely to damage grounding and bonding system components has been completed. B.Verify that field measurements are as indicated. C.Verify that conditions are satisfactory for installation prior to starting work. 3.02 INSTALLATION A.Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B.Install grounding and bonding system components in a neat and workmanlike manner. C.Boxes with concentric,eccentric or oversized knockouts shall be provided with bonding bushings and jumpers.The jumper shall be sized per NEC table 250-122 and lugged to the box. D.Ground Rod Electrodes: Unless otherwise indicated,install ground rod electrodes vertically. Where encountered rock prohibits vertical installation,install at 45 degree angle. Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems 26 05 26 - 5 1.Outdoor Installations: Unless otherwise indicated,install with top of rod 6 inches below finished grade. E.Make grounding and bonding connections using specified connectors. 1.Remove appropriate amount of conductor insulation for making connections without cutting, nicking or damaging conductors.Do not remove conductor strands to facilitate insertion into connector. 2.Remove nonconductive paint,enamel,or similar coating at threads,contact points,and contact surfaces. 3.Exothermic Welds: Make connections using molds and weld material suitable for the items to be connected in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 4.Compression Connectors: Secure connections using manufacturer's recommended tools and dies.Connectors must be UL listed for use with grounding electrode conductors. F.Identify grounding and bonding system components in accordance with Section 26 05 53. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.Inspect and test in accordance with NETA ATS Section 7.13. 1.After installing grounding system but before permanent electrical circuits have been energized,test for compliance with requirements. 2.Verify that ground system was installed in accordance with the contract documents and NEC Article 250. 3.Inspect physical and mechanical condition.Verify tightness of accessible,bolted,electrical connections with a calibrated torque wrench according to manufacturer's written instructions. a.Perform resistance measurements through bolted connections with a low-resistance ohmmeter. 4.Test completed grounding system at each location where a maximum ground-resistance level is specified,at service disconnect enclosure grounding terminal at ground test wells and at individual ground rods.Make tests at ground rods before any conductors are connected. a.Measure ground resistance no fewer than two full days after last trace of precipitation and without soil being moistened by any means other than natural drainage or seepage and without chemical treatment or other artificial means of reducing natural ground resistance. b.Perform tests by fall-of-potential method according to IEEE 81. B.Perform ground electrode resistance tests under normally dry conditions.Precipitation within the previous 48 hours does not constitute normally dry conditions. C.Investigate and correct deficiencies where measured ground resistances do not comply with specified requirements. D.Submit detailed reports indicating inspection and testing results and corrective actions taken. END OF SECTION 26 05 26 Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems 26 05 29 - 1 SECTION 26 05 29 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A.Support and attachment requirements and components for equipment,conduit,cable,boxes,and other electrical work. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A.Section 26 05 33.13 -Conduit for Electrical Systems: Additional support and attachment requirements for conduits. B.Section 26 05 36 -Cable Trays for Electrical Systems: Additional support and attachment requirements for cable tray. C.Section 26 05 33.16 - Boxes and Cabinets: Additional support and attachment requirements for boxes. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A.NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code;National Fire Protection Association,Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements;2020. 1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A.Coordination: 1.Coordinate sizes and arrangement of supports and bases with the actual equipment and components to be installed. 2.Coordinate the work with other trades to provide additional framing and materials required for installation. 3.Coordinate compatibility of support and attachment components with mounting surfaces at the installed locations. 4.Coordinate the arrangement of supports with ductwork,piping,equipment and other potential conflicts installed under other sections or by others. 5.Notify Engineer any conflicts with or deviations from Contract Documents.Obtain direction before proceeding with work. B.Sequencing: 1.05 SUBMITTALS A.Product Data: Provide manufacturer's standard catalog pages and data sheets for channel (strut) framing systems,non-penetrating rooftop supports,and post-installed concrete and masonry anchors. B.Manufacturer's Instructions: Indicate application conditions and limitations of use stipulated by product testing agency. Include instructions for storage,handling,protection,examination, preparation,and installation of product. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE 1.07 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A.Receive,inspect,handle,and store products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SUPPORT AND ATTACHMENT COMPONENTS A.General Requirements: 1.Provide all required hangers,supports,anchors,fasteners,fittings,accessories,and hardware as necessary for the complete installation of electrical work. 2.Provide products listed,classified,and labeled as suitable for the purpose intended,where applicable. 3.Where support and attachment component types and sizes are not indicated,select in accordance with manufacturer's application criteria as required for the load to be supported​​. Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems 26 05 29 - 2 Include consideration for vibration,equipment operation,and shock loads where applicable. 4.Do not use products for applications other than as permitted by NFPA 70 and product listing. B.Conduit and Cable Supports: Straps,clamps,etc.suitable for the conduit or cable to be supported. 1.Conduit Straps: One-hole or two-hole type;steel or malleable iron. 2.Conduit Clamps: Bolted type unless otherwise indicated. C.Anchors and Fasteners: 1.Concrete: Use preset concrete inserts,expansion anchors,or screw anchors. 2.Solid or Grout-Filled Masonry: Use expansion anchors or screw anchors. 3.Hollow Masonry: Use toggle bolts. 4.Hollow Stud Walls: Use toggle bolts. 5.Steel: Use beam clamps,machine bolts,or welded threaded studs. 6.Sheet Metal: Use sheet metal screws,bolts,or bolts. 7.Wood: Use wood screws. 8.Plastic and lead anchors are not permitted. 9.Powder-actuated fasteners are not permitted. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A.Verify that field measurements are as indicated. B.Verify that mounting surfaces are ready to receive support and attachment components. C.Verify that conditions are satisfactory for installation prior to starting work. 3.02 INSTALLATION A.Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B.Perform work in accordance with NECA 1 (general workmanship). C.Provide independent support from building structure.Do not provide support from piping,ductwork, or other systems. D.Do not provide support from suspended ceiling support system or ceiling grid. E.Unless specifically indicated or approved by Architect,do not provide support from roof deck. F.Do not penetrate or otherwise notch or cut structural members without approval of Structural Engineer. G.Equipment Support and Attachment: 1.Securely fasten floor-mounted equipment.Do not install equipment such that it relies on its own weight for support. H.Conduits installed on the interior of exterior building walls shall be spaced off the wall surface a minimum of 1/4 inch using "clamp-backs"or strut. I.Remove temporary supports. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.Inspect support and attachment components for damage and defects. B.Repair cuts and abrasions in galvanized finishes using zinc-rich paint recommended by manufacturer.Replace components that exhibit signs of corrosion. C.Correct deficiencies and replace damaged or defective support and attachment components. END OF SECTION 26 05 29 Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 Conduit for Electrical Systems 26 05 33.13 - 1 SECTION 26 05 33.13 CONDUIT FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A.Galvanized steel rigid metal conduit (RMC). B.Flexible metal conduit (FMC). C.Liquidtight flexible metal conduit (LFMC). D.Electrical metallic tubing (EMT). E.Conduit fittings. F.Accessories. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A.ANSI C80.1 -American National Standard for Electrical Rigid Steel Conduit (ERSC);2020. B.ANSI C80.3 -American National Standard for Electrical Metallic Tubing --Steel (EMT-S);2020. C.ANSI C80.6 -American National Standard for Electrical Intermediate Metal Conduit;2018. D.ASTM B633 -Standard Specification for Electrodeposited Coatings of Zinc on Iron and Steel; 2019. E.ASTM A153/A153M -Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip)on Iron and Steel Hardware;2016a. F.ASTM A123/A123M -Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized)Coatings on Iron and Steel Products;2017. G.NECA 101 -Standard for Installing Steel Conduits (Rigid,IMC,EMT);2020. H.NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code;National Fire Protection Association,Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements;2020. 1.03 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A.Coordination: 1.Coordinate minimum sizes of conduits with the actual conductors to be installed,including adjustments for conductor sizes increased for voltage drop. 2.Coordinate the arrangement of conduits with structural members,ductwork,piping, equipment and other potential conflicts installed under other sections or by others. 3.Verify exact conduit termination locations required for boxes,enclosures,and equipment installed under other sections or by others. 4.Coordinate the work with other trades to provide roof penetrations that preserve the integrity of the roofing system and do not void the roof warranty. 5.Notify Architect of any conflicts with or deviations from Contract Documents.Obtain direction before proceeding with work. B.Sequencing: 1.Do not begin installation of conductors and cables until installation of conduit is complete between outlet,junction and splicing points. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A.Product Data: Provide manufacturer's standard catalog pages and data sheets for conduits and fittings. B.Project Record Documents: Record actual routing for conduits installed underground exterior to the building envelope. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Conduit shall be delivered to the project site in bundles of full length pipes,each length marked with the trademark of the manufacturer and the Underwriters'Laboratories,Inc.stamp. Each conduit length shall be straight,true and free from scales,blisters,burrs and other imperfections. Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 Conduit for Electrical Systems 26 05 33.13 - 2 1.Product Listing Organization Qualifications: Third party agencies shall be amongst those accredited by the NCBCC (North Carolina Building Code Council)to label Electrical and Mechanical Equipment. 1.06 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A.Receive,inspect,handle,and store conduit and fittings in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 CONDUIT APPLICATIONS A.Do not use conduit and associated fittings for applications other than as permitted by NFPA 70 and product listing. B.Unless otherwise indicated and where not otherwise restricted,use the conduit types indicated for the specified applications. C.Embedded Within Concrete: 1.Within Slab on Grade: Not permitted. 2.Within Slab Above Ground: Not permitted. 3.Within Poured Concrete Walls Above Ground: Use galvanized steel rigid metal conduit, intermediate metal conduit (IMC),PVC-coated galvanized steel rigid metal conduit,rigid PVC conduit,or reinforced thermosetting resin conduit (RTRC). D.Outdoors: Apply raceways as indicated below unless otherwise noted 1.Above ground conduit: Rigid galvanized steel conduit with 90o rigid elbow below grade transition to PVC. 2.Roof:Rigid galvanized steel conduit supported on rubber blocks and unistrut frame.Conduit must be at least 3-1/2"above roof surface. 3.Feeders: PVC Type DB concrete encased 4.Branch circuits: Schedule 40 PVC direct buried 5.Telecommunications: Schedule 40 PVC concrete encased 6.Connections to vibrating equipment including transformers,generators,and other motor driven equipment: Liquid tight flexible metal conduit. 7.Boxes and enclosures above ground Nema Type 4 8.Where rigid polyvinyl (PVC)conduit is used for feeder conductors,transition to galvanized steel rigid metal conduit a minimum of three feet horizontally prior to emerging from underground. 9.Where rigid polyvinyl (PVC)conduitis used for branch circuits,use galvanized steel rigid metal conduit elbows for bends. E.Indoors: Finished spaces (not subject to physical damage) 1.Raceway shall be routed concealed in interior portions of furred spaces,ceilings,and cavities,unless other than concrete or solid plaster where possible. 2.Raceways 2 inch or less shall be allowed to be EMT conduit. 3.All raceways concealed in exterior walls shall be rigid galvanized steel conduit. 4.All raceways larger than 2 inch shall be rigid galvanized conduit. 5.Where surface mounted conduit is required in finished spaces,contractor shall utilize surface metal raceway wire mold. 6.Where there is a transition between RGS in a wall to EMT above ceiling,it shall be made at a junction box above accessible ceiling. 7.Interior,Damp or Wet Locations: Use galvanized steel rigid metal conduit. F.Stub Ups 1.All feeder stub ups shall transition below grade from PVC to rigid a minimum of 3 feet horizontally from stub up location. 2.All branch circuit stub ups,where exposed or in non-CMU walls,shall transition to rigid galvanized steel at 90 degree elbow. 3.Schedule 40 rigid polyvinyl (PVC)stub ups are only allowed where conduits come up in CMU walls or the bottom of floor mounted equipment. Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 Conduit for Electrical Systems 26 05 33.13 - 3 G.Unfinished spaces subject to damage (Electrical,Mechanical etc.) 1.All conduit in unfinished spaces shall rigid galvanized steel.Conduit is not considered subject to damage when installed at least 10 feet above finished floor or tight to structure. 2.Conduits are not required to transition to transition to rigid galvanized steel where they are routed down into panelboards or other wall mounted equipment. H.Exposed,Interior finished spaces: Use surface metal raceway as identified on the drawings. 1.Surface metal raceway shall be manufactured by Wiremold or approved equal. 2.A separate equipment ground conductor shall be run in the surface metal raceway. I.Connection to vibrating equipment shall be made with flexible metal conduit or liquid tight flexible metal conduit depending on the environment installed. J.Connections to Vibrating Equipment: 1.Dry Locations: Use flexible metal conduit. 2.Damp,Wet,or Corrosive Locations: Use liquidtight flexible metal conduit. 3.Maximum Length: 6 feet unless otherwise indicated. 4.Vibrating equipment includes,but is not limited to: a.Transformers. b.Motors. c.Generators. 2.02 CONDUIT REQUIREMENTS A.Existing Work: Where existing conduits are indicated to be reused,they may be reused only where they comply with specified requirements,are free from corrosion,and integrity is verified by pulling a mandrel through them. B.Provide all conduit,fittings,supports,and accessories required for a complete raceway system. C.Provide products listed,classified,and labeled as suitable for the purpose intended. D.Minimum Conduit Size,Unless Otherwise Indicated: 1.Interior: 3/4 inch (21 mm)trade size. 2.Exterior: 1 inch (27 mm)trade size. 2.03 GALVANIZED STEEL RIGID METAL CONDUIT (RMC) A.Manufacturers: 1.Allied Tube &Conduit. 2.Republic Conduit. 3.Wheatland Tube Company. 4.or approved equal. B.Description: NFPA 70,Type RMC standard weight mild steel,hot dipped galvanized,sherardised or zinc-coated rigid metal conduit complying with ANSI C80.1 and listed and labeled as complying with UL 6. C.Fittings: 1.Manufacturers: a.Thomas &Betts Corporation. b.Rayco. c.Appleton. d.or approved equal. 2.Connectors and Couplings: Use steel compression fittings with insulated throats. 2.04 INTERMEDIATE METAL CONDUIT (IMC) A.Description: NFPA 70,Type IMC galvanized steel intermediate metal conduit complying with ANSI C80.6 and listed and labeled as complying with UL 1242. B.Fittings: 1.Non-Hazardous Locations: Use fittings complying with NEMA FB 1 and listed and labeled as complying with UL 514B. Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 Conduit for Electrical Systems 26 05 33.13 - 4 2.Material: Use steel or malleable iron. 3.Connectors and Couplings: Use threaded type fittings only.Threadless set screw and compression (gland)type fittings are not permitted. 2.05 FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT AND LIQUIDTIGHT FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT (FMC LFMC) A.Manufacturers: 1.Allied Tube &Conduit. 2.Republic Conduit. 3.Wheatland Tube Company. 4.or approved equal. B.Description: NFPA 70,Type FMC standard wall steel flexible metal conduit listed and labeled as complying with UL 1,and listed for use in classified firestop systems to be used. C.Description: NFPA 70,Type LFMC polyvinyl chloride (PVC)jacketed steel flexible metal conduit listed and labeled as complying with UL 360. D.Spiral strip construction shall allow the conduit to bend up to four times its internal radius. E.Fittings shall be compression type with insulated throats and listed for use with conduit specified. 2.06 ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING (EMT) A.Manufacturers: 1.Allied Tube &Conduit. 2.Republic Conduit. 3.Wheatland Tube Company. 4.or approved equal. B.Description: NFPA 70,Type EMT cold-rolled steel electrical metallic tubing with zinc coating on the inside and protected on the inside by a zinc,enamel or equivalent corrosion-resistant coating complying with ANSI C80.3 and listed and labeled as complying with UL 797. C.Fittings: 1.Description: Fittings complying with NEMA FB 1 and listed and labeled as complying with UL 514B. 2.Material: Use steel or malleable iron. 3.Connectors and Couplings: Use hexagonal compression (gland)type. a.Do not use indenter type connectors and couplings. b.Do not use set-screw type connectors and couplings. 2.07 ACCESSORIES A.Corrosion Protection Tape: PVC-based,minimum thickness of 20 mil. B.Conduit Joint Compound: Corrosion-resistant,electrically conductive;suitable for use with the conduit to be installed. C.Solvent Cement for PVC Conduit and Fittings: As recommended by manufacturer of conduit and fittings to be installed. D.Pull Strings:Use nylon cord with average breaking strength of not less than 200 pound-force. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A.Verify that field measurements are as indicated. B.Verify that mounting surfaces are ready to receive conduits. C.Verify that conditions are satisfactory for installation prior to starting work. 3.02 INSTALLATION A.Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B.Install conduit in a neat and workmanlike manner tight against walls,columns or ceilings. Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 Conduit for Electrical Systems 26 05 33.13 - 5 C.The conduit shall bend cold 90 degrees about a radius equal to ten (10)times its own diameter without signs of flaw or fracture in either pipe or protective coverings. All bends and offsets shall be made on a forming tool to prevent the conduit or its coating from being damaged in the bending. D.Install galvanized steel rigid metal conduit (RMC)in accordance with NECA 101. E.Install intermediate metal conduit (IMC)in accordance with NECA 101. F.Conduit Routing: 1.Unless dimensioned,conduit routing indicated is diagrammatic. 2.Conceal all conduits unless specifically indicated to be exposed. 3.Conduits in the following areas may be exposed,unless otherwise indicated: a.Electrical rooms. b.Mechanical equipment rooms. 4.Arrange conduit to maintain maximum headroom,clearances,and access. 5.Arrange conduit to provide no more than the equivalent of four 90 degree bends between pull points. 6.Arrange conduit to provide no more than 100 feet between pull points. 7.In every instance,conduit shall be installed in such a manner that the conductors may readily and easily be drawn or pulled in without strain or damage to the insulation;and,also,so that defective conductors may be readily and easily withdrawn and replaced by new conductors. Long radius bends and a sufficient number of approved pull and junction boxes shall be approved for this purpose,and as may be directed by the Engineer. All conduit shall be securely supported and grounded. 8.Arrange conduit to prevent moisture traps.Provide drain fittings at low points and at sealing fittings where moisture may collect. 9.Where conduits join any couplings or threaded fittings,the ends shall be made watertight. 10.Maintain minimum clearance of 12 inches between conduits and hot surfaces.This includes, but is not limited to: G.Conduit Support: 1.Provide all required hangers,supports,anchors,fasteners,fittings,accessories,and hardware as necessary for the complete installation of electrical work. 2.Secure and support conduits in accordance with NFPA 70 and Section 26 05 29 using suitable supports and methods approved by the authority having jurisdiction. 3.Provide independent support from building structure.Do not provide support from piping, ductwork,or other systems. 4.Installation Above Suspended Ceilings: Do not provide support from ceiling support system. Do not provide support from ceiling grid or allow conduits to lay on ceiling tiles. 5.Use conduit strap to support single surface-mounted conduit. a.Use clamp back spacer with conduit strap for damp and wet locations to provide space between conduit and mounting surface. 6.Use metal channel (strut)with accessory conduit clamps to support multiple parallel surface- mounted conduits. 7.Use conduit clamp to support single conduit from beam clamp or threaded rod. 8.Use trapeze hangers assembled from threaded rods and metal channel (strut)with accessory conduit clamps to support multiple parallel suspended conduits. 9.Steel Components: Use corrosion resistant materials suitable for the environment where installed. a.Indoor Dry Locations: Use zinc-plated steel or approved equivalent unless otherwise indicated. b.Outdoor and Damp or Wet Indoor Locations: Use galvanized steel,stainless steel,or approved equivalent unless otherwise indicated. c.Zinc-Plated Steel: Electroplated in accordance with ASTM B633. d.Galvanized Steel: Hot-dip galvanized after fabrication in accordance with ASTM A123/A123M or ASTM A153/A153M. Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 Conduit for Electrical Systems 26 05 33.13 - 6 10.Metal Channel (Strut)Framing Systems: Factory-fabricated continuous-slot metal channel (strut)and associated fittings,accessories,and hardware required for field-assembly of supports. a.Minimum Channel Thickness: Steel sheet,12 gage,0.1046 inch. b.Minimum Channel Dimensions: 1-5/8 inch width by 13/16 inch height. H.Connections and Terminations: 1.Use approved zinc-rich paint or conduit joint compound on field-cut threads of galvanized steel conduits prior to making connections. 2.Where two threaded conduits must be joined and neither can be rotated,use three-piece couplings or split couplings.Do not use running threads. 3.Use suitable adapters where required to transition from one type of conduit to another. 4.Terminate threaded conduits in boxes and enclosures using threaded hubs or double lock nuts for dry locations and raintight hubs for wet locations. 5.Provide insulating bushings or insulated throats at all conduit terminations to protect conductors. 6.Secure joints and connections to provide maximum mechanical strength and electrical continuity. 7.Condulet fittings shall not be used in lieu of pull boxes. I.Penetrations: 1.Do not penetrate or otherwise notch or cut structural members,including footings and grade beams. 2.Make penetrations perpendicular to surfaces unless otherwise indicated. 3.Where conduits penetrate waterproof membrane,seal as required to maintain integrity of membrane. a.All raceway penetrating exterior walls or other water proof membranes shall slope away from the building with a minimum slope of 4"over 100 feet. 4.Make penetrations for roof-mounted equipment within associated equipment openings and curbs where possible to minimize roofing system penetrations.Where penetrations are necessary,seal as required to preserve integrity of roofing system and maintain roof warranty. 5.Install firestopping to preserve fire resistance rating of partitions and other elements.Refer to penetration details on plans. 6.Where conduits cross building expansion joints or pass between areas with a temperature difference of 14 degrees C,provide expansion fittings on all raceway. J.Underground Installation: 1.Minimum Cover,Unless Otherwise Indicated or Required: a.Underground,Exterior: 24 inches. 2.Provide underground warning tape six to eight inches below finished grade directly above raceway.Tape shall be six inches wide with a minimum thickness of seven mil,non- distorting,colorfast,no-stretch,600 pound tensile strength per six inch width,ultraviolet light fast.Message must repeat within a maximum of 40 inches.Painted legend shall be indicative of the type of underground line. K.Concrete Encasement: Where conduits not otherwise embedded within concrete are indicated to be concrete-encased,provide concrete in accordance with Section 03 30 00 with minimum concrete cover of 3 inches on all sides unless otherwise indicated. L.Ductbanks containing conductors of 600 volts or more shall be concrete encased with red dyed concrete. M.Conduit Movement Provisions: Where conduits are subject to movement,provide expansion and expansion/deflection fittings to prevent damage to enclosed conductors or connected equipment. This includes,but is not limited to: 1.Where conduits cross structural joints intended for expansion,contraction,or deflection. 2.Where conduits are subject to earth movement by settlement or frost. Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 Conduit for Electrical Systems 26 05 33.13 - 7 N.Condensation Prevention: Where conduits cross barriers between areas of potential substantial temperature differential,provide sealing fitting or approved sealing compound at an accessible point near the penetration to prevent condensation.This includes,but is not limited to: 1.Where conduits pass from outdoors into conditioned interior spaces. 2.Where conduits pass from unconditioned interior spaces into conditioned interior spaces. 3.Where conduits penetrate coolers or freezers. O.Provide 200 pound tensile strength pull string in all empty conduits and in conduits where conductors and cables are to be installed by others.Leave minimum slack of 12 inches at each end.All empty conduits shall terminate in a junction box. P.All ducts shall be sealed at terminations,using sealing compound and plugs,as required to withstand 15 psi minimum hydrostatic pressure. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.Repair cuts and abrasions in galvanized finishes using zinc-rich paint recommended by manufacturer.Replace components that exhibit signs of corrosion. B.Where coating of PVC-coated galvanized steel rigid metal conduit (RMC)contains cuts or abrasions,repair in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C.Correct deficiencies and replace damaged or defective conduits. 3.04 CLEANING A.Clean interior of conduits to remove moisture and foreign matter. 3.05 PROTECTION A.Immediately after installation of conduit,use suitable manufactured plugs to provide protection from entry of moisture and foreign material and do not remove until ready for installation of conductors. END OF SECTION 26 05 33.13 Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 Boxes and Cabinets 26 05 33.16 - 1 SECTION 26 05 33.16 BOXES AND CABINETS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A.Outlet and device boxes up to 100 cubic inches,including those used as junction and pull boxes. B.Cabinets and enclosures,including junction and pull boxes larger than 100 cubic inches. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A.NEMA 250 -Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum);2020. B.NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code;National Fire Protection Association,Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements;2020. 1.03 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A.Coordination: 1.Coordinate the work with other trades to avoid placement of ductwork,piping,equipment,or other potential obstructions within the dedicated equipment spaces and working clearances for electrical equipment required by NFPA 70. 2.Coordinate arrangement of electrical equipment with the dimensions and clearance requirements of the actual equipment to be installed. 3.Coordinate minimum sizes of boxes with the actual installed arrangement of conductors, clamps,support fittings,and devices,calculated according to NFPA 70. 4.Coordinate minimum sizes of pull boxes with the actual installed arrangement of connected conduits,calculated according to NFPA 70. 5.Coordinate the placement of boxes with millwork,furniture,devices,equipment,etc.installed under other sections or by others. 6.Coordinate the work with other trades to preserve insulation integrity. 7.Coordinate the work with other trades to provide walls suitable for installation of flush- mounted boxes where indicated. 8.Notify Architect of any conflicts with or deviations from Contract Documents.Obtain direction before proceeding with work. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A.Product Data: Provide manufacturer's standard catalog pages and data sheets for outlet and device boxes,junction and pull boxes,cabinets and enclosures,and floor boxes. B.Project Record Documents: Record actual locations for outlet and device boxes,cabinets and enclosures,and floor boxes. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Product Listing Organization Qualifications: Third party agencies shall be amongst those accredited by the NCBCC (North Carolina Building Code Council)to label Electrical and Mechanical Equipment. 1.06 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A.Receive,inspect,handle,and store products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 BOXES A.General Requirements: 1.The Electrical Contractor shall provide junction boxes,pull boxes,cable,support boxes,and wiring troughs as required by NEC and as otherwise indicated in the Drawings. 2.Do not use boxes and associated accessories for applications other than as permitted by NFPA 70 and product listing. 3.Provide all boxes,fittings,supports,and accessories required for a complete raceway system and to accommodate devices and equipment to be installed. 4.Provide products listed,classified,and labeled as suitable for the purpose intended. Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 Boxes and Cabinets 26 05 33.16 - 2 5.Where box size is not indicated,size to comply with NFPA 70 but not less than applicable minimum size requirements specified. 6.Provide grounding terminals within boxes where equipment grounding conductors terminate. 7.Each outlet designated on the plans shall be provided with an outlet box. 8.In general,outlets shall be installed at the heights indicated. The Contractor shall examine the plans of and coordinate with all other trades to assure mounting heights are correct for the intended purpose. Assure that all mounting heights comply with the latest version of ADA. Outlets installed at incorrect heights shall be relocated to the correct elevation at the Contractor's expense. B.Outlet and Device Boxes Up to 100 cubic inches,Including Those Used as Junction and Pull Boxes: 1.Use sheet-steel boxes for dry locations unless otherwise indicated or required. 2.Use cast iron boxes or cast aluminum boxes for damp or wet locations unless otherwise indicated or required;furnish with compatible weatherproof gasketed covers. 3.Outlet boxes shall be 4"square,2 1/8"deep unless otherwise noted. 4.Use suitable concrete type boxes where flush-mounted in concrete. 5.Use suitable masonry type boxes where flush-mounted in masonry walls. 6.Do not use "through-wall"boxes designed for access from both sides of wall. 7.Sheet-Steel Boxes: Comply with NEMA OS 1,and list and label as complying with UL 514A. 8.Cast Metal Boxes: Comply with NEMA FB 1,and list and label as complying with UL 514A; furnish with threaded hubs. 9.Junction boxes larger than 4"square shall be galvanized and without pre-formed knockouts. 10.Boxes for Ganged Devices: Use multigang boxes of single-piece construction.Do not use field-connected gangable boxes. 11.Manufacturers Recessed: a.Steel City Electric Company b.Metropolitan c.B &C d.or approved equal. 12.Manufacturers Surface: a.Crouse-Hinds b.Appleton c.Rayco d.or approved equal. C.Cabinets and Enclosures,Including Junction and Pull Boxes Larger Than 100 cubic inches: 1.Comply with NEMA 250,and list and label as complying with UL 50 and UL 50E,or UL 508A. 2.NEMA 250 Environment Type,Unless Otherwise Indicated: 3.Junction and Pull Boxes Larger Than 100 cubic inches: a.Provide screw-cover or hinged-cover enclosures unless otherwise indicated. b.Boxes 12"square and Larger: Provide hinged-cover enclosures with quick access latches. 4.Cabinets and Hinged-Cover Enclosures,Other Than Junction and Pull Boxes: a.Provide lockable hinged covers,all locks keyed alike unless otherwise indicated. 5.Manufacturers Surface: a.Cooper. b.Hoffman. c.Hubbell Incorporated. d.or approved equal.. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A.Verify that field measurements are as indicated. B.Verify that mounting surfaces are ready to receive boxes. Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 Boxes and Cabinets 26 05 33.16 - 3 C.Verify that conditions are satisfactory for installation prior to starting work. 3.02 INSTALLATION A.Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B.Perform work in a neat and workmanlike manner. C.Arrange equipment to provide maximum clearances. D.Unless otherwise indicated,provide separate boxes for line voltage and low voltage systems. E.Flush-mount boxes in finished areas unless specifically indicated to be surface-mounted. F.Box Locations: 1.Locate boxes in accessible locations. 2.Locate boxes so that wall plates do not span different building finishes. 3.Locate boxes so that wall plates do not cross masonry joints. 4.Unless otherwise indicated,where multiple outlet boxes are installed at the same location at different mounting heights,install along a common vertical center line. 5.Do not install flush-mounted boxes on opposite sides of walls back-to-back.Provide minimum 6 inches horizontal separation unless otherwise indicated. 6.Fire Resistance Rated Walls: Install flush-mounted boxes such that the required fire resistance will not be reduced. G.Box Supports: 1.Secure and support boxes in accordance with NFPA 70 and Section 26 05 29 using suitable supports and methods approved by the authority having jurisdiction. H.Install boxes plumb and level. I.Flush-Mounted Boxes: 1.Install boxes in noncombustible materials such as concrete,tile,gypsum,plaster,etc.so that front edge of box or associated raised cover is not set back from finished surface more than 1/4 inch or does not project beyond finished surface. 2.Install boxes in combustible materials such as wood so that front edge of box or associated raised cover is flush with finished surface. 3.Repair rough openings around boxes in noncombustible materials such as concrete,tile, gypsum,plaster,etc.so that there are no gaps or open spaces greater than 1/8 inch at the edge of the box. J.Install boxes as required to preserve insulation integrity. K.Boxes in damp or wet locations shall be provided with gaskets and covers. L.Install permanent barrier between ganged wiring devices when voltage difference between adjacent devices exceeds 300 V. M.Close unused box openings. N.Install blank wall plates on junction boxes and on outlet boxes with no devices or equipment installed or designated for future use. 3.03 CLEANING A.Clean interior of boxes to remove dirt,debris,plaster and other foreign material. 3.04 PROTECTION A.Immediately after installation,protect boxes from entry of moisture and foreign material until ready for installation of conductors. END OF SECTION 26 05 33.16 Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 Identification for Electrical Systems 26 05 53 - 1 SECTION 26 05 53 IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A.Electrical identification requirements. B.Identification nameplates and labels. C.Wire and cable markers. D.Warning signs and labels. 1.02 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A.Coordination: 1.Verify final designations for equipment,systems,and components to be identified prior to fabrication of identification products. B.Sequencing: 1.Do not conceal items to be identified,in locations such as above suspended ceilings,until identification products have been installed. 2.Do not install identification products until final surface finishes and painting are complete. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A.Product Data: Provide manufacturer's standard catalog pages and data sheets for each product. B.Shop Drawings: Provide schedule of items to be identified indicating proposed designations, materials,legends,and formats. 1.04 FIELD CONDITIONS A.Do not install adhesive products when ambient temperature is lower than recommended by manufacturer. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 IDENTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS A.Identification for Equipment: 1.Use identification nameplate to identify each piece of electrical distribution and control equipment and associated sections,compartments,and components. a.Panelboards: 1)Identify ampere rating. 2)Identify voltage and phase. 3)Identify power source and circuit number.Include location. 4)Use typewritten circuit directory to identify load(s)served. b.Enclosed switches,circuit breakers,and motor controllers: 1)Identify voltage and phase. 2)Identify power source and circuit number.Include location. 3)Identify load(s)served.Include location. c.Enclosed Contactors: 1)Identify ampere rating. 2)Identify voltage and phase. 3)Identify coil voltage. 4)Identify load(s)and associated circuits controlled.Include location. 2.Use identification nameplate to identify disconnect location for equipment with remote disconnecting means. 3.Available Fault Current Documentation: Use identification label to identify the available fault current and date calculations were performed at locations requiring documentation by NFPA 70 including but not limited to the following. a.Service equipment. B.Identification for Conductors and Cables: Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 Identification for Electrical Systems 26 05 53 - 2 1.Color Coding for Power Conductors 600 V and Less: Comply with Section 26 05 19. 2.Identification for Communications Conductors and Cables: Comply with Section 27 10 00. 3.Use underground warning tape to identify power and communication feeders and branch circuits exterior to the building. C.Identification for Boxes: 1.Use color coded boxes to identify specified systems. a.Color-Coded Boxes: Field-painted per the same color coding as identified in this section for the system contained within. b.Fire alarm junction boxes shall be painted on all sides including the box cover. 2.For boxes concealed above accessible ceilings or exposed in mechanical or electrical rooms use neatly handwritten text using indelible marker to identify circuits enclosed. 3.For exposed boxes in public areas,use only type written labels. D.Identification for Devices: 1.Wiring Device and Wallplate Finishes: Comply with Section 26 27 26. 2.Use identification label to identify fire alarm system devices. 3.For devices concealed above suspended ceilings,provide additional identification on ceiling tile below device location. 4.Use identification label to identify receptacles protected by upstream GFI protection,where permitted. E.Color Coding 1.Phenolic Nameplates and associated conduit and boxes shall be identified with the following color scheme.Note:For existing buildings the contractor shall field verify the existing building standard and revise the color scheme to match the existing field conditions.Failure to match existing conditions will result in the contractor correcting the mislabeled equipment at his expense. a.Blue surface white core -120/208V equipment. b.Black surface white core -277/480V equipment. c.Bright red surface white core -fire alarm equipment. d.Dark red (burgundy)surface white core -security equipment. e.Green surface white core -emergency systems. f.Orange surface white core -telephone systems. g.Brown surface white core -data systems. h.White surface black core -paging systems. i.Purple surface white core -TV systems. 2.02 IDENTIFICATION NAMEPLATES AND LABELS A.Identification Nameplates: 1.Materials: a.Indoor Clean,Dry Locations: Use plastic nameplates. b.Outdoor Locations: Use plastic nameplates suitable for exterior use. 2.Plastic Nameplates: Two-layer or three-layer laminated electrically non-conductive phenolic with beveled edges;minimum thickness of 1/16 inch;engraved text. 3.Mounting Holes for Mechanical Fasteners: Two,centered on sides for sizes up to 1 inch high;Four,located at corners for larger sizes. 4.Nameplates shall be secured with self tapping stainless steel screws;if screws have sharp ends they shall be protected,otherwise rivets shall be used. B.Identification Labels: 1.Materials: Use self-adhesive laminated plastic labels;UV,chemical,water,heat,and abrasion resistant. a.Use only for indoor locations. 2.Text: Use factory pre-printed or machine-printed text.Do not use handwritten text. C.Format for Equipment Identification: 1.Minimum Size: 1 inch by 2.5 inches. Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 Identification for Electrical Systems 26 05 53 - 3 2.Text:All capitalized unless otherwise indicated. 3.Minimum Text Height: a.Equipment Designation: 1/2 inch. b.Exception: Provide minimum text height of 1 inch for equipment located more than 10 feet above floor or working platform. D.Wiring device circuit labels. 1.All wiring devices (receptacles and switches)shall be labeled with the circuit serving the device.Label shall be a typed adhesive label affixed to the front of the wiring device face plate.Label shall have black text on clear background. 2.03 WARNING SIGNS AND LABELS A.Comply with ANSI Z535.2 or ANSI Z535.4 as applicable. B.Warning Signs: 1.Materials: a.Indoor Dry,Clean Locations: Use factory pre-printed rigid plastic or self-adhesive vinyl signs. b.Outdoor Locations: Use factory pre-printed rigid aluminum signs. 2.Rigid Signs: Provide four mounting holes at corners for mechanical fasteners. C.Warning Labels: 1.Materials: Use factory pre-printed or machine-printed self-adhesive polyester or self- adhesive vinyl labels;UV,chemical,water,heat,and abrasion resistant;produced using materials recognized to UL 969. 2.Machine-Printed Labels: Use thermal transfer process printing machines and accessories recommended by label manufacturer. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A.Clean surfaces to receive adhesive products according to manufacturer's instructions. 3.02 INSTALLATION A.Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B.Install identification products to be plainly visible for examination,adjustment,servicing,and maintenance. C.Install identification products centered,level,and parallel with lines of item being identified. D.Secure nameplates to exterior surfaces of enclosures using stainless steel screws. E.Install self-adhesive labels and markers to achieve maximum adhesion,with no bubbles or wrinkles and edges properly sealed. F.Install underground warning tape above buried lines with one tape per trench at six to eight inches below finished grade. G.Secure rigid signs using stainless steel screws. H.Mark all handwritten text,where permitted,to be neat and legible. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.Replace self-adhesive labels and markers that exhibit bubbles,wrinkles,curling or other signs of improper adhesion. END OF SECTION 26 05 53 Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 Panelboards 26 24 16 - 1 SECTION 26 24 16 PANELBOARDS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A.Power distribution panelboards. B.Lighting and appliance panelboards. C.Overcurrent protective devices for panelboards. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A.UL 67 -Panelboards;Current Edition,Including All Revisions. B.UL 489 -Molded-Case Circuit Breakers,Molded-Case Switches and Circuit Breaker Enclosures; Current Edition,Including All Revisions. C.NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code;National Fire Protection Association,Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements;2020. 1.03 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A.Coordination: 1.Coordinate the work with other trades to avoid placement of ductwork,piping,equipment,or other potential obstructions within the dedicated equipment spaces and working clearances for electrical equipment required by NFPA 70. 2.Coordinate arrangement of electrical equipment with the dimensions and clearance requirements of the actual equipment to be installed. 3.Coordinate the work with other trades to provide walls suitable for installation of flush- mounted panelboards where indicated. 4.Verify with manufacturer that conductor terminations are suitable for use with the conductors to be installed. 5.Notify Architect of any conflicts with or deviations from Contract Documents.Obtain direction before proceeding with work. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A.Product Data: Provide manufacturer's standard catalog pages and data sheets for panelboards, enclosures,overcurrent protective devices,and other installed components and accessories. 1.Contractor shall confirm that all lug sizes and quantities submitted are compatible with the conductors specified on the contract documents.Changes required to lug sizes and quantities due to lack of coordination between the contractor and the supplier are to be made at the contractor's expense. B.Shop Drawings: Indicate outline and support point dimensions,voltage,main bus ampacity, overcurrent protective device arrangement and sizes,short circuit current ratings,conduit entry locations,conductor terminal information,and installed features and accessories. 1.It is the contractor's responsibility to ensure that the equipment submitted to comply with the requirements of this section are in compliance with the requirements and recommendations of the power system studies.Any changes recommended by the power system study shall be incorporated at no expense to the project. C.Field Quality Control Test Reports. D.Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate application conditions and limitations of use stipulated by product testing agency. Include instructions for storage,handling,protection, examination,preparation,and installation of product. E.Project Record Documents: Record actual installed locations of panelboards and actual installed circuiting arrangements. F.Maintenance Data: Include information on replacement parts and recommended maintenance procedures and intervals. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 Panelboards 26 24 16 - 2 A.Comply with requirements of NFPA 70. B.Maintain at the project site a copy of each referenced document that prescribes execution requirements. C.Product Listing Organization Qualifications: Third party agencies shall be amongst those accredited by the NCBCC (North Carolina Building Code Council)to label Electrical and Mechanical Equipment. D.Contractor shall schedule a pre-energization site visit with the Engineer.Meeting shall be scheduled at least 7 days in advance.The results of the megger test and service ground resistance test shall be made available to the Engineer prior to scheduling the pre-energization site visit. 1.06 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A.Receive,inspect,handle,and store panelboards in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B.Store in a clean,dry space. Maintain factory wrapping or provide an additional heavy canvas or heavy plastic cover to protect units from dirt,water,construction debris,and traffic. C.Handle carefully in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions to avoid damage to panelboard internal components,enclosure,and finish. 1.07 FIELD CONDITIONS A.Maintain ambient temperature within the following limits during and after installation of panelboards: 1.Panelboards Containing Circuit Breakers: Between 23 degrees F and 104 degrees F. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A.ABB/GE: www.geindustrial.com/#sle. B.Eaton Corporation. C.Schneider Electric;Square D Products. D.Source Limitations: Furnish panelboards and associated components produced by the same manufacturer as the other electrical distribution equipment used for this project and obtained from a single supplier. 2.02 PANELBOARDS -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A.Provide products listed,classified,and labeled as suitable for the purpose intended. B.Unless otherwise indicated,provide products suitable for continuous operation under the following service conditions: 1.Altitude: Less than 6,600 feet. 2.Ambient Temperature: a.Panelboards Containing Circuit Breakers: Between 23 degrees F and 104 degrees F. C.Short Circuit Current Rating: 1.Provide panelboards with listed short circuit current rating not less than the available fault current at the installed location as indicated on the drawings. 2.When a power system study is included in the contract short circuit current ratings shall be verified with the study prior to submitting equipment for approval.Any changes required to meet the maximum available fault current shall be made in the submittal. 3.Series rating is not allowed. D.Panelboards Used for Service Entrance: Listed and labeled as suitable for use as service equipment according to UL 869A. E.Mains: Configure for top or bottom incoming feed as indicated or as required for the installation. F.Branch Overcurrent Protective Devices: Replaceable without disturbing adjacent devices. G.Bussing: Sized in accordance with UL 67 temperature rise requirements. Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 Panelboards 26 24 16 - 3 1.Provide fully rated neutral bus unless otherwise indicated,with a suitable lug for each feeder or branch circuit requiring a neutral connection. 2.Provide solidly bonded equipment ground bus in each panelboard,with a suitable lug for each feeder and branch circuit equipment grounding conductor. H.Conductor Terminations: Suitable for use with the conductors to be installed. I.Enclosures: Comply with NEMA 250,and list and label as complying with UL 50 and UL 50E. 1.Environment Type per NEMA 250:As indicated on the drawings. 2.Boxes: Galvanized steel unless otherwise indicated. 3.Fronts: a.Fronts for Surface-Mounted Enclosures: Same dimensions as boxes. b.Fronts for Flush-Mounted Enclosures: Overlap boxes on all sides to conceal rough opening. c.All covers shall be door in door type where one door can be opened to access the breakers and and dead front and the second door opens to the wire bending space adjacent to the dead front. d.Door in door covers shall feature a full length piano hinge. 4.Lockable Doors: All locks keyed alike unless otherwise indicated. J.Future Provisions: Prepare all unused spaces for future installation of devices including bussing, connectors,mounting hardware and all other required provisions. K.Selectivity: Where the requirement for selectivity is indicated,furnish products as required to achieve selective coordination. L.Load centers are not acceptable. 2.03 POWER DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARDS A.Description: Panelboards complying with NEMA PB 1,power and feeder distribution type,circuit breaker type,and listed and labeled as complying with UL 67;ratings,configurations and features as indicated on the drawings. B.Conductor Terminations: 1.Main and Neutral Lug Material: Copper,suitable for terminating copper conductors only. 2.Main and Neutral Lug Type: Compression. C.Bussing: 1.Phase and Neutral Bus Material: Copper. 2.Ground Bus Material: Copper. D.Circuit Breakers: 1.Provide bolt-on type. 2.Provide thermal magnetic circuit breakers for circuit breaker frame sizes less than 250 amperes. 3.Provide electronic trip circuit breakers for circuit breaker frame sizes 250 amperes and above. E.Enclosures: 1.Fronts: Provide door-in-door trim with hinged cover for access to load terminals and wiring gutters,and separate lockable hinged door with concealed hinges for access to overcurrent protective device handles without exposing live parts. 2.Provide clear plastic circuit directory holder mounted on inside of door. 2.04 LIGHTING AND APPLIANCE PANELBOARDS A.Description: Panelboards complying with NEMA PB 1,lighting and appliance branch circuit type, circuit breaker type,and listed and labeled as complying with UL 67;ratings,configurations and features as indicated on the drawings. B.Conductor Terminations: 1.Main and Neutral Lug Material: Copper,suitable for terminating copper conductors only. 2.Main and Neutral Lug Type: Compression. C.Bussing: Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 Panelboards 26 24 16 - 4 1.Phase Bus Connections: Arranged for sequential phasing of overcurrent protective devices. 2.Phase and Neutral Bus Material: Copper. 3.Ground Bus Material: Copper. D.Circuit Breakers: Thermal magnetic bolt-on type unless otherwise indicated. E.Provide electronic trip circuit breakers for circuit breaker frame sizes [250]amperes and above. F.Enclosures: 1.Fronts: Provide door-in-door trim with hinged cover for access to load terminals and wiring gutters,and separate lockable hinged door with concealed hinges for access to overcurrent protective device handles without exposing live parts. 2.Provide clear plastic circuit directory holder mounted on inside of door. 2.05 OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES A.Molded Case Circuit Breakers: 1.Description: Quick-make,quick-break,over center toggle,trip-free,trip-indicating circuit breakers listed and labeled as complying with UL 489,and complying with FS W-C-375 where applicable;ratings,configurations,and features as indicated on the drawings. 2.Interrupting Capacity: a.Provide circuit breakers with interrupting capacity as required to provide the short circuit current rating indicated. b.Fully Rated Systems: Provide circuit breakers with interrupting capacity not less than the short circuit current rating indicated. 3.Conductor Terminations: a.Provide compression lugs. b.Lug Material: Copper,suitable for terminating copper conductors only. 4.Thermal Magnetic Circuit Breakers: For each pole,furnish thermal inverse time tripping element for overload protection and magnetic instantaneous tripping element for short circuit protection. a.Provide field-adjustable magnetic instantaneous trip setting for circuit breaker frame sizes 100 amperes and larger. 5.Electronic Trip Circuit Breakers: Furnish solid state,microprocessor-based,true rms sensing trip units. 6.Provide electronic trip circuit breakers for circuit breaker frame sizes larger than 250 amperes. a.Provide the following individually field-adjustable trip response settings: 1)Long time pickup,adjustable by setting dial. 2)Long time delay. 3)Short time pickup and delay. 4)Instantaneous pickup. 5)Ground fault pickup and delay where ground fault protection is indicated. 7.Do not use handle ties in lieu of multi-pole circuit breakers. 8.Provide multi-pole circuit breakers for multi-wire branch circuits as required by NFPA 70. 9.Provide the following features and accessories where indicated or where required to complete installation: a.Shunt Trip: Provide coil voltage as required for connection to indicated trip actuator. b.Handle Pad-Lock Provision: For locking circuit breaker handle in OFF position. 1)Provide handle locks for all breakers serving fire alarm equipment or elevator emergency communication systems.Handle locks shall be Space Age Electronics ELOCK series or approved equal. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A.Verify that field measurements are as indicated. B.Verify that the ratings and configurations of the panelboards and associated components are consistent with the indicated requirements. Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 Panelboards 26 24 16 - 5 C.Verify that mounting surfaces are ready to receive panelboards. D.Verify that conditions are satisfactory for installation prior to starting work. 3.02 INSTALLATION A.Perform work in accordance with NECA 1 (general workmanship). B.Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C.Install panelboards securely,in a neat and workmanlike manner. D.Arrange equipment to provide at least clearances in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and NFPA 70. E.Provide required support and attachment in accordance with Section 26 05 29. F.Install panelboards plumb. G.Mount panelboards such that the highest position of any operating handle for circuit breakers or switches does not exceed 79 inches above the floor or working platform. H.Provide grounding and bonding in accordance with Section 26 05 26. I.Install all field-installed branch devices,components,and accessories. J.Set field-adjustable circuit breaker tripping function settings as directed.If a power system study is included in the contract,set breakers according to the recommendations made in the study. K.Provide filler plates to cover unused spaces in panelboards. L.Provide circuit breaker lock-on devices to prevent unauthorized personnel from de-energizing essential loads where indicated.Also provide for the following: 1.Emergency and night lighting circuits. 2.Fire detection and alarm circuits. 3.Intrusion detection and access control system circuits. 4.Video surveillance system circuits. M.Identify panelboards in accordance with Section 26 05 53. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.Molded Case Circuit Breakers: Perform inspections and tests listed in NETA ATS,Section 7.6.1.1 for all main circuit breakers and circuit breakers larger than 600 amperes.Tests listed as optional are not required. 1.Verify equipment nameplate is in accorance with contract documents. 2.Inspect physical and mechanical condition. 3.Inspect anchorage and anlignment. 4.Verify unit is clean. 5.Operate breaker to enusre smooth operation. 6.Perform breaker adjustamants in accorance with the power system study. 7.Perform resistance measurements through bolted connectionswith a low-resistance ohmmeter. 8.Perform insulation-resistance test for one minute on each pole,phase-to-phase and phase- to-ground with circuit breaker closed. 9.Perform contact/pole resistance test. 10.Determine long-time and short time pickup and delay settings by primary current injection. 11.Determine ground fault pickup and time delay by primary current injection. B.Ground Fault Protection Systems: Test in accordance with manufacturer's instructions as required by NFPA 70. C.Test GFCI circuit breakers to verify proper operation. D.Test AFCI circuit breakers to verify proper operation. E.Test shunt trips to verify proper operation. F.Correct deficiencies and replace damaged or defective panelboards or associated components. Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 Panelboards 26 24 16 - 6 G.For Services and feeders 1000 amperes and larger,and any installation utilizing selective coordination,the following test should be performed on the circuit breakers.Testing shall be performed by a qualified manufacturer's factory technician at the job site.All readings shall be tabulated. 1.Phase Tripping tolerance (within 20%of UL requirements). 2.Trip time (per phase)in seconds. 3.Instantaneous trip (amps)per phase. 4.Insulation resistance (in megohms)at 1000-volts DC (phase to phase,and line to load). 3.04 ADJUSTING A.Adjust tightness of mechanical and electrical connections to manufacturer's recommended torque settings. B.Adjust alignment of panelboard fronts. C.Load Balancing: For each panelboard,rearrange circuits such that the difference between each measured steady state phase load does not exceed 20 percent and adjust circuit directories accordingly. Maintain proper phasing for multi-wire branch circuits. 3.05 CLEANING A.Clean dirt and debris from panelboard enclosures and components according to manufacturer's instructions. B.Repair scratched or marred exterior surfaces to match original factory finish. END OF SECTION 26 24 16 Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 Fuses 26 28 13 - 1 SECTION 26 28 13 FUSES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A.Fuses. B.Spare fuse cabinet. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A.NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code;National Fire Protection Association,Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements;2020. B.UL 248-4 -Low-Voltage Fuses -Part 4:Class CC Fuses;Current Edition,Including All Revisions. C.UL 248-8 -Low-Voltage Fuses -Part 8:Class J Fuses;Current Edition,Including All Revisions. D.UL 248-10 -Low-Voltage Fuses -Part 10:Class L Fuses;Current Edition,Including All Revisions. E.UL 248-12 -Low-Voltage Fuses -Part 12:Class R Fuses;Current Edition,Including All Revisions. F.UL 248-15 -Low-Voltage Fuses -Part 15:Class T Fuses;Current Edition,Including All Revisions. 1.03 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A.Coordination: 1.Coordinate fuse clips furnished in equipment provided under other sections for compatibility with indicated fuses. 2.Coordinate fuse requirements according to manufacturer's recommendations and nameplate data for actual equipment to be installed. 3.Notify Architect of any conflicts with or deviations from Contract Documents.Obtain direction before proceeding with work. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A.Product Data: Provide manufacturer's standard data sheets including voltage and current ratings, interrupting ratings,time-current curves,and current limitation curves. 1.Spare Fuse Cabinet: Include dimensions. B.Maintenance Materials: Furnish the following for Owner's use in maintenance of project. 1.See Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements,for additional provisions. 2.Extra Fuses: One set(s)of three for each type and size installed. 3.Fuse Pullers: One set(s)compatible with each type and size installed. 4.Spare Fuse Cabinet Keys: Two. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Comply with requirements of NFPA 70. B.Product Listing Organization Qualifications: Third party agencies shall be amongst those accredited by the NCBCC (North Carolina Building Code Council)to label Electrical and Mechanical Equipment. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A.Bussmann,a division of Eaton Corporation. B.Littelfuse,Inc. C.Mersen. D.Approved equal. 2.02 FUSES A.Provide products listed,classified,and labeled as suitable for the purpose intended. B.Unless specifically indicated to be excluded,provide fuses for all fusible equipment as required for a complete operating system. Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 Fuses 26 28 13 - 2 C.Provide fuses of the same type,rating,and manufacturer within the same switch. D.Comply with UL 248-1. E.Unless otherwise indicated,provide cartridge type fuses complying with NEMA FU 1,Class and ratings as indicated. F.Voltage Rating: Suitable for circuit voltage. G.Selectivity: Where the requirement for selectivity is indicated,furnish products as required to achieve selective coordination. H.Provide the following accessories where indicated or where required to complete installation: 1.Fuseholders: Compatible with indicated fuses. 2.03 SPARE FUSE CABINET A.Description: Wall-mounted sheet metal cabinet with shelves and hinged door with cylinder lock, suitably sized to store spare fuses and fuse pullers specified. B.Cabinet shall be located in the main electrical room unless otherwise indicated by owner. C.Finish: Manufacturer's standard,factory applied grey finish unless otherwise indicated. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A.Verify that fuse ratings are consistent with circuit voltage and manufacturer's recommendations and nameplate data for equipment. B.Verify that mounting surfaces are ready to receive spare fuse cabinet. C.Verify that conditions are satisfactory for installation prior to starting work. 3.02 INSTALLATION A.Do not install fuses until circuits are ready to be energized. B.Install fuses with label oriented such that manufacturer,type,and size are easily read. C.Install spare fuse cabinet where indicated. D.Identify spare fuse cabinet in accordance with Section 26 05 53. END OF SECTION 26 28 13 Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 Enclosed Switches and Circuit Breakers 26 28 16.16 - 1 SECTION 26 28 16.16 ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A.Enclosed safety switches. B.Enclosed circuit breakers. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A.UL 489 -Molded-Case Circuit Breakers,Molded-Case Switches and Circuit Breaker Enclosures; Current Edition,Including All Revisions. B.NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code;National Fire Protection Association,Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements;2020. 1.03 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A.Coordination: 1.Coordinate the work with other trades. Avoid placement of ductwork,piping,equipment,or other potential obstructions within the dedicated equipment spaces and within working clearances for electrical equipment required by NFPA 70. 2.Coordinate arrangement of electrical equipment with the dimensions and clearance requirements of the actual equipment to be installed. 3.Verify with manufacturer that conductor terminations are suitable for use with the conductors to be installed. 4.Notify Architect of any conflicts with or deviations from Contract Documents.Obtain direction before proceeding with work. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A.Product Data: Provide manufacturer's standard catalog pages and data sheets for enclosed switches and other installed components and accessories. B.Shop Drawings: Indicate outline and support point dimensions,voltage and current ratings,short circuit current ratings,conduit entry locations,conductor terminal information,and installed features and accessories. 1.Include wiring diagrams showing all factory and field connections. 2.Contractor shall confirm that all lug sizes and quantities submitted are compatible with the conductors specified on the contract documents.Changes required to lug sizes and quantities due to lack of coordination between the contractor and the supplier are to be made at the contractor's expense. 3.It is the contractor's responsibility to ensure that the equipment submitted to comply with the requirements of this section are in compliance with the requirements and recommendations of the power system studies.Any changes recommended by the power system study shall be incorporated at no expense to the project. C.Field Quality Control Test Reports. D.Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate application conditions and limitations of use stipulated by product testing agency. Include instructions for storage,handling,protection, examination,preparation,installation,and starting of product. E.Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of enclosed switches or circuit breakers. F.Maintenance Data: Include information on replacement parts and recommended maintenance procedures and intervals. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Comply with requirements of NFPA 70. B.Maintain at the project site a copy of each referenced document that prescribes execution requirements. Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 Enclosed Switches and Circuit Breakers 26 28 16.16 - 2 C.Product Listing Organization Qualifications: Third party agencies shall be amongst those accredited by the NCBCC (North Carolina Building Code Council)to label Electrical and Mechanical Equipment. 1.06 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A.Store in a clean,dry space. Maintain factory wrapping or provide an additional heavy canvas or heavy plastic cover to protect units from dirt,water,construction debris,and traffic. B.Handle carefully in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions to avoid damage to enclosed switch internal components,enclosure,and finish. 1.07 FIELD CONDITIONS A.Maintain ambient temperature between 23 degrees F and 104 degrees F during and after installation of enclosed circuit breakers. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A.ABB/GE;______: www.geindustrial.com/#sle. B.Eaton Corporation. C.Schneider Electric;Square D Products. D.Source Limitations: Furnish enclosed switches and associated components produced by the same manufacturer as the other electrical distribution equipment used for this project and obtained from a single supplier. 2.02 ENCLOSED SAFETY SWITCHES A.Description: Quick-make,quick-break enclosed safety switches listed and labeled as complying with UL 98;heavy duty;ratings,configurations,and features as indicated on the drawings. B.Provide products listed,classified,and labeled as suitable for the purpose intended. C.All switches shall be heavy duty type. D.Unless otherwise indicated,provide products suitable for continuous operation under the following service conditions: 1.Altitude: Less than 6,600 feet. 2.Ambient Temperature:Between -22 degrees F and 104 degrees F. E.Horsepower Rating: Suitable for connected load. F.Voltage Rating: Suitable for circuit voltage. G.Auxilary Contacts:Suitable for 120v rated control circuit.Contractor is to provide auxilary contacts in any disconnecting means that is downstream from a frequency drive.aux contacts shall be mechanically tied to switching mechanisims and shall provide both a N.O.and N.C.contacts.verify with DIV 23 prior to ordering equipment. H.Short Circuit Current Rating: 1.Provide enclosed safety switches,when protected by the fuses or supply side overcurrent protective devices to be installed,with listed short circuit current rating not less than the available fault current at the installed location as indicated on the drawings. 2.When a power system study is included in the contract,confirm the short circuit current rating of all devices with the results of the study prior to submitting for approval. I.Enclosed Safety Switches Used for Service Entrance: Listed and labeled as suitable for use as service equipment according to UL 869A. J.Provide with switch blade contact position that is visible when the cover is open. K.Fuse Clips for Fusible Switches: As required to accept fuses indicated. 1.Where NEMA Class R fuses are installed,provide rejection feature to prevent installation of fuses other than Class R. L.Conductor Terminations: Suitable for use with the conductors to be installed. Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 Enclosed Switches and Circuit Breakers 26 28 16.16 - 3 M.Provide insulated,groundable fully rated solid neutral assembly where a neutral connection is required,with a suitable lug for terminating each neutral conductor. N.Provide solidly bonded equipment ground bus in each enclosed safety switch,with a suitable lug for terminating each equipment grounding conductor. O.Enclosures: Comply with NEMA 250,and list and label as complying with UL 50 and UL 50E. 1.Environment Type per NEMA 250:As indicated on the drawings. 2.Finish for Painted Steel Enclosures: Manufacturer's standard,factory applied grey unless otherwise indicated. P.Provide safety interlock to prevent opening the cover with the switch in the ON position with capability of overriding interlock for testing purposes. Q.Heavy Duty Switches: 1.Comply with NEMA KS 1. 2.Conductor Terminations: a.Provide mechanical lugs for switch ratings less than 400 amperes. b.Provide compression lugs for switch ratings 400 amperes and above. c.Lug Material: Copper,suitable for terminating copper conductors only. 3.Provide externally operable handle with means for locking in the OFF position,capable of accepting three padlocks. 2.03 ENCLOSED CIRCUIT BREAKERS A.Description: Units consisting of molded case circuit breakers individually mounted in enclosures. B.Provide products listed,classified,and labeled as suitable for the purpose intended. C.Unless otherwise indicated,provide products suitable for continuous operation under the following service conditions: 1.Altitude: Less than 6,600 feet. 2.Ambient Temperature: Between 23 degrees F and 104 degrees F. D.Short Circuit Current Rating: 1.Provide enclosed circuit breakers with listed short circuit current rating not less than the available fault current at the installed location indicated on the drawings. E.Enclosed Circuit Breakers Used for Service Entrance: Listed and labeled as suitable for use as service equipment according to UL 869A. F.Auxilary Contacts:Suitable for 120v rated control circuit.Contractor is to provide auxilary contacts in any disconnecting means that is downstream from a frequency drive.aux contacts shall be mechanically tied to switching mechanisims and shall provide both a N.O.and N.C.contacts.verify with DIV 23 prior to ordering equipment. G.Conductor Terminations: Suitable for use with the conductors to be installed. H.Provide thermal magnetic circuit breakers for circuit breaker frame sizes less than 250 amperes. I.Provide electronic trip circuit breakers for circuit breaker frame sizes 250 amperes and above. J.Provide insulated,groundable fully rated solid neutral assembly where a neutral connection is required,with a suitable lug for terminating each neutral conductor. K.Provide solidly bonded equipment ground bus in each enclosed circuit breaker,with a suitable lug for terminating each equipment grounding conductor. L.Enclosures: Comply with NEMA 250,and list and label as complying with UL 50 and UL 50E. 1.Environment Type per NEMA 250:As indicated on the drawings. 2.Finish for Painted Steel Enclosures: Manufacturer's standard,factory applied grey unless otherwise indicated. 3.Provide surface-mounted enclosures unless otherwise indicated. M.Provide externally operable handle with means for locking in the OFF position. N.Ground Fault Protection: Where ground-fault protection is indicated,provide system listed and labeled as complying with UL 1053. Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 Enclosed Switches and Circuit Breakers 26 28 16.16 - 4 1.Where electronic circuit breakers equipped with integral ground fault protection are used, provide separate neutral current sensor where applicable. O.Selectivity: Where the requirement for selectivity is indicated,furnish products as required to achieve selective coordination. P.MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 1.Description: Quick-make,quick-break,over center toggle,trip-free,trip-indicating circuit breakers listed and labeled as complying with UL 489,and complying with FS W-C-375 where applicable;ratings,configurations,and features as indicated on the drawings. 2.Interrupting Capacity: a.Provide circuit breakers with interrupting capacity as required to provide the short circuit current rating indicated. b.Fully Rated Systems: Provide circuit breakers with interrupting capacity not less than the short circuit current rating indicated.Series rating is not allowed. 3.Conductor Terminations: a.Provide mechanical lugs for circuit breaker frame sizes less than 400 amperes. b.Provide compression lugs for circuit breaker frame sizes 400 amperes and above. c.Lug Material: Copper,suitable for terminating copper conductors only. 4.Thermal Magnetic Circuit Breakers: For each pole,furnish thermal inverse time tripping element for overload protection and magnetic instantaneous tripping element for short circuit protection. a.Provide field-adjustable magnetic instantaneous trip setting for circuit breaker frame sizes 100 amperes and larger. 5.Electronic Trip Circuit Breakers: Furnish solid state,microprocessor-based,true rms sensing trip units. a.Provide the following individually field-adjustable trip response settings: 1)Long time pickup,adjustable by setting dial. 2)Long time delay. 3)Short time pickup and delay. 4)Instantaneous pickup. 5)Ground fault pickup and delay where ground fault protection is indicated. 6.Multi-Pole Circuit Breakers: Furnish with common trip for all poles. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A.Verify that field measurements are as indicated. B.Verify that the ratings of the enclosed switches are consistent with the indicated requirements. C.Verify that mounting surfaces are ready to receive enclosed safety switches. D.Verify that conditions are satisfactory for installation prior to starting work. 3.02 INSTALLATION A.Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B.Install enclosed switches securely,in a neat and workmanlike manner. C.Arrange equipment to provide minimum clearances in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and NFPA 70. D.Provide required support and attachment in accordance with Section 26 05 29. E.Install enclosed switches and breakers plumb. F.Except where indicated to be mounted adjacent to the equipment they supply,mount enclosed switches such that the highest position of the operating handle does not exceed 79 inches above the floor or working platform. G.Provide grounding and bonding in accordance with Section 26 05 26. Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Orange County West Campus Office Building -HVAC PDC Project 23020 Enclosed Switches and Circuit Breakers 26 28 16.16 - 5 H.Provide fuses complying with Section 26 28 13 for fusible switches as indicated or as required by equipment manufacturer's recommendations. I.Set field-adjustable circuit breaker tripping function settings as directed. J.Where accessories are not self-powered,provide control power source as indicated or as required to complete installation. K.Identify enclosed switches and breakers in accordance with Section 26 05 53. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.Perform inspections and tests listed in NETA ATS,Section 7.5.1.1 for breakers larger than 600A. 1.Verify equipment nameplate is in accorance with contract documents. 2.Inspect physical and mechanical condition. 3.Inspect anchorage and anlignment. 4.Verify unit is clean. 5.Operate breaker to enusre smooth operation. 6.Perform breaker adjustments in accorance with the power system study. 7.Perform resistance measurements through bolted connectionswith a low-resistance ohmmeter. 8.Perform insulation-resistance test for one minute on each pole,phase-to-phase and phase- to-ground with circuit breaker closed. 9.Perform contact/pole resistance test. 10.Determine long-time and short time pickup and delay settings by primary current injection. 11.Determine ground fault pickup and time delay by primary current injection. B.Correct deficiencies and replace damaged or defective enclosed safety switches or associated components. 3.04 ADJUSTING A.Adjust tightness of mechanical and electrical connections to manufacturer's recommended torque settings. 3.05 CLEANING A.Clean dirt and debris from switch enclosures and components according to manufacturer's instructions. B.Repair scratched or marred exterior surfaces to match original factory finish. END OF SECTION 26 28 16.16 Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D pdcengineers.com ADDENDUM 01 – GENERAL DATE: March 1, 2024 PROJECT: Orange County West Campus Office Building Data Rack PDC Project No. 23020 This Addendum, applicable to the work designed below, shall be understood to be and is a change to the bid documents and shall be part of and included in the contract for the above referenced project. All General, Supplementary and Special Conditions, etc., as originally specified or as modified below shall apply to these items. Pre-Bid Sign-in Sheet is attached Changes to Specifications: 1. Remove one of the Orange County Nondiscrimination Certification forms and replace it with the Supplemental Vendor Information form attached. 2. Updated Dispute Resolution Rules & Procedures is also attached. END OF ADDENDUM 01 – GENERAL Attachments: PRE-BID SIGN-IN SHEET, SUPPLEMENTAL VENDOR INFORMATION FORM, UPDATED DISPUTE RESOLUTION FORM 03/01/24 Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Supplemental Vendor Information: HISTORICALLY UNDERUTILIZED BUSINESSES Historically Underutilized Businesses (HUBs) consist of minority, women and disabled business firms that are at least fifty-one percent owned and operated by an individual(s) of the categories. Also included in this category are disabled business enterprises and non-profit work centers for the blind and severely disabled. Pursuant to G.S. 143B-1361(a), 143-48 and 143-128.4, the County invites and encourages participation in this procurement process by businesses owned by minorities, women, disabled, disabled business enterprises and non-profit work centers for the blind and severely disabled. This includes utilizing subcontractors to perform the required functions in this RFP/RFQ. Any questions concerning NC HUB certification, contact the North Carolina Office of Historically Underutilized Businesses at (919) 807- 2330. The Vendor shall respond to question #1 and #2 below. 1) Is Vendor a Historically Underutilized Business? Yes No 2) Is Vendor Certified with North Carolina as a Historically Underutilized Business? Yes No If so, state HUB classification: ____________________________________________________________ Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Revised 01/24 ORANGE COUNTY NORTH CAROLINA DISPUTE RESOLUTION RULES AND PROCEDURES FOR ORANGE COUNTY DESIGN, BUILDING CONSTRUCTION, RENOVATION, AND REPAIR PROJECTS RULE 1. INITIATING MEDIATED SETTLEMENT CONFERENCES A. Purpose of Mandatory Settlement Conferences. Pursuant to G.S. §143-128(f1) and 143- 135.26(11), these Rules are promulgated to implement a mediated settlement program designed to focus the parties’ attention on settlement rather than on claim preparation and to provide an opportunity for orderly settlement negotiations to take place. Nothing herein is intended to limit or prevent the parties from engaging in settlement procedures voluntarily at any time prior to or during commencement of the dispute resolution process. B. Initiating the Dispute Resolution Process 1. Any party to a County public construction contract (referred to herein generally as the “Contract”) governed by Article 8. Ch. 143 of the General Statutes and identified in G.S. § 143- 128(f1) and who is a party to a dispute arising out of the Contract and the construction process in which the amount in controversy is at least $15,000 may submit a written request to the County for mediation of the dispute. 2. Prior to submission of a written request for mediation to the County, the party requesting mediation should give notice of any and all claims in accordance with their respective contracts, obtain decisions on the claims as required or allowed by their respective contracts, and attempt to resolve the dispute according to the terms and conditions in their respective contracts. The Mediator may adjourn any mediated settlement conference if the Mediator believes, in his or her sole discretion, that the parties have not satisfied all of the terms and conditions of their respective contracts and that doing so will enhance the prospects for a negotiated settlement. C. Condition Precedent to Litigation. Before any party to a Contract may commence a civil action against the County seeking remedies for breach or non-performance of the Contract by the County, said party must first initiate the dispute resolution process under these rules and attend and participate in good faith in the mediated settlement conference. RULE 2. SELECTION OF MEDIATOR A. Mediator Listing. A List of Mediators acceptable to the County is maintained by the County Attorney and that list is incorporated by reference into these Rules. B. Selection of Mediator. The party requesting mediation shall select a Mediator from the List of Mediators and shall file, with the County, a Notice of Selection of Mediator within 21 days of the request for mediation. Such notice shall state the name, address, and phone number of the Mediator selected. If Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Revised 01/24 the Mediator selected is not available or declines to participate for any reason, the requesting party shall select another person from the List of Mediators. If the party requesting mediation does not select and designate a mediator within 21 days of the request for mediation, the County shall have the right in its absolute discretion to appoint a mediator from its List of Mediators. C. Disqualification of Mediator. Any party may request replacement of the Mediator for good cause. Nothing in this provision shall preclude Mediators from disqualifying themselves. RULE 3. THE MEDIATED SETTLEMENT CONFERENCE A. Where Conference is to be Held. Unless all parties and the Mediator otherwise agree, the mediated settlement conference shall be held in county seat of Orange County. The Mediator shall be responsible for reserving a place, making arrangements for the conference, and giving timely notice of the time and location of the conference to all attorneys, unrepresented parties and other persons or entities required to attend. B. When Conference is to be Held. The mediation shall be completed within 90 days after selection of the Mediator unless all parties to the mediation agree to a different schedule. C. Request to Accelerate or Extend Deadline for Completion. Any party or the Mediator may request the County to accelerate or extend the deadline for completion of the conference. Such request shall state the reasons the acceleration or extension is sought and shall be served by the moving party upon the other parties and the Mediator. Objections to the request must be promptly communicated to the County and to the Mediator. The County, with the concurrence of the designated Mediator, may grant the request by adjusting the time for completion of the conference. D. Recesses. The Mediator may recess the mediation conference at any time and may set times for reconvening. If the Mediator determines the time and place where the conference is to reconvene before the conference is recessed, no further notice is required to persons present at the conference. E. Project Delay. The mediated settlement conference that results from a construction contract dispute shall not be cause for the delay of the construction project. RULE 4. DUTIES OF PARTIES AND OTHER PARTICIPANTS IN FORMAL DISPUTE RESOLUTION PROCESS A. Attendance. 1. All parties to the dispute must designate an official representative to attend the mediation. 2. “Attendance” means physical attendance, not by telephone or other electronic means. Any attendee representing a party must have authority from that party to bind it to any agreement reached as a result of the mediation. 3. Attorneys representing parties may attend the mediation, but are not required to do so. Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Revised 01/24 4. Sureties and insurance company representatives are required to physically attend the mediation unless the Mediator and all of the other parties to the mediation excuse their attendance or consent to their attendance by telephone or other electronic means. 5. The parties who attend a duly scheduled mediation conference shall have the right to recover their share of the Mediator’s compensation from any party or parties who fail to attend the conference without good cause. B. Finalizing Agreement. If an agreement is reached in the conference, the terms of the agreement shall be confirmed in writing and signed by all parties. C. Payment of Mediation Fee: Mediation Fees charged by the Mediator shall be paid in accordance with G.S. § 143-128(f1). D. Failure to Compensate Mediator. Any party’s failure to compensate the Mediators in accordance with G.S. § 143-128(f1) shall subject that party to a withholding by the County of said amount of money from the party’s payment or any other moneys owed by that party to the County. Should the County fail to compensate the Mediator, it shall hereby be subject to a civil cause of action from the Mediator for the County’s portion of the Mediator’s total fee as required by G.S. § 143-128(f1). RULE 5. AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF MEDIATORS A. Authority of Mediator. 1.Control of Conference. The Mediator shall at all times be in control of the conference and the procedures to be followed. 2.Private Consultation. The Mediator may communicate privately with any participant or counsel prior to and during the conference. The fact that private communications have occurred with a participant shall be disclosed to all other participants at the beginning of the conference. 3.Scheduling the Conference. The Mediator shall make a good faith effort to schedule the conference at a time that is convenient with the participants, attorneys and Mediator. In the absence of agreement, the Mediator shall select the date for the conference. 4.Determining good cause for a party’s failure to appear at a scheduled mediation conference. B.Duties of Mediator. 1.The Mediator shall define and describe the following at the beginning of the conference: a.The process of mediation. b.The difference between mediation and other forms of conflict resolution. c.The costs of the mediated settlement conference. d.That the mediated settlement conference is not a trial, the Mediator is not a judge, and the parties retain their legal rights if they do not reach settlement; however, the Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Revised 01/24 Mediator will advise all parties that failure to appear at mediation without good cause may result in imposition of sanctions and may be asserted as a bar to lawsuits by claimants who have failed to exhaust this administrative remedy. e.The circumstances under which the Mediator may meet and communicate privately with any of the parties or with any other person. f.Whether and under what conditions communications with the Mediator will be held in confidence during the conference. g.The inadmissibility of conduct and statements as provided by G.S. §7A-38.1(1). h.The duties and responsibilities of the Mediator and the participants. i.That any agreement reached will be reached by mutual consent. 2. Disclosure: The Mediator has a duty to be impartial and to advise all participants of any possible bias, prejudice or partiality. 3. Declaring Impasse: The Mediator may determine at any time during the mediation conference that an impasse exists and that the conference should end. 4. Reporting Results of Conference. The Mediator shall submit a written report to the County and the other parties within 10 days of the conference stating whether or not the parties reached an agreement. The Mediator’s report shall indicate the absence of any party from the mediated settlement conference without permission or good cause. 5. Scheduling and Holding the Conference. It is the duty of the Mediator to schedule the conference and conduct it prior to the deadline of completion set by the rules. The Mediator shall strictly observe deadlines for completion of the conference unless said time limit is changed by agreement of the parties. RULE 6. COSTS AND COMPENSATION OF THE MEDIATOR The Parties shall compensate the Mediator for mediation services at the rate proposed by the Mediator and agreed to by the parties at the time the Mediator is selected. The Parties shall be jointly responsible for the Mediator’s costs and expenses subject to Rule 4.C. above. Each Party is responsible for its own costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, related to the Meiation. RULE 7. RULE MAKING These Rules may be amended by the County at any time. Amendments will not affect mediations where claims or requests for mediation have been filed at the time the amendment takes effect . RULE 8. DEFINITIONS A. “County” shall mean Orange County North Carolina. B. “Project Designer” is that person or firm stipulated as project designer in the Contract Documents for the project. Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Revised 01/24 C. “Claim” is a demand or assertion by a party seeking adjustment or interpretation of Contract terms, payment of money, extension of time or other relief with respect to the terms of the Contract. The term “Claim” also includes other disputes and matters in question between the parties to a Contract involved in the County’s building construction renovation and repair projects arising out of or relating to the Contract or the construction process. Claims must be initiated by a written notice. The responsibility to substantiate Claims shall rest with the party making the Claim. D. “Good Cause” generally includes any circumstance beyond the control of a party, which prevents that party from meeting obligations. When good cause is asserted as an excuse for a party’s failure to appear at a mediation conference or to otherwise comply with the requirements of these Rules, the Mediator, in his or her sole discretion, will determine whether good cause exists to excuse the party’s failure to appear or otherwise comply with these rules. RULE 9. TIME LIMITS A. Any time limit provided for by these Rules may be waived or extended at the sole discretion of the County, if no Mediator has been selected, and at the discretion of the County with concurrence of the Mediator if a Mediator has been selected. Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. INSURER(S) AFFORDING COVERAGE INSURER F : INSURER E : INSURER D : INSURER C : INSURER B : INSURER A : NAIC # NAME:CONTACT (A/C, No):FAX E-MAILADDRESS: PRODUCER (A/C, No, Ext):PHONE INSURED REVISION NUMBER:CERTIFICATE NUMBER:COVERAGES IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must have ADDITIONAL INSURED provisions or be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. OTHER: (Per accident) (Ea accident) $ $ N / A SUBR WVD ADDL INSD THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. $ $ $ $PROPERTY DAMAGE BODILY INJURY (Per accident) BODILY INJURY (Per person) COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT AUTOS ONLY AUTOSAUTOS ONLY NON-OWNED SCHEDULEDOWNED ANY AUTO AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY Y / N WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? (Mandatory in NH) DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below If yes, describe under ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE $ $ $ E.L. DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT E.L. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYEE E.L. EACH ACCIDENT EROTH-STATUTEPER LIMITS(MM/DD/YYYY)POLICY EXP(MM/DD/YYYY)POLICY EFFPOLICY NUMBERTYPE OF INSURANCELTRINSR DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS / LOCATIONS / VEHICLES (ACORD 101, Additional Remarks Schedule, may be attached if more space is required) EXCESS LIAB UMBRELLA LIAB $EACH OCCURRENCE $AGGREGATE $ OCCUR CLAIMS-MADE DED RETENTION $ $PRODUCTS - COMP/OP AGG $GENERAL AGGREGATE $PERSONAL & ADV INJURY $MED EXP (Any one person) $EACH OCCURRENCE DAMAGE TO RENTED $PREMISES (Ea occurrence) COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CLAIMS-MADE OCCUR GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: POLICY PRO-JECT LOC CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE DATE (MM/DD/YYYY) CANCELLATION AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE ACORD 25 (2016/03) © 1988-2015 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. CERTIFICATE HOLDER The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD HIRED AUTOS ONLY 9/28/2023 Scott Insurance 400 Bellemeade Street,Suite 201 Greensboro NC 27401 Amy Summers 336-510-0075 asummers@scottins.com Zurich American Insurance Company (A+)16535 BRADY-7 Houston Casualty Company (A++)42374BradyServicesHoldingsInc,MMK,LLC,Brady Trane Service Inc, Brady Services Inc,Brady Sales &Services Inc,Brady Parts Inc, Brady Integrated Security Inc, J.Brady Contracting,Inc,Icon Boiler,Inc PO Box 13587,Greensboro NC 27415 Evanston Insurance Company (A)35378 Travelers Excess and Surplus Lines Company (A++)29696 XL Specialty Insurance Company (A+)37885 236122213 A X 2,000,000 X 300,000 10,000 2,000,000 4,000,000 X X Y GLO3433329 10/1/2023 10/1/2024 4,000,000 A 2,000,000 X X X Y BAP3433330 10/1/2023 10/1/2024 Hired Physical Damage 100/1,000 C D X X 5,000,000 X MKLV2EUL105763 EX-4S291802-23-NF 10/1/2023 10/1/2023 Y 10/1/2024 10/1/2024 5,000,000 X 0 $10M x $5M Excess 10,000,000 A X N Y WC3433328 10/1/2023 10/1/2024 1,000,000 1,000,000 1,000,000 B E Professional &Pollution Liab Builders Risk/Installation Fltr Leased &Rented Equipment HCC2369150 UM00145642MA23A 10/1/2023 10/1/2023 10/1/2024 10/1/2024 5,000,000 per occ/agg 500,000 Limit Limit 35,000 ded 5,000 ded 200,000 Orange County,its officers,official agents,and employees are additional insured with regards to General,Auto and Umbrella liability if required by written contract.A waiver of subrogation as respects workers compensation applies in favor of the Certificate Holder if required by written contract.30 day notice of cancellation will be provided to the certificate holder except for nonpayment of premium. Orange County North Carolina PO Box 8181 Attn:Risk Management Hillsborough NC 27278 Docusign Envelope ID: 8DED1454-68D2-4E36-9FC6-E56FF2124E5D